ANZ 2021 Half Year Results Documents
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522
Half Year
31 March 2021
Consolidated Financial Report
Dividend Announcement
and Appendix 4D
The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2020 Annual Report, and is lodged with the ASX under listing rule
4.2A.
RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET APPENDIX 4D
2
Name of Company: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522
Report for the half year ended 31 March 2021
Operating Results
1
AUD million
Statutory operating income from continuing operations -6% to 8,367
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders 90% to 2,943
Cash profit
2
large to 2,982
Cash profit from continuing operations
2
large to 2,990
Dividends
3
Cents
Franked
per
amount
share
per share
Proposed interim dividend
4
70
100%
Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed 2021 interim dividend 11 May 2021
Payment date for the proposed 2021 interim dividend 1 July 2021
Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in
respect of the proposed 2021 interim dividend. For the 2021 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market
purchase and BOP through the issue of new shares. The 'Acquisition Price' to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the
DRP and BOP will be calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary
shares sold in the ordinary course of trading on the ASX and Chi-X during the ten trading days commencing on 14 May 2021, and then rounded to the
nearest whole cent. Shares provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election
notices from shareholders wanting to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2021 interim dividend must be received by
ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 12 May 2021. Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the
shareholder, dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or
New Zealand will be converted to Pounds Sterling or New Zealand Dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 14 May 2021.
1
Unless otherwise noted, all comparisons are to the half year ended 31 March 2020.
2
Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the core business activities of the Group. The non-core
items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments, and comprise economic hedging and similar accounting items that
represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future. The net after tax adjustment was an increase to statutory profit of $39 million (all attributable to continuing
operations) made up of several items. Refer pages 71 to 73 for further details.
3
There is no conduit foreign income attributed to the dividends.
4
It is proposed that the interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share.
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522
3
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D
Half year ended 31 March 2021
CONTENTS PAGE
Disclosure Summary 5
Summary 7
Group Results 19
Divisional Results 47
Profit Reconciliation 71
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 75
Supplementary Information 121
Definitions 131
ASX Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index 134
Alphabetical Index 135
This Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
(“ANZBGL”, “Company”, or “Parent Entity”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “the
consolidated entity”, “the Bank”, “us”, “we” or “our”.
All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 4 May 2021.
When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as
they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions
to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522
4
This page has been left blank intentionally
DISCLOSURE SUMMARY
5
SUMMARY OF 2021 HALF YEAR RESULTS AND ASSOCIATED DISCLOSURE MATERIALS
The following disclosure items were lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group
website https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/ within the disclosures for 2021 Half Year Results.
Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D
Half Year Results Investor Discussion Pack
News Release
APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure as at 31 March 2021
Key Financial Data Summary
United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules Submission
DISCLOSURE SUMMARY
6
This page has been left blank intentionally
SUMMARY
7
CONTENTS Page
Guide to Half Year Results 8
Statutory Profit Results 9
Cash Profit Results 10
Key Balance Sheet Metrics 12
Large/Notable Items - continuing operations 13
Full Time Equivalent Staff 18
Other Non-Financial Information 18
SUMMARY
8
Guide to Half Year Results
CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19)
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused major disruptions to community health and economic activities with wide-ranging impacts across many business
sectors in Australia, New Zealand and globally over the past 12 months. From March 2020, the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to
counteract the impact of COVID-19. These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In respect of the support packages offered,
94% of home loan support packages in Australia and New Zealand and 90% of business support packages in Australia have reverted back to loan
repayments, with the remaining having been either restructured or transferred to hardship. Refer to Note 10 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements for further details on loan support packages offered to customers.
Financial Statements Impacts
The ramifications of COVID-19 continue to be uncertain and it remains difficult to predict the impact or duration of the pandemic. In preparing the
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has made various accounting estimates for future events based on forecasts of economic
conditions which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 31 March 2021 that the Group believes are reasonable under the circumstances.
While pervasive across the financial statements, the estimation uncertainty is predominantly related to expected credit losses (ECL) where the Group
recognised a credit impairment release of $491 million pre-tax in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $1,064 million charge; Mar 20 half: $1,674 million
charge). The credit impairment release in the current period was primarily driven by the release of allowance for collectively assessed ECL largely
reflecting the impact of an improved economic outlook relative to the outlook at the September 2020 half.
Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on key estimation uncertainties associated with the preparation of
the 31 March 2021 results.
NON-IFRS INFORMATION
Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &
Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian
Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.
Cash Profit
Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to
assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included
in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash
profit is not subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been
determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit. Refer to
pages 71 to 73 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.
Large/notable items within cash profit - The Group’s cash profit result from continuing operations includes a number of items collectively referred
to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit, given their nature and significance, they have been presented separately
together with comparative information, where relevant, to provide transparency and aid comparison. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for details of
large/notable items.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The financial results of the divested Wealth Australia businesses are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. The Group
Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income show discontinued operations separately from continuing operations in a separate line item
‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.
Refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
SUMMARY
9
Statutory Profit Results
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income
6,986 6,827 7,222
2% -3%
Other operating income
1,381 1,917 1,671
-28% -17%
Operating income
8,367 8,744 8,893
-4% -6%
Operating expenses
(4,482) (4,778) (4,605)
-6% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,885 3,966 4,288
-2% -9%
Credit impairment (charge)/release
491 (1,064) (1,674)
large large
Profit before income tax
4,376 2,902 2,614
51% 67%
Income tax expense
(1,425) (862) (978)
65% 46%
Non-controlling interests
- - (1)
n/a -100%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing operations
2,951 2,040 1,635
45% 80%
Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations
(8) (8) (90)
0% -91%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company
2,943 2,032 1,545
45% 90%
Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)
Half Year
Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Basic
93
103.7 71.8 54.6
44% 90%
Diluted 93
98.4 66.3 51.5 48% 91%
Half Year
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Ordinary Share Dividends (cents)
Interim
1
92 70 - 25
Final
1
92 - 35 -
Total 92
70 35 25
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
2
92 67.7% 48.9% 45.9%
Profitability Ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
3
9.5% 6.6% 5.1%
Return on average assets
0.56% 0.38% 0.30%
Net interest margin
1.63% 1.57% 1.69%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
3.99% 3.66% 3.96%
Efficiency Ratios
Operating expenses to operating income 53.8% 55.2% 53.8%
Operating expenses to average assets
0.87% 0.91% 0.92%
Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)
Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 187 395 626
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)
(678) 669 1,048
Total credit impairment charge ($M) 100
(491) 1,064 1,674
Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
4
0.06% 0.12% 0.20%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances
4
(0.16%) 0.33% 0.53%
1.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;
2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).
2.
Dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the
dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and the March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.
3.
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.
4.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
SUMMARY
10
Cash Profit Results
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income
6,986 6,827 7,222
2% -3%
Other operating income
1,437 2,346 1,357
-39% 6%
Operating income
8,423 9,173 8,579
-8% -2%
Operating expenses
(4,482) (4,778) (4,605)
-6% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,941 4,395 3,974
-10% -1%
Credit impairment (charge)/release
491 (1,064) (1,674)
large large
Profit before income tax
4,432 3,331 2,300
33% 93%
Income tax expense
(1,442) (986) (886)
46% 63%
Non-controlling interests
- - (1)
n/a -100%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 1,413
28% large
Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
(8) (8) (90)
0% -91%
Cash profit
2,982 2,337 1,323
28% large
Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Basic
105.0 82.5 46.7
27% large
Diluted
99.6 75.8 44.7 31% large
Half Year
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Ordinary Share Dividends
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
2
66.8% 42.5% 53.6%
Profitability Ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
3
9.7% 7.6% 4.4%
Return on average assets
0.57% 0.43% 0.26%
Net interest margin
1.63% 1.57% 1.68%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
3.99% 3.66% 3.96%
Efficiency Ratios
Operating expenses to operating income 53.5% 52.6% 55.2%
Operating expenses to average assets
0.87% 0.90% 0.92%
Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)
Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 29 187 395 626
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 29
(678) 669 1,048
Total credit impairment charge ($M) 29
(491) 1,064 1,674
Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
4
0.06% 0.12% 0.20%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances
4
(0.16%) 0.33% 0.53%
Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,782 1,123 1,214 59% 47%
Institutional
948 1,244 610 -24% 55%
New Zealand
771 450 567 71% 36%
Pacific
7 (82) 20 large -65%
TSO and Group Centre
(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%
Discontinued Operations
(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Cash profit
2,982 2,337 1,323 28% large
1.
Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the results of the core business activities of the Group. Refer to pages 71
to 73 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for information on large/notable items included in continuing cash profit.
2.
Dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the
dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and the March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.
3.
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.
4.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
SUMMARY
11
Key Cash Profit Metrics
Discontinued Operations
The financial results of the divested Wealth Australia businesses are treated as discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. The Group
Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income show discontinued operations separately from continuing operations in a separate line item
‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.
Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF) - In October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath pensions and investments
(OnePath P&I) business and Aligned Dealer Groups (ADGs) businesses to IOOF. The sale of the ADG business completed on 1 October 2018 and
the OnePath P&I business completed on 31 January 2020.
Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich) - In December 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its life insurance business to
Zurich and the transaction completed on 31 May 2019.
There were no material financial impacts from the discontinued operations in the March 2021 half.
Continuing Operations
Key cash profit metrics specific to continuing operations are presented in the table below:
Half Year Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents) - continuing operations
Earnings per share (basic) 105.3 82.8 49.9 27% large
Half Year
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Ordinary Share Dividends - continuing operations
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio 66.6% 42.4% 50.2%
Profitability Ratios - continuing operations
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
9.7% 7.6% 4.7%
Return on average assets
0.57% 0.43% 0.28%
Net interest margin
1.63% 1.57% 1.69%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
3.99% 3.66% 3.96%
Efficiency Ratios - continuing operations
Operating expenses to operating income
53.2% 52.1% 53.7%
Operating expenses to average assets
0.86% 0.88% 0.90%
SUMMARY
12
Key Balance Sheet Metrics
As at Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Capital Management
Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)
- APRA Basel 3 42
12.4% 11.3% 10.8%
- Internationally Comparable Basel 3
1
42 18.1% 16.7% 15.5%
Credit risk weighted assets ($B) 42
341.9 360.0 386.0 -5% -11%
Total risk weighted assets ($B) 42
408.2 429.4 449.0 -5% -9%
APRA Leverage Ratio 44
5.5% 5.4% 5.0%
Balance Sheet: Key Items
Gross loans and advances ($B) 618.6 622.1 661.3 -1% -6%
Net loans and advances ($B)
614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%
Total assets ($B)
1,018.3 1,042.3 1,150.0 -2% -11%
Customer deposits ($B)
561.5 552.4 566.5 2% -1%
Total equity ($B)
62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%
As at Movement
Liquidity Risk
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
2
40 138% 139% 139% -1% -1%
Net Stable Funding Ratio 41
121% 124% 118% -3% 3%
As at Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Impaired Assets
Gross impaired assets ($M) 32
2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%
Gross impaired assets as a % of gross loans and advances
0.40% 0.40% 0.39%
Net impaired assets ($M) 32
1,664 1,568 1,506 6% 10%
Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity
2.7% 2.6% 2.5%
Individually assessed provision ($M) 31 809 891 1,093 -9% -26%
Individually assessed provision as a % of gross impaired assets
32.7% 36.2% 42.1%
Collectively assessed provision ($M) 31
4,285 5,008 4,501 -14% -5%
Collectively assessed provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets
1.25% 1.39% 1.17%
Net Tangible Assets
Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B)
3
58.5 56.9 56.4 3% 4%
Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)
20.57 20.04 19.89 3% 3%
As at Movement
Net Loans And Advances by division
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial 344.3 339.4 329.8 1% 4%
Institutional
147.5 157.6 199.4 -6% -26%
New Zealand
120.5 116.6 125.2 3% -4%
Pacific
1.7 1.9 2.2 -11% -23%
TSO and Group Centre
0.4 1.6 - -75% n/a
Net loans and advances by division
614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%
1.
See page 43 for further details regarding the differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 standards.
2.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio is calculated on a half year average basis.
3.
Equals total shareholders’ equity less total non-controlling interests, goodwill and other intangible assets.
SUMMARY
13
Large/Notable Items - continuing operations
Large/notable items included in cash profit from continuing operations are described below.
Divestment impacts
As the divestments below did not qualify as discontinued operations under accounting standards, they form part of the continuing operations. The
financial impacts from these divestments are summarised below including the business results for those divestments that have completed.
Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments Divested business results
Half Year Half Year
Cash Profit Impact
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
UDC - (44) - - 41 38
New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio
13 - - - - -
ANZ Share Investing
(251) - - - - -
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(238) (44) - - 41 38
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests - 10 - - (11) (11)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(238) (34) - - 30 27
UDC Finance (UDC)
The Group completed the sale of UDC to Shinsei Bank Limited (Shinsei Bank) on 1 September 2020. The Group recognised a loss after tax of $34
million in the September 2020 half comprising a loss on disposal of $29 million, a $31 million loss on the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit
adjustments on the economic hedges of assets sold, $6 million of transaction costs, partially offset by a $22 million release from the foreign currency
translation reserve, and a $10 million tax credit.
New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio
During the March 2021 half, the Group sold and transferred its rights and obligations relating to servicing a legacy portfolio of insurance underwritten
by Tower Limited (Tower) in the New Zealand division to Tower and recognised a gain after tax of $13 million.
ANZ Share Investing
During the March 2021 half, the Group reclassified its ANZ Share Investing business as held for sale reflecting a continuation of the Group’s
simplification strategy. As a consequence of remeasuring the net assets at fair value less costs to sell, the Group recognised a loss after tax of $251
million relating to the write-down of goodwill attributable to the business. This had no impact to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital as it resulted in
an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.
Other large/notable items
Customer remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Half Year
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Cash Profit Impact $M $M$M
Operating income
(74) (116)(58)
Operating expenses
(92) (138)(71)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(166) (254)(129)
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests 58 6638
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(108) (188)(91)
Litigation settlements
During the March 2021 half, the Group reached an agreement to settle a United States class action related to the Bank Bill Swap Rate (BBSW) and
the trading of BBSW-based products. The settlement is without admission of liability and remains subject to negotiation and execution of complete
settlement terms as well as court approval. In the March 2021 half, the Group recognised expenses of $48 million after tax in relation to the
settlement and related costs.
Restructuring
The Group recognised restructuring expenses of $76 million after tax in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $41 million; Mar 20 half: $74 million)
largely relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division and operational changes in the TSO and Group
Centre division.
SUMMARY
14
Asian associate items
Half Year
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
$M $M$M
AmBank 1MDB settlement (212) --
AmBank goodwill impairment (135) --
PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment
- (68)-
Profit/(Loss) before income tax (347) (68)-
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests - 2-
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations (347) (66)-
AmBank 1MDB settlement
Following AMMB Holdings Berhad’s (AmBank) agreement with the Malaysian Ministry of Finance to resolve potential claims relating to its
involvement with 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB), the Group recognised a $212 million reduction in equity accounted earnings after tax
reflecting its share of the settlement provision during the March 2021 half. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction
in capital deductions.
AmBank goodwill impairment
During the March 2021 half, AmBank partially impaired goodwill and the Group recognised a $135 million reduction in equity accounted earnings
after tax reflecting its share of the impairment recognised by AmBank. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in
capital deductions.
PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment
When the Group adopted AASB 9 Financial Instruments on 1 October 2018, an estimate of PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin)’s transition
adjustment was recognised through opening retained earnings to align accounting policies. During the September 2020 half, PT Panin adopted
AASB 9 and recognised a transition adjustment in retained earnings. The $66 million after tax represents the Group’s equity accounted share of the
transition adjustment net of amounts adjusted by the Group on 1 October 2018. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent
reduction in capital deductions.
Asian associate impairments
During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised an impairment of $815 million after tax in respect of two of the Group’s equity accounted
investments to adjust their carrying values in line with their value in use (VIU) calculations at 31 March 2020. AmBank was impaired by $595 million
and PT Panin was impaired by $220 million. This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.
The Group completed VIU assessments and assessment of carrying values as at 31 March 2021 and determined that no adjustment to carrying
values was necessary.
Accelerated software amortisation
During the September 2020 half, the Group amended the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life of various
types of software, including regulatory and compliance focused assets and purchased assets. These changes reflect the Group’s rapidly changing
technology and business needs and ongoing reinvestments in purchased and internally developed software to ensure assets remain fit for purpose.
As a result of these changes, the Group recognised accelerated amortisation of $138 million after tax during the September 2020 half. This had no
impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.
Goodwill write-off
During the September 2020 half, the Group wrote off goodwill of $77 million after tax previously held in the Pacific and New Zealand divisions:
Pacific division - The impact of COVID-19 on the economies of the Pacific region had been significant and conditions were expected to take
some time to recover. Goodwill of $50 million after tax for the division was impaired in the September 2020 half. No further impairment was
required for the carrying values of other assets in the Pacific division.
New Zealand division - As a result of changes in the economic environment and outlook, the Group announced its intention to begin winding up
the Bonus Bonds business (“Bonus Bonds”, a managed investment product) in the New Zealand division by 31 October 2020. As a result, the
Group wrote off the associated goodwill of $27 million after tax in the September 2020 half.
This had no impact to CET1 capital as it resulted in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions.
Lease-related items
Following the adoption of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) on 1 October 2019 the Group recognised additional charges which were
presented as a large/notable item at the time as the 2019 comparatives were prepared under the previous lease accounting standard (AASB 117).
During the March 2021 half, the recurring AASB 16 impacts have been removed as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis
to the March 2021 half. The residual lease related item relates to non-recurring items recognised in 2020.
SUMMARY
15
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
Cash Profit Results
Ma
rch 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
March 2021 Half Year v S
eptember 2020 Half Year
Mar 21
Large/
notables
Mar 21
ex. Large/
notables Mar 20
Large/
notables
1
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
Mar 21
Large/
notables
Mar 21
ex. Large/
notables Sep 20
Large/
notables
1
Sep 20
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
$M $M $M $M %
Net interest income
6,986
(56)
7,042
7,222
53
7,169
-2%
6,986
(56)
7,042
6,827
(25)
6,852
3%
Other operating income
1,437
(603)
2,040
1,357
(850)
2,207
-8%
1,437
(603)
2,040
2,346
(137)
2,483
-18%
Operating income
8,423
(659)
9,082
8,579
(797)
9,376
-3%
8,423
(659)
9,082
9,173
(162)
9,335
-3%
Operating expenses
(4,482)
(266)
(4,216)
(4,605)
(244) (4,361)
-3%
(4,482)
(266)
(4,216)
(4,778)
(490)
(4,288)
-2%
Profit before credit im
pairment and income tax
3,941
(925)
4,866
3,974
(1,041)
5,015
-3%
3,941
(925)
4,866
4,395
(652)
5,047
-4%
Credit impairment (charge)/release
491
-
491
(1,674)
(20) (1,654)
large
491
-
491
(1,064)
(3)
(1,061)
large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
4,432
(925)
5,357
2,300
(1,061)
3,361
59%
4,432
(925)
5,357
3,331
(655)
3,986
34%
Income tax benefit/(expense)
and non-controlling interests
(1,442)
108
(1,550)
(887)
74
(961)
61%
(1,442)
108
(1,550)
(986)
141
(1,127)
38%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
2,990
(817)
3,807
1,413
(987)
2,400
59%
2,990
(817)
3,807
2,345
(514)
2,859
33%
Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division
March 2021 Half Year v March 202
0 Half Year
March 2021 Half Y
ear v September 2020 Half Year
Mar 21
Large/
notables
Mar 21
ex. Large/
notables Mar 20
Large/
notables
1
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
Mar 21
Large/
notables
Mar 21
ex. Large/
notables Sep 20
Large/
notables
1
Sep 20
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
$M $M $M $M %
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,782
(414)
2,196
1,214
(141)
1,355
62%
1,782
(414)
2,196
1,123
(156)
1,279
72%
Institutional
948
(34)
982
610
(8)
618
59%
948
(34)
982
1,244
(61)
1,305
-25%
New Zealand
771
6
765
567
(2)
569
34%
771
6
765
450
(58)
508
51%
Pacific
7
(1)
8
20
(3)
23
-65%
7
(1)
8
(82)
(64)
(18)
large
TSO and Group Centre
2
(518)
(374)
(144)
(998)
(833)
(165)
-13%
(518)
(374)
(144)
(390)
(175)
(215)
-33%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
2,990
(817)
3,807
1,413
(987)
2,400
59%
2,990
(817)
3,807
2,345
(514)
2,859
33%
1.
Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o
n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.
2.
TSO and Group Centre included the loss on sale from UDC divestment in the September 2020 half. It also included a component of
the divested business results for the completed sale of UDC in the September and March 2020 halves.
SUMMARY
16
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
The Group has recognised some large/notable items within cash p
rofit from continuing operations. These items are shown in the
tables below.
March 2021 Half Year
March 2020 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Litigation
settlements
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Divested
business results
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
1
$M
Asian associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Cash Profit
Net interest income
-
(56)
-
-
-
(56)
75
(22)
-
-
-
53
Other operating income
(238)
(18)
-
-
(347)
(603)
1
(36)
-
-
(815)
(850)
Operating income
(238)
(74)
-
-
(347)
(659)
76
(58)
-
-
(815)
(797)
Operating expenses
-
(92)
(69)
(105)
-
(266)
(18)
(71)
(105)
(50)
-
(244)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
58
(129)
(105)
(50)
(815)
(1,041)
Credit impairment (charge)/ release
-
-
-
-
-
-
(20) - - - -
(20)
Profit before income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
38
(129)
(105)
(50)
(815)
(1,061)
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests
-
58
21
29
-
108
(11)
38
31
16
-
74
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(238)
(108)
(48)
(76)
(347)
(817)
27
(91)
(74)
(34)
(815)
(987)
March 2021 Half Year
Se
ptember 2020 Half Year
Large/notable items in
cluded in continuing
cash profit
Large/n
otable items included in
continuing cash profit
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Litigation
settlements
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Goodwill
write-off
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Lease-
related
items
1
$M
Accelerated
software
amortisation
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Cash Profit
Net interest income
-
(56)
-
-
-
(56)
-
59
(84)
-
-
-
-
-
(25)
Other operating income
(238)
(18)
-
-
(347)
(603)
(38)
1
(32)
-
-
-
-
(68)
(137)
Operating income
(238)
(74)
-
-
(347)
(659)
(38)
60
(116)
-
-
-
-
(68)
(162)
Operating expenses
-
(92)
(69)
(105)
-
(266)
(6)
(16)
(138)
(77)
(56)
-
(197)
-
(490)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
(44)
44
(254)
(77)
(56)
-
(197)
(68)
(652)
Credit impairment (charge)/ release
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3)
Profit before income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
(44)
41
(254)
(77)
(56)
-
(197)
(68)
(655)
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests
-
58
21
29
-
108
10
(11)
66
-
15
-
59
2
141
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(238)
(108)
(48)
(76)
(347)
(817)
(34)
30
(188)
(77)
(41)
-
(138)
(66)
(514)
1.
Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o
n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.
SUMMARY
17
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
The Group has recognised some large/notable items within cash p
rofit from continuing operations. The impact of these items on
the divisional results are shown in the tables below.
March 2021 Half Year
March 2020 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Litigation
settlements
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Divested
business results
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
1
$M
Asian associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Profit before income tax
Australia Retail and Commercial
(251)
(191)
-
(40)
-
(482)
-
(101)
(85)
(15)
-
(201)
Institutional
-
25
(69)
(16)
-
(60)
-
-
(4)
(7)
-
(11)
New Zealand
13
-
-
(10)
-
3
34
(26)
(11)
-
-
(3)
Pacific
-
-
-
(1)
-
(1)
-
(2)
-
(2)
-
(4)
TSO and Group Centre
2
-
-
-
(38)
(347)
(385)
4
-
(5)
(26)
(815)
(842)
Profit before income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
38
(129)
(105)
(50)
(815)
(1,061)
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests
-
58
21
29
-
108
(11)
38
31
16
-
74
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(238)
(108)
(48)
(76)
(347)
(817)
27
(91)
(74)
(34)
(815)
(987)
March 2021 Half Year
September 2020 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Litigation
settlements
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss)
on sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Goodwill
write-off
$M
Restruc-
turing
$M
Lease-
related
items
1
$M
Accelerated
software
amorisation
$M
Asian
associate
items
$M
Total
$M
Profit before income tax
Australia Retail and Commercial
(251)
(191)
-
(40)
-
(482)
-
-
(169)
-
(4)
(19)
(31)
-
(223)
Institutional
-
25
(69)
(16)
-
(60)
-
-
(20)
-
(13)
(7)
(38)
-
(78)
New Zealand
13
-
-
(10)
-
3
-
39
(50)
(27)
(20)
-
(11)
-
(69)
Pacific
-
-
-
(1)
-
(1)
-
-
(15)
(50)
-
(1)
-
-
(66)
TSO and Group Centre
2
-
-
-
(38)
(347)
(385)
(44)
2
-
-
(19)
27
(117)
(68)
(219)
Profit before income tax
(238)
(166)
(69)
(105)
(347)
(925)
(44)
41
(254)
(77)
(56)
-
(197)
(68)
(655)
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests
-
58
21
29
-
108
10
(11)
66
-
15
-
59
2
141
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(238)
(108)
(48)
(76)
(347)
(817)
(34)
30
(188)
(77)
(41)
-
(138)
(66)
(514)
1.
Comparative numbers have been restated to remove the recurring impact of the new lease accounting standard (AASB 16) adopted o
n 1 October 2019 as the comparative periods are now presented on a consistent basis to the March 2021 half.
2.
TSO and Group Centre included the loss on sale from UDC divestment in the September 2020 half. It also included a component of
the divested business results for the completed sale of UDC for the September and March 2020 halves.
SUMMARY
18
Full Time Equivalent Staff
As at 31 March 2021, ANZ employed 38,555 staff (Sep 20: 38,579; Mar 20: 38,939) on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis.
Division
As at
Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial 14,118 14,078 14,061 0% 0%
Institutional
5,215 5,291 5,350 -1% -3%
New Zealand
1
6,691 6,679 7,009 0% -5%
Pacific
1,101 1,113 1,108 -1% -1%
TSO and Group Centre
1
10,719 10,345 10,306 4% 4%
Total FTE from continuing operations
37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%
Discontinued operations
2
711 1,073 1,105 -34% -36%
Total FTE
38,555 38,579 38,939 0% -1%
Average FTE 38,532 38,798 39,154 -1% -2%
Geography
As at
Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia 18,664 18,689 18,823 0% -1%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
12,678 12,680 12,584 0% 1%
New Zealand
7,213 7,210 7,532 0% -4%
Total FTE
38,555 38,579 38,939 0% -1%
1.
FTE has been restated to reflect the transfer of New Zealand Technology operations from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division (Sep 20: 918; Mar 20: 906).
2.
The discontinued operations FTE is based on an estimate of the staff working in the divested businesses based on an allocation methodology and includes staff retained in the Group
working on transitioning the sold businesses to the purchasers in the March 2020 half.
Other Non-Financial Information
Half Year
Movement
Shareholder value - ordinary shares
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Share price ($)
- high
29.55 21.22 28.67 39% 3%
- low
16.97 15.07 14.10 13% 20%
- closing
28.18 17.22 16.96 64% 66%
Closing market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B)
80.2 48.8 48.1 64% 67%
Total shareholder returns (TSR)
66.6% 2.9% -38.7% large large
As at Mar 21
Credit ratings
Short-
Term
Long-
Term Outlook
Moody's Investor Services P-1 Aa3 Stable
Standard & Poor's A-1+ AA- Negative
Fitch Ratings
1
F1 A+ Negative
1.
On 12 April 2021 Fitch Ratings revised its outlook from Negative to Stable. The long-term and short-term ratings remain unchanged.
GROUP RESULTS
19
CONTENTS Page
Cash Profit 20
Net Interest Income - continuing operations 21
Other Operating Income - continuing operations 23
Operating Expenses - continuing operations 26
Investment Spend - continuing operations 28
Software Capitalisation - continuing operations 28
Credit Risk - continuing operations 29
Income Tax Expense - continuing operations 34
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations 35
Earnings Related Hedges - continuing operations 37
Earnings Per Share - continuing operations 37
Dividends - continuing operations 38
Economic Profit - continuing operations 38
Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations 39
Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations 40
Funding - including discontinued operations 41
Capital Management - including discontinued operations 42
Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations 44
Capital Management - Other Developments 45
GROUP RESULTS
20
Non-IFRS Information
Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &
Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian
Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.
Cash Profit
Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to
assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items
from statutory profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 132 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory
profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not
subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a
consistent basis across each period presented.
This Group Results section is reported on a cash profit basis from continuing operations unless otherwise stated. For information on
discontinued operations please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from
continuing operations
2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
1
Economic hedges
51 461 (340) -89% large
Revenue and expense hedges
(12) (156) 120 -92% large
Structured credit intermediation trades
- - (2) n/a -100%
Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from
continuing operations
39 305 (222) -87% large
Cash profit from continuing operations 2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
1.
Refer to pages 71 to 73 for analysis of the adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit.
Group performance - cash profit
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%
Other operating income
1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%
Operating income
8,423 9,173 8,579 -8% -2%
Operating expenses (4,482) (4,778) (4,605) -6% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,941 4,395 3,974 -10% -1%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,064) (1,674) large large
Profit before income tax
4,432 3,331 2,300 33% 93%
Income tax expense (1,442) (986) (886) 46% 63%
Non-controlling interests
- - (1) n/a -100%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
Half Year Movement
Cash Profit/(Loss) by Division
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,782 1,123 1,214
59% 47%
Institutional
948 1,244 610 -24% 55%
New Zealand
771 450 567 71% 36%
Pacific
7 (82) 20 large -65%
TSO and Group Centre
(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
GROUP RESULTS
21
Net Interest Income - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Group
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Cash net interest income
1
6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%
Average interest earning assets
857,524 869,110 856,652 -1% 0%
Average deposits and other borrowings
696,066 690,104 668,514 1% 4%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
1.63 1.57 1.69 6 bps -6 bps
Group (excluding Markets business unit)
Cash net interest income
1
6,584 6,457 6,822 2% -3%
Average interest earning assets
580,971 580,532 576,494 0% 1%
Average deposits and other borrowings
532,132 504,392 477,033 5% 12%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.27 2.22 2.37 5 bps -10 bps
Half Year
Movement
Cash profit net interest margin by major division
1
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.56 2.53 2.65
3 bps -9 bps
Average interest earning assets
311,211 305,924 305,981
2% 2%
Average deposits and other borrowings
240,094 222,191 210,214
8% 14%
Institutional
Net interest margin (%) - cash
0.77 0.73 0.78
4 bps -1 bps
Average interest earning assets
397,339 424,614 415,490
-6% -4%
Average deposits and other borrowings
292,475 321,745 305,506
-9% -4%
New Zealand
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.32 2.20 2.31
12 bps 1 bps
Average interest earning assets
120,580 120,104 121,955
0% -1%
Average deposits and other borrowings
95,864 92,756 90,329 3% 6%
1.
Includes large/notable items of -$56 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: -$25 million; Mar 20 half: $53 million). Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.
Also includes the major bank levy of -$189 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: -$210 million; Mar 20 half: -$196 million).
Group net interest margin - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
1.
Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.
March 2021 v March 2020
Net interest margin (-6 bps)
Wholesale funding and deposit pricing (+2 bps): driven by favourable funding costs, partially offset by deposit margin compression.
Asset pricing (0 bps): higher Institutional lending margins were offset by competition in home lending in the Australia Retail and Commercial
division.
Asset and funding mix (+2 bps): driven by favourable deposit mix with growth in at-call deposits, as well as customer deposits replacing
wholesale funding. This was partially offset by unfavourable product mix from the impacts of customers switching from variable to fixed home
loans, and lower unsecured lending in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.
Liquidity (-6 bps): driven by growth in liquid assets.
Impact of rates net of repricing (-5 bps): driven by the impact of central bank rate cuts on earnings on capital and replicated deposits, net of
repricing.
Markets Balance Sheet activities (+4 bps): driven by lower Markets average interest earning assets as a result of lower reverse repurchase
agreements and foreign currency translation movements.
Large/notable (-3 bps): driven by lower net interest income from divested UDC business and higher customer remediation.
GROUP RESULTS
22
Average interest earning assets (+$0.9 billion or flat)
Average net loans and advances (-$18.2 billion or -3%): driven by decrease in Institutional lending and the impact of foreign currency translation
movements, partially offset by home lending growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.
Average trading and investment securities (+$19.2 billion or +15%): driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets, partially offset by the
impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Average cash and other liquid assets (flat): higher central bank balances were offset by lower reverse repurchase agreements and the impact of
foreign currency translation movements.
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$27.6 billion or +4%)
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$27.6 billion or +4%): driven by growth in deposits across all divisions, partially offset by the impact of
foreign currency translation movements.
Group net interest margin - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
1.
Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.
March 2021 v September 2020
Net interest margin (+6 bps)
Wholesale funding and deposit pricing (+4 bps): driven by deposit optimisation across all divisions and favourable wholesale funding costs.
Asset pricing (+2 bps): driven by higher Institutional lending margins partially offset by competition in home lending in the Australia Retail and
Commercial division.
Asset and funding mix (+3 bps): driven by favourable deposit mix with growth in at-call deposits and favourable divisional lending mix from
stronger growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions relative to the Institutional division. This was partially offset by
unfavourable product mix from the impacts of customers switching from variable to fixed home loans, and lower unsecured lending in the Australia
Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.
Liquidity (-3 bps): driven by growth in liquid assets.
Impact of rates net of repricing (-3 bps): driven by the impact of central bank rate cuts on earnings on capital and replicated deposits, net of
repricing.
Markets Balance Sheet activities (+4 bps): driven by lower Markets average interest earning assets as a result of lower reverse repurchase
agreements and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Large/notable items (-1 bps): driven by lower net interest income from divested UDC business, partially offset by lower customer remediation.
Average interest earning assets (-$11.6 billion or -1%)
Average net loans and advances (-$20.9 billion or -3%): driven by a decrease in Institutional lending and the impact of foreign currency
translation movements, partially offset by home lending growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions.
Average trading and investment securities (+$12.4 billion or +9%): driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets, partially offset by the impact
of foreign currency translation movements.
Average cash and other liquid assets (-$3.0 billion or -2%): driven by decreases in settlement balances and reverse repurchase agreements as
well as the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially offset by higher central bank balances.
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$6.0 billion or +1%)
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$6.0 billion or +1%): driven by growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand
divisions, and increases in commercial paper and certificates of deposit, partially offset by a decrease in the Institutional division and the impact
of foreign currency translation movements.
GROUP RESULTS
23
Other Operating Income - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net fee and commission income
1
1,011 1,080 1,135 -6% -11%
Markets other operating income
638 1,120 764 -43% -16%
Share of associates' profit/(loss)
(242) 20 135 large large
Other
1,2
30 126 (677) -76% large
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%
Half Year Movement
Other operating income by division
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
302 566 595 -47% -49%
Institutional
1,014 1,482 1,167 -32% -13%
New Zealand
238 226 247 5% -4%
Pacific
33 34 50 -3% -34%
TSO and Group Centre
(150) 38 (702) large -79%
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
1,437 2,346 1,357 -39% 6%
Markets income
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 402 370 400 9% 1%
Other operating income
638 1,120 764 -43% -16%
Total cash Markets income from continuing operations
1,040 1,490 1,164 -30% -11%
Other operating income (excluding large/notable items)
Other operating income included a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items of -$603 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half:
-$137 million; Mar 20 half: -$850 million). While these items form part of total cash other operating income from continuing operations, they have been
excluded from the tables below given their nature and significance. Refer to items on pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.
Other operating income (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net fee and commission income
1
1,051 1,086 1,163 -3% -10%
Markets other operating income
610 1,138 764 -46% -20%
Share of associates' profit/(loss)
105 88 135 19% -22%
Other
1,2
274 171 145 60% 89%
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
2,040 2,483 2,207 -18% -8%
Other operating income by division (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
596 582 625 2% -5%
Institutional
989 1,498 1,164 -34% -15%
New Zealand
225 225 254 0% -11%
Pacific
33 34 50 -3% -34%
TSO and Group Centre
197 144 114 37% 73%
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
2,040 2,483 2,207 -18% -8%
1.
Excluding the Markets business unit.
2.
Includes foreign exchange earnings and net income from insurance business.
GROUP RESULTS
24
Other operating income - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
March 2021 v March 2020
Other operating income increased by $80 million (+6%). Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $167 million (-8%).
Net fee and commission income (-$124 million or -11%)
$49 million decrease in the Institutional division driven by lower trade-related fees and loan syndication fees.
$39 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division driven by lower credit card and international transaction volumes due to
COVID-19 impacts.
$23 million decrease in the New Zealand division driven by the reduction or removal of fees and lower volume related fee income due to COVID-
19 impacts.
$12 million decrease driven by higher customer remediation.
Markets income (-$124 million or -11%)
Markets income decreased $124 million (-11%) driven by $126 million (-16%) decrease in Other operating income, partially offset by $2 million (+1%)
increase in Net interest income. This was primarily attributable to the following business activities:
$130 million decrease in Foreign Exchange income driven by elevated income in the March 2020 half as corporates and financial institutions
sought foreign exchange solutions at the onset of the pandemic, and currency volatility presented favourable trading conditions, partially offset by
lower customer remediation.
$162 million decrease in Rates income driven by reduced demand for hedging solutions.
$29 million decrease in Commodities income as the March 2020 half income was elevated from oil price volatility while the March 2021 half had
seen reduced demand for hedging solutions and less favourable trading conditions.
$164 million increase in Balance Sheet income from increasing value of high quality liquid assets.
$36 million increase in Credit and Capital Markets income driven by more favourable Credit Trading conditions and higher Sales revenues from
new bond issuance activity by customers.
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (-$377 million)
$212 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank 1MDB settlement in the March 2021 half.
$135 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank goodwill impairment in the March 2021 half.
$30 million decrease in profits from associates from AmBank ($21 million) and PT Panin ($9 million).
Other (+$707 million)
$815 million increase driven by the impairment of PT Panin ($220 million) and AmBank ($595 million) in the March 2020 half.
$110 million increase in the TSO and Group Centre division primarily due to realised gains from rebalancing the liquidity portfolio in Treasury
($31 million), and higher realised gains on economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams ($62 million) which offset
net unfavourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group.
$27 million increase in the Institutional division primarily driven by widening credit spread impacts on loans measured at fair value in the March
2020 half.
$238 million decrease driven by the loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale ($251 million) in the Australia Retail and
Commercial division, partially offset by gain from the sale of a legacy insurance portfolio to Tower ($13 million) in the New Zealand division.
GROUP RESULTS
25
March 2021 v September 2020
Other operating income decreased by $909 million or (-39%). Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $443 million (-18%).
Net fee and commission income (-$69 million or -6%)
$33 million decrease driven by higher customer remediation.
$26 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division driven by seasonality of unsecured portfolio rebates and incentives, partially
offset by increased customer activity.
$12 million decrease in the Institutional division driven by lower trade-related fees and loan syndication fees.
Markets income (-$450 million or -30%)
Markets income decreased $450 million (-30%) driven by $482 million (-43%) decrease in Other operating income, partially offset by $32 million
(+9%) increase in Net interest income. This was primarily attributable to the following business activities:
$210 million decrease in Rates income driven by lower customer hedging demands and excess market liquidity.
$109 million decrease in Credit and Capital Markets income from the normalisation of trading and issuance levels from elevated conditions in the
September 2020 half.
$110 million decrease in Derivative valuation adjustments driven by a non-repeat of credit valuation adjustment gains in the September 2020 half.
$66 million decrease in Balance Sheet income driven by gains recognised in the September 2020 half from yield curve movements.
$54 million increase in Foreign Exchange income primarily driven by lower customer remediation.
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (-$262 million)
$212 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank 1MDB settlement in the March 2021 half.
$135 million decrease driven by the Group’s share of AmBank goodwill impairment in the March 2021 half.
$68 million increase driven by the PT Panin AASB 9 adjustment in the September 2020 half.
$16 million increase in profits from associates relating to PT Panin.
Other (-$96 million or -76%)
$238 million decrease driven by loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale ($251 million) in the Australia Retail and
Commercial division, partially offset by gain from the sale of a legacy insurance portfolio to Tower ($13 million) in the New Zealand division.
$38 million increase driven by a loss on sale of UDC in the September 2020 half.
$35 million increase in the TSO and Group Centre division primarily due to realised gains from rebalancing the liquidity portfolio in Treasury ($31
million), and higher realised gains on economic hedges against foreign currency denominated revenue streams ($23 million) which offset net
unfavourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group, partially offset by a $26 million decrease driven by dividend income from Bank
of Tianjin in the September 2020 half.
$40 million increase in the Australia Retail and Commercial division due to the gain on disposal of the offsite ATM network, reduction in insurance
claims due to lower arrears and higher transaction rebates in the March 2021 half.
GROUP RESULTS
26
Operating Expenses - continuing operations
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Personnel 2,449 2,413 2,465 1% -1%
Premises
350 384 405 -9% -14%
Technology
785 985 839 -20% -6%
Restructuring
105 56 105 88% 0%
Other
793 940 791 -16% 0%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%
Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%
Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,594 37,695 37,759 0% 0%
Half Year
Movement
Operating expenses by division
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
2,000 2,026 2,065
-1% -3%
Institutional
1,274 1,268 1,290
0% -1%
New Zealand
623 745 690
-16% -10%
Pacific
71 129 76
-45% -7%
TSO and Group Centre
514 610 484
-16% 6%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%
Half Year
Movement
FTE by division
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
14,118 14,078 14,061
0% 0%
Institutional
5,215 5,291 5,350
-1% -3%
New Zealand
1
6,691 6,679 7,009
0% -5%
Pacific
1,101 1,113 1,108
-1% -1%
TSO and Group Centre
1
10,719 10,345 10,306
4% 4%
Total FTE from continuing operations
37,844 37,506 37,834 1% 0%
Average FTE from continuing operations 37,594 37,695 37,759 0% 0%
1.
FTE has been restated to reflect the transfer of New Zealand Technology operations from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division (Sep 20: 918; Mar 20: 906).
Operating expenses (excluding large/notable items)
Operating expenses included a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items of $266 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $490
million; Mar 20 half: $244 million). While these items form part of total cash operating expenses from continuing operations, they have been excluded
from the tables below given their nature and significance. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.
Expenses (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Personnel 2,396 2,334 2,401 3% 0%
Premises 351 383 404 -8% -13%
Technology 780 773 787 1% -1%
Restructuring - - - n/a n/a
Other 689 798 769 -14% -10%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations 4,216 4,288 4,361 -2% -3%
Expenses by division (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,869 1,892 1,904
-1% -2%
Institutional
1,188 1,207 1,278
-2% -7%
New Zealand
613 622 653
-1% -6%
Pacific
70 73 74
-4% -5%
TSO and Group Centre
476 494 452
-4% 5%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
4,216 4,288 4,361 -2% -3%
GROUP RESULTS
27
Operating expenses - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
March 2021 v March 2020
Operating expenses decreased by $123 million (-3%). Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses decreased $145 million (-3%).
Personnel expenses decreased $16 million (-1%) resulting from investment in digital capabilities and process automation which contributed to
lower average FTE in the current period, and the impact of favourable foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by wage
inflation and higher employee leave expenses from granting all employees ‘thank-you’ leave to recognise their support during COVID-19.
Premises expenses decreased $55 million (-14%) driven by ongoing optimisation of our property footprint.
Technology expenses decreased $54 million (-6%) resulting from lease-related items in the March 2020 half.
Restructuring expenses were flat, with lower business and distribution channel changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division, offset by
operational changes in the TSO and Group Centre division in the March 2021 half.
Other expenses increased $2 million (flat) as a litigation settlement ($69 million), higher customer remediation ($17 million) offset lower
marketing and travel expenses.
March 2021 v September 2020
Operating expenses decreased by $296 million (-6%). Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses decreased $72 million (-2%).
Personnel expenses increased $36 million (+1%) driven by higher employee leave expenses, partially from granting all employees ‘thank-you’
leave to recognise their support during COVID-19, wage inflation and additional resourcing needed to provide COVID-19 hardship support. This
was partially offset by investment in digital capabilities and process automation which contributed to lower average FTE in the current period,
favourable foreign currency translation movements and lower customer remediation costs ($16 million).
Premises expenses decreased $34 million (-9%) driven by ongoing optimisation of our property footprint.
Technology expenses decreased $200 million (-20%) largely as a result of accelerated amortisation of $197 million due to a change in
application of the software capitalisation policy in the September 2020 half.
Restructuring expenses increased $49 million (+88%) relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division,
and operational changes in the TSO and Group Centre division.
Other expenses decreased $147 million (-16%) driven by a goodwill write-off in the Pacific and New Zealand divisions in the September 2020
half ($77 million), lower customer remediation ($22 million) and lower marketing expenses and lower BAU expenses. This was partially offset by
a litigation settlement recognised in the March 2021 half ($69 million).
GROUP RESULTS
28
Investment Spend - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Investment expensed 609 608 491 0% 24%
Investment capitalised
160 224 198 -29% -19%
Total investment spend from continuing operations
769 832 689 -8% 12%
Investment spend by division Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial 253 269 217 -6% 17%
Institutional
83 86 78 -3% 6%
New Zealand
98 132 94 -26% 4%
Pacific
- - - n/a n/a
TSO and Group Centre
335 345 300 -3% 12%
Total investment spend from continuing operations
769 832 689 -8% 12%
Software Capitalisation - continuing operations
As at 31 March 2021, the Group’s intangible assets included $961 million of costs incurred to acquire and develop software. Details are presented in the
table below:
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Balance at start of period 1,039 1,263 1,323 -18% -21%
Software capitalised during the period
156 194 181 -20% -14%
Amortisation during the period
- Current period amortisation
(233) (219) (241) 6% -3%
- Accelerated amortisation
1
- (197) - -100% n/a
Software impaired/written-off
(1) - (2) n/a -50%
Foreign currency translation movements
- (2) 2 -100% -100%
Total capitalised software from continuing operations
961 1,039 1,263 -8% -24%
Capitalised software by division As at
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial 133 147 209 -10% -36%
Institutional
135 139 196 -3% -31%
New Zealand
8 16 33 -50% -76%
TSO and Group Centre
685 737 825 -7% -17%
Total capitalised software from continuing operations
961 1,039 1,263 -8% -24%
1.
In the September 2020 half, the Group amended the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life of software caused by rapidly changing technology and
business requirements. As a result, the Group recognised accelerated amortisation of $197 million during the September 2020 half which was recognised in the following divisions:
Accelerated amortisation
Sep 20 half
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 31
Institutional 38
New Zealand 11
TSO and Group Centre 117
Total 197
GROUP RESULTS
29
Credit Risk - continuing operations
The impact and duration of COVID-19 on the global economy and how governments, businesses and consumers respond remains uncertain. This
uncertainty is reflected in the Group’s assessment of expected credit losses (ECL) from its credit portfolio which are subject to a number of management
judgements and estimates. The judgements and estimates made by management were based on a variety of internal and external information, as well as
the Group’s experience with respect to the performance of the portfolio under previously stressed conditions. Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
Loan Deferral and Relief Packages (Support Packages)
From March 2020 the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to counteract the impact of COVID-19 on the ability of customers to meet
their loan obligations. The assistance provided included arrangements such as temporary deferral of principal and interest repayments, replacing
principal and interest with interest only repayments, and extension of loan maturity dates.
These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In the case of home loan support packages, 94% of all loans in Australia and New
Zealand where customers took advantage of a support package have reverted back to loan repayments, with the remaining 6% having been either
restructured or transferred to hardship. For business loan support packages in Australia, 90% of loans have returned to loan payments, with the
remaining 10% having been restructured or transferred to hardship. For those customers who took up loan support packages, it is considered that the
packages, as well as government support measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies that might otherwise have occurred over the loan
deferral period and those that may still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a component of ECL for expected delinquencies and increases in
significant increase in credit risk (SICR).
Facilities which transitioned to interest-only or took up term extensions offered as a result of COVID-19, are now subsumed within the normal loan
population and are managed accordingly.
Credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year Movement
Collectively assessed
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial (515) 526 525 large large
Institutional
(110) 4 369 large large
New Zealand
(53) 104 144 large large
Pacific
- 35 10 -100% -100%
Total collectively assessed (678) 669 1,048 large large
Individually assessed
Australia Retail and Commercial 134 278 318 -52% -58%
Institutional
55 49 272 12% -80%
New Zealand
(5) 62 35 large large
Pacific
3 6 1 -50% large
Total individually assessed 187 395 626 -53% -70%
Total credit impairment charge/(release)
Australia Retail and Commercial (381) 804 843 large large
Institutional
(55) 53 641 large large
New Zealand
(58) 166 179 large large
Pacific
3 41 11 -93% -73%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) (491) 1,064 1,674 large large
GROUP RESULTS
30
Credit impairment charge/(release), cont'd
Collectively assessed
Individually assessed
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Stage 3 -
New and
increased
Stage 3 -
Recoveries
and write-
backs Total Total
March 2021 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Australia Retail and Commercial
(136) (357) (22) (515) 326 (192) 134 (381)
Institutional
(89) (8) (13) (110) 88 (33) 55 (55)
New Zealand
(6) (30) (17) (53) 34 (39) (5) (58)
Pacific
(2) (1) 3 - 7 (4) 3 3
Total
(233) (396) (49) (678) 455 (268) 187 (491)
September 2020 Half Year
Australia Retail and Commercial 123 410 (7) 526 454 (176) 278 804
Institutional - 1 3 4 124 (75) 49 53
New Zealand (19) 104 19 104 88 (26) 62 166
Pacific (3) 34 4 35 9 (3) 6 41
Total 101 549 19 669 675 (280) 395 1,064
March 2020 Half Year
Australia Retail and Commercial 105 395 25 525 511 (193) 318 843
Institutional 203 177 (11) 369 327 (55) 272 641
New Zealand 39 86 19 144 59 (24) 35 179
Pacific 7 3 - 10 3 (2) 1 11
Total 354 661 33 1,048 900 (274) 626 1,674
Collectively assessed credit impairment (charge)/release
March 2021 v March 2020
The collectively assessed credit impairment charge decreased $1,726 million driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and Commercial
(-$1,040 million), Institutional (-$479 million) and New Zealand (-$197 million) divisions. Collectively assessed credit impairment provision increased
substantially in the March 2020 half driven by the forward-looking impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Improvement in the economic outlook together
with a reduction in volumes, and improvements in portfolio mix and risk resulted in collectively assessed credit impairment provision releases in the
March 2021 half.
March 2021 v September 2020
The collectively assessed credit impairment charge decreased $1,347 million driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and Commercial
(-$1,041 million), Institutional (-$114 million) and New Zealand (-$157 million) divisions. Collectively assessed credit impairment provision increased
substantially in the September 2020 half driven by the forward-looking impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Improvement in the economic outlook
together with a reduction in volumes, and improvements in portfolio mix and risk resulted in collectively assessed credit impairment provision
releases in the March 2021 half.
Individually assessed credit impairment (charge)/release
March 2021 v March 2020
The individually assessed credit impairment charge decreased by $439 million (-70%) driven by decreases across the Institutional (-$217 million),
Australia Retail and Commercial (-$184 million), and New Zealand (-$40 million) divisions. The individually assessed credit impairment charges
remained subdued due to the impact of COVID-19 support packages.
March 2021 v September 2020
The individually assessed credit impairment charge decreased by $208 million (-53%) driven by decreases across the Australia Retail and
Commercial (-$144 million), and New Zealand (-$67 million) divisions. The individually assessed credit impairment charges remained subdued due to
the impact of COVID-19 support packages.
GROUP RESULTS
31
Allowance for expected credit losses
1
As at Movement
Collectively assessed
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,331 2,845 2,320 -18% 0%
Institutional
1,364 1,513 1,590 -10% -14%
New Zealand
513 570 541 -10% -5%
Pacific
77 80 50 -4% 54%
Total collectively assessed 4,285 5,008 4,501 -14% -5%
Individually assessed
Australia Retail and Commercial 520 610 582 -15% -11%
Institutional
191 158 406 21% -53%
New Zealand
79 102 79 -23% 0%
Pacific
19 21 26 -10% -27%
Total individually assessed 809 891 1,093 -9% -26%
Allowance for ECL
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,851 3,455 2,902 -17% -2%
Institutional
1,555 1,671 1,996 -7% -22%
New Zealand
592 672 620 -12% -5%
Pacific
96 101 76 -5% 26%
Total allowance for ECL 5,094 5,899 5,594 -14% -9%
Collectively assessed
Individually
assessed
As at March 2021
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 462 1,530 339 2,331 520 2,851
Institutional
940 407 17 1,364 191 1,555
New Zealand
141 313 59 513 79 592
Pacific
18 42 17 77 19 96
Total
1,561 2,292 432 4,285 809 5,094
As at September 2020
Australia Retail and Commercial 597 1,886 362 2,845 610 3,455
Institutional 1,056 426 31 1,513 158 1,671
New Zealand 147 346 77 570 102 672
Pacific 20 46 14 80 21 101
Total 1,820 2,704 484 5,008 891 5,899
As at March 2020
Australia Retail and Commercial 474 1,477 369 2,320 582 2,902
Institutional 1,115 444 31 1,590 406 1,996
New Zealand 200 279 62 541 79 620
Pacific 26 13 11 50 26 76
Total 1,815 2,213 473 4,501 1,093 5,594
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -
undrawn and contingent facilities.
GROUP RESULTS
32
Long-Run Loss Rates
Management believes that disclosure of modelled long-run historical loss rates for individually assessed provisions assists in assessing the longer term
expected loss rates of the lending portfolio as it removes the volatility of reported earnings created by the use of accounting losses. The long-run loss
methodology used for economic profit is an internal measure and is not based on the credit loss recognition principles of AASB 9 Financial Instruments.
In addition, given it is based on an average historical long-run loss rate it may not fully reflect the potential impacts associated with COVID-19.
As at
Long-run loss as a % of gross lending assets by division
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Australia Retail and Commercial
0.24% 0.27% 0.28%
New Zealand
0.15% 0.16% 0.19%
Institutional
0.25% 0.30% 0.25%
Total Group
0.23% 0.26% 0.26%
Gross Impaired Assets
As at
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Impaired loans
1
1,941 2,001 2,209 -3% -12%
Restructured items
2
300 254 226 18% 33%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
1
232 204 164 14% 41%
Gross impaired assets
2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%
Individually assessed provisions
Impaired loans
(778) (851) (1,055) -9% -26%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
(31) (40) (38) -23% -18%
Net impaired assets
1,664 1,568 1,506 6% 10%
Gross impaired assets by division
Australia Retail and Commercial 1,228 1,634 1,544 -25% -20%
Institutional
892 434 742 large 20%
New Zealand
310 347 264 -11% 17%
Pacific
43 44 49 -2% -12%
Gross impaired assets
2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%
Gross impaired assets by size of exposure
Less than $10 million 1,474 1,713 1,680 -14% -12%
$10 million to $100 million
267 339 349 -21% -23%
Greater than $100 million
732 407 570 80% 28%
Gross impaired assets
2,473 2,459 2,599 1% -5%
1.
Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail exposures of
90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.
2.
Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of
reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.
March 2021 v March 2020
Gross impaired assets decreased $126 million (-5%) driven by a decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division (-$316 million), partially
offset by increases in the Institutional ($150 million) and New Zealand ($46 million) divisions. The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial
division was driven by the repayment of a single name restructured exposure and decreases in the retail portfolio as underlying delinquency flows
remained subdued due to COVID-19 support packages. The increases in the Institutional and New Zealand divisions were driven by impairments of
a small number of well secured single name exposures.
March 2021 v September 2020
Gross impaired assets increased $14 million (1%) driven by an increase in the Institutional division ($458 million), partially offset by decreases in the
Australia Retail and Commercial (-$406 million), and New Zealand (-$37 million) divisions. The increase in the Institutional division was driven by
impairments on a small number of well secured single name exposures. The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division was driven by
the repayment of a single name restructured exposure and decrease in the retail portfolio as underlying delinquency flows remained subdued due to
COVID-19 support packages. The decrease in the New Zealand division was driven by the underlying delinquency flows that remained subdued due
to COVID-19 support package.
The Group’s individually assessed provision coverage ratio on impaired assets was 32.7% at 31 March 2021 (Sep 20: 36.2%; Mar 20: 42.1%).
GROUP RESULTS
33
New Impaired Assets
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Impaired loans
1
798 1,081 1,407
-26% -43%
Restructured items
2
239 47 23
large large
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
1
84 91 140 -8% -40%
Total new impaired assets
1,121 1,219 1,570 -8% -29%
New impaired assets by division
Australia Retail and Commercial 421 775 870 -46% -52%
Institutional
602 197 571 large 5%
New Zealand
69 236 125 -71% -45%
Pacific
29 11 4 large large
Total new impaired assets
1,121 1,219 1,570 -8% -29%
1.
Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail exposures of
90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.
2.
Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of
reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.
March 2021 v March 2020
New impaired assets decreased $449 million (-29%) driven by the Australia Retail and Commercial (-$449 million), and New Zealand (-$56 million)
divisions due to continued COVID-19 support programs which were in place over the March 2021 half.
March 2021 v September 2020
New impaired assets decreased by $98 million (-8%) driven by the Australia Retail and Commercial (-$354 million), and New Zealand (-$167 million)
divisions, partially offset by an increase in the Institutional division ($405 million). The decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New
Zealand divisions were due to continued COVID-19 support programs which were in place over the March 2021 half. The increase in the Institutional
division was driven by impairments of a small number of well secured single name exposures.
Ageing analysis of net loans and advances that are past due but not impaired
1
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
1-29 days 5,657 5,161 9,114 10% -38%
30-59 days
1,732 1,028 2,772 68% -38%
60-89 days
691 569 1,368 21% -49%
90+ days
3,290 3,844 3,621 -14% -9%
Total
11,370 10,602 16,875 7% -33%
1.
Excludes eligible customers impacted by COVID-19 who applied for and were granted a 6 month repayment deferral packages for the duration of the deferral. Customers who were 30 days
past due or greater were not eligible for the 6 month repayment deferral packages.
March 2021 v March 2020
Net loans and advances past due but not impaired decreased $5,505 million (-33%) driven by decreases across all segments in the Australia Retail
and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions home loan portfolio due to the customer uptake of COVID-19 support packages from March 2020.
March 2021 v September 2020
Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $768 million (+7%) driven primarily by the Australia Retail and Commercial division
home loan portfolio in the 1-29 days and 30-59 days segments due to a small number of customers who have become delinquent after rolling off
COVID-19 support packages. The decrease in the 90+ days segment relates to a reduced flow of accounts entering delinquency in prior periods
driven by COVID-19 support packages.
GROUP RESULTS
34
Income Tax Expense - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Income tax expense on cash profit
1,442 986 886 46% 63%
Effective tax rate (cash profit)
32.5% 29.6% 38.5%
March 2021 v March 2020
The effective tax rate decreased from 38.5% to 32.5%. The decrease of 600 bps was driven by the non-tax deductible impairment of investments in
AmBank and PT Panin in the March 2020 half (-1,065 bps), partially offset by the non-tax deductible impacts of the reclassification of ANZ Share
Investing to held for sale in the March 2021 half (+170 bps) and lower equity accounted earnings due to the AmBank 1MDB settlement and goodwill
impairment (+235 bps) and lower other equity accounted earnings (+106 bps).
March 2021 v September 2020
The effective tax rate increased from 29.6% to 32.5%. The increase of 290 bps was driven by the non-tax deductible impacts of the reclassification of
ANZ Share Investing to held for sale in the March 2021 half (+170 bps) and lower equity accounted earnings due to the AmBank 1MDB settlement
and goodwill impairment (+235 bps), partially offset by higher other equity accounted earnings primarily from PT Panin (-54 bps).
GROUP RESULTS
35
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations
The following tables present the Group’s cash profit results, net loans and advances and customer deposits neutralised for the impact of foreign currency
translation movements. Comparative data has been adjusted to remove the translation impact of foreign currency movements by retranslating prior
period comparatives at current period foreign exchange rates.
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Half Year Movement
Actual
FX
unadjusted
FX
impact
FX
adjusted
FX
unadjusted
FX
adjusted
Mar 21
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 6,986 7,222 (98) 7,124 -3% -2%
Other operating income
1,437 1,357 (2) 1,355 6% 6%
Operating income
8,423 8,579 (100) 8,479 -2% -1%
Operating expenses (4,482) (4,605) 95 (4,510) -3% -1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,941 3,974 (5) 3,969 -1% -1%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,674) 41 (1,633) large large
Profit before income tax
4,432 2,300 36 2,336 93% 90%
Income tax expense (1,442) (886) (16) (902) 63% 60%
Non-controlling interests
- (1) - (1) -100% -100%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 1,413 20 1,433 large large
Cash profit from continuing operations by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,782 1,214 - 1,214
47% 47%
Institutional
948 610 (4) 606
55% 56%
New Zealand
771 567 (11) 556
36% 39%
Pacific
7 20 (1) 19
-65% -63%
TSO and Group Centre
(518) (998) 36 (962) -48% -46%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 1,413 20 1,433 large large
Net loans and advances by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
344,269 329,812 - 329,812
4% 4%
Institutional
147,446 199,410 (14,007) 185,403
-26% -20%
New Zealand
120,482 125,195 (7,182) 118,013
-4% 2%
Pacific
1,713 2,176 (241) 1,935
-21% -11%
TSO and Group Centre
449 16 (1) 15 large large
Net loans and advances
614,359 656,609 (21,431) 635,178 -6% -3%
Customer deposits by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
241,315 212,990 - 212,990
13% 13%
Institutional
223,666 258,517 (28,460) 230,057
-13% -3%
New Zealand
93,201 91,175 (5,231) 85,944
2% 8%
Pacific
3,394 3,845 (432) 3,413
-12% -1%
TSO and Group Centre
(53) (32) (1) (33) 66% 61%
Customer deposits
561,523 566,495 (34,124) 532,371 -1% 5%
GROUP RESULTS
36
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Half Year Movement
Actual
FX
unadjusted
FX
impact
FX
adjusted
FX
unadjusted
FX
adjusted
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Net interest income 6,986 6,827 (46) 6,781 2% 3%
Other operating income
1,437 2,346 3 2,349 -39% -39%
Operating income
8,423 9,173 (43) 9,130 -8% -8%
Operating expenses (4,482) (4,778) 54 (4,724) -6% -5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,941 4,395 11 4,406 -10% -11%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 (1,064) 2 (1,062) large large
Profit before income tax
4,432 3,331 13 3,344 33% 33%
Income tax expense (1,442) (986) (4) (990) 46% 46%
Non-controlling interests
- - - - n/a n/a
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 9 2,354 28% 27%
Cash profit from continuing operations by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,782 1,123 - 1,123
59% 59%
Institutional
948 1,244 (19) 1,225
-24% -23%
New Zealand
771 450 2 452
71% 71%
Pacific
7 (82) 5 (77)
large large
TSO and Group Centre
(518) (390) 21 (369) 33% 40%
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 9 2,354 28% 27%
Net loans and advances by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
344,269 339,381 - 339,381
1% 1%
Institutional
147,446 157,634 (3,348) 154,286
-6% -4%
New Zealand
120,482 116,625 (980) 115,645
3% 4%
Pacific
1,713 1,866 (71) 1,795
-8% -5%
TSO and Group Centre
449 1,587 - 1,587 -72% -72%
Net loans and advances
614,359 617,093 (4,399) 612,694 0% 0%
Customer deposits by division
Australia Retail and Commercial
241,315 234,594 - 234,594
3% 3%
Institutional
223,666 223,288 (7,871) 215,417
0% 4%
New Zealand
93,201 91,004 (765) 90,239
2% 3%
Pacific
3,394 3,534 (129) 3,405
-4% 0%
TSO and Group Centre
(53) (57) - (57) -7% -7%
Customer deposits
561,523 552,363 (8,765) 543,598 2% 3%
GROUP RESULTS
37
Earnings Related Hedges - continuing operations
Where it is considered appropriate, the Group takes out economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New
Zealand Dollar and US Dollar). New Zealand Dollar exposure relates to the New Zealand geography and USD exposures relate to Asia, Pacific, Europe &
America geography. Details of these hedges are set out below.
Half Year
NZD Economic hedges
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Net open NZD position (notional principal)
1
2,444 2,276 3,165
Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)
2
26 149 (156)
Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)
3
18 19 (13)
USD Economic hedges
Net open USD position (notional principal)
1
463 453 662
Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)
2
26 87 (39)
Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)
3
16 (8) (15)
1.
Value in AUD at contracted rate.
2.
Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from matured or closed out hedges.
3.
Realised revenue from closed out hedges.
As at 31 March 2021, the following hedges were in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates:
NZD 2.6 billion at a forward rate of approximately NZD 1.06/AUD.
USD 0.3 billion at a forward rate of approximately USD 0.67/AUD.
During the March 2021 half:
NZD 1.0 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised gain of $18 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.
USD 0.2 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised gain of $16 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.
An unrealised gain of $18 million (pre-tax) on the outstanding NZD and USD economic hedges were recorded in the statutory Income Statement
during the half. This unrealised gain has been treated as an adjustment to statutory profit in calculating cash profit as these are hedges of future NZD
and USD revenues.
Earnings Per Share - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Cash earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations
Basic
105.3 82.8 49.9 27% large
Diluted
99.9 76.1 47.5 31% large
Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)
Basic
2,838.7 2,831.2 2,830.6 0% 0%
Diluted
3,084.4 3,200.7 3,238.6 -4% -5%
Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)
2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
Cash profit from continuing operations used in calculating diluted
cash earnings per share ($M)
3,082 2,435 1,537 27% large
GROUP RESULTS
38
Dividends - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) - continuing operations
1
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Interim
70 - 25
Final
- 35 -
Total
70 35 25 100% large
Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)
2,3
1,992 994 709
Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)
2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash basis)
3
66.6% 42.4% 50.2%
1.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;
2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).
2.
Dividend paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries to the Group’s non-controlling equity holders (Mar 2021 half: nil; Sep 2020 half: nil, Mar
2020 half: nil).
3.
Dividend payout ratio is calculated using proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date. Dividend
payout ratios for the September 2020 half and March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid.
The Directors propose an interim dividend of 70 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2021. The proposed 2021 interim
dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.
Economic Profit - continuing operations
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from
continuing operations
2,951 2,040 1,635
45% 80%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations
39 305 (222) -87% large
Cash profit from continuing operations
2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
Economic credit cost adjustment (895) 139 639 large large
Imputation credits
549 546 546 1% 1%
Economic return from continuing operations
2,644 3,030 2,598 -13% 2%
Cost of capital (2,621) (2,613) (2,536) 0% 3%
Economic profit from continuing operations
23 417 62 -94% -63%
Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance. This is used for internal management purposes and is not
subject to audit by the external auditor. At a business unit level, capital is allocated based on Regulatory Capital, whereby higher risk businesses attract
higher levels of capital. This method is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and ensure business returns align with the level of risk. Key
risks covered include credit risk, operational risk, market risk and other risks.
Economic profit is calculated via a series of adjustments to cash profit:
The economic credit cost adjustment replaces the accounting credit loss charge with internal expected loss based on the average long-run loss rate
per annum on the portfolio over an economic cycle.
The benefit of imputation credits is recognised, measured at 70% of Australian tax.
The cost of capital is a major component of economic profit. At an ANZ Group level, this is calculated using average ordinary shareholders’ equity
(excluding non-controlling interests), multiplied by the cost of capital rate (currently 8.5% and applied across comparative periods).
Economic profit decreased by $39 million against the March 2020 half with higher cash profit being more than offset by an unfavourable economic credit
cost adjustment and higher cost of capital.
Economic profit decreased by $394 million against the September 2020 half due to higher cash profit being more than offset by an unfavourable
economic credit cost adjustment.
GROUP RESULTS
39
Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations
As at
Movement
Assets
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 146.3 129.7 166.8 13% -12%
Trading and investment securities
138.3 144.3 135.0 -4% 2%
Derivative financial instruments
104.7 135.3 173.7 -23% -40%
Net loans and advances
614.4 617.1 656.6 0% -6%
Other
14.6 15.9 17.9 -8% -18%
Total assets
1,018.3 1,042.3 1,150.0 -2% -11%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 26.7 31.5 39.8 -15% -33%
Deposits and other borrowings
706.6 682.3 726.9 4% -3%
Derivative financial instruments
102.9 134.7 167.4 -24% -39%
Debt issuances
107.6 119.7 140.2 -10% -23%
Other
11.9 12.8 14.3 -7% -17%
Total liabilities
955.7 981.0 1,088.6 -3% -12%
Total equity 62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%
March 2021 v March 2020
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid decreased $20.5 billion (-12%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation
movements and decreases in reverse repurchase agreements and collateral paid, partially offset by increases in balances with central banks and
settlement balances owed to ANZ.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities decreased $69.0 billion (-40%) and $64.5 billion (-39%) respectively driven by market rate movements,
primarily due to strengthening of the AUD against the USD and increase in AUD and NZD swap rates.
Net loans and advances decreased $42.2 billion (-6%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower lending
volumes in the Institutional division (-$38.0 billion) as customers repaid COVID-19 lending. This was partially offset by an increase in the
Australia Retail and Commercial division (+$14.5 billion) driven by home loan growth, partially offset by a decrease in unsecured personal
lending and commercial lending, and an increase in the New Zealand division (+$2.5 billion) driven by home loan growth, partially offset by the
reduction in net loans and advances which were part of the UDC sale.
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received decreased by $13.1 billion (-33%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation
movements and decreases in collateral received and cash clearing account balances.
Deposits and other borrowings decreased $20.3 billion (-3%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements, decreases in
deposits from banks and repurchase agreements (-$25.1 billion) and a decrease in customer deposits in the Institutional division (-$6.4 billion).
This was partially offset by customer deposit growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$28.3 billion), and New Zealand (+$7.3 billion)
divisions, the drawdown of the RBA Term Funding Facility (TFF) (+$12.0 billion), and increases in commercial paper (+$4.6 billion) and
certificates of deposit (+$2.5 billion).
Debt issuances decreased $32.6 billion (-23%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower senior debt issuances
which were partially replaced by the drawdown of the TFF, classified in Deposits and other borrowings.
March 2021 v September 2020
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased $16.6 billion (+13%) driven by increases in balances with central banks and
settlement balances owed to ANZ, partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and decreases in reverse repurchase
agreements and collateral paid.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities decreased $30.6 billion (-23%) and $31.8 billion (-24%) respectively, driven by market rate movements,
primarily due to the strengthening of the AUD against the USD and NZD and the increase in AUD and NZD swap rates.
Net loans and advances decreased $2.7 billion (flat) with the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower lending volumes in the
Institutional division (-$6.8 billion) reflecting reduced economic activities and excess liquidity being offset by increases driven by home loan
growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial (+$4.9 billion), and New Zealand (+$4.8 billion) divisions.
Deposits and other borrowings increased $24.3 billion (+4%) driven by increases in customer deposits in the Australia Retail and Commercial
(+$6.7 billion), New Zealand (+$3.0 billion) and Institutional (+$8.3 billion) divisions, an increase in commercial paper (+$17.0 billion), and an
increase in certificates of deposit (+$7.7 billion). This was partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and decreases
in deposits from banks and repurchase agreements (-$7.5 billion).
Debt issuances decreased $12.1 billion (-10%) driven by the impact of foreign currency translation movements and lower senior debt issuances.
GROUP RESULTS
40
Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale
debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in
all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group and managed in accordance with the risk appetite set by the Board.
The Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates two key components:
Scenario modelling of funding sources
ANZ’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by the ability to meet a range of regulatory requirements and internal liquidity metrics mandated by the Board.
The metrics cover a range of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity. The objective of this framework is to:
Provide protection against shorter term extreme market dislocation and stress.
Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term
funding.
Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.
A key component of this framework is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short term liquidity stress scenario mandated by banking
regulators globally, including APRA. As part of meeting LCR requirements, ANZ has a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) with the Reserve Bank of
Australia (RBA). The CLF has been established to offset the shortage of available High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in Australia and provides an
alternative form of contingent liquidity. The CLF is collateralised by assets, including internal residential mortgage backed securities, that are eligible
to be pledged as security with the RBA. The total amount of the CLF available to a qualifying Authorised Deposit-taking Institution (ADI) is set
annually by APRA.
From 1 January 2021, ANZ’s CLF is $10.7 billion (2020 calendar year end: $35.7 billion). The 2021 CLF reduction is driven by the
increase in government securities outstanding in Australia that are available for ADIs to hold. APRA has indicated that if this increase continues, the
CLF may no longer be required in the foreseeable future.
Liquid assets
The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed
environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent with
Basel 3 LCR:
Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase
with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities
and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and other eligible securities listed by the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand (RBNZ).
In March 2020, in response to the economic impact of COVID-19, the RBA implemented a Term Funding Facility (TFF). Under the TFF, the RBA has
offered three-year funding to ADI’s secured by RBA eligible collateral. ADIs can include the undrawn but available TFF as a liquid asset for the LCR,
representing a committed central bank facility that can be drawn at the ADI’s discretion. ANZ’s undrawn but available TFF is represented below by
the assets that are eligible to be pledged as security with the RBA.
In November 2020, in response to the economic impact of COVID-19, the RBNZ implemented a Funding for Lending Programme (FLP). Under the
FLP the RBNZ has offered three-year funding to eligible counterparties secured by approved eligible collateral. APRA has advised that the undrawn
but available FLP can be included as a cash inflow for the LCR. As the Level 2 LCR excludes liquid assets held above the NZ dollar LCR of 100%,
the undrawn but available FLP has also reduced the reported Level 2 liquid assets.
The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements and
the risk appetite set by the Board.
Half Year Average
Movement
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Market Values Post Discount
1
HQLA1 186.2 164.6 159.3
13% 17%
HQLA2
10.4 9.9 9.6
5% 8%
Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities
2
18.5 35.3 27.7
-48% -33%
Other ALA
2
7.9 8.6 12.8
-8% -38%
Total liquid assets
223.0 218.4 209.4 2% 6%
Cash flows modelled under stress scenario
Cash outflows 203.2 203.0 191.9 0% 6%
Cash inflows
41.3 45.4 41.2 -9% 0%
Net cash outflows
161.9 157.6 150.7 3% 7%
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
3
138% 139% 139% -1% -1%
1.
Half year average basis, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.
2.
Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and TFF up to approved facility limit; and any liquid assets as defined in the RBNZ's Liquidity Policy - Annex: Liquidity Assets -
Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A12.
3.
All currency Level 2 LCR.
GROUP RESULTS
41
Funding - including discontinued operations
ANZ targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.
$3.8 billion of term wholesale debt (all of which was subordinated) with a remaining term greater than one year as at 31 March 2021 was issued during
the half.
The following table shows the Group’s total funding composition:
As at Movement
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Customer deposits and other liabilities
Australia Retail and Commercial 241.3 234.6 213.0 3% 13%
Institutional
223.6 223.3 258.5 0% -14%
New Zealand
93.2 91.0 91.2 2% 2%
Pacific
3.4 3.5 3.8 -3% -11%
Customer deposits
561.5 552.4 566.5 2% -1%
Other funding liabilities
1,2
8.9 8.9 11.1 0% -20%
Total customer liabilities (funding)
570.4 561.3 577.6 2% -1%
Wholesale funding
Debt issuances and Term Funding Facility 96.0 110.6 119.1 -13% -19%
Subordinated debt
23.7 21.1 21.1 12% 12%
Certificates of deposit
40.0 32.5 37.9 23% 6%
Commercial paper
26.1 9.1 21.8 large 20%
Other wholesale borrowings
3,4
87.9 104.2 130.0 -16% -32%
Total wholesale funding
273.7 277.5 329.9 -1% -17%
Shareholders' equity 62.6 61.3 61.4 2% 2%
Total funding 906.7 900.1 968.9 1% -6%
1.
Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions.
2.
Excludes liability for acceptances as they do not provide net funding.
3.
Includes borrowings from banks, securities sold under repurchase agreements, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles and other borrowings.
4.
Includes RBA open repurchase arrangement netted down by the corresponding exchange settlement account cash balance.
Net Stable Funding Ratio
The following table shows the Level 2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) composition:
As at Movement
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Required Stable Funding
1
Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans <35% risk weight
2
196.0 188.1 187.4 4% 5%
Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans >35% risk weight
2
179.0 174.7 193.2 2% -7%
Other lending
3
29.7 28.6 26.9 4% 10%
Liquid assets
12.1 15.3 16.0 -21% -24%
Other assets
4
37.2 38.6 45.3 -4% -18%
Total Required Stable Funding
454.0 445.3 468.8 2% -3%
Available Stable Funding
1
Retail & small and medium enterprise customer deposits 275.7 271.7 257.3 1% 7%
Corporate, public sector entities & operational deposits
105.9 104.3 110.0 2% -4%
Central bank & other financial institution deposits
4.7 5.1 5.5 -8% -15%
Term funding
5
70.7 87.9 95.8 -20% -26%
Short term funding & other liabilities
5.6 1.4 1.4 large large
Capital
85.0 80.9 82.1 5% 4%
Total Available Stable Funding
547.6 551.3 552.1 -1% -1%
Net Stable Funding Ratio 121% 124% 118% -3% 3%
1.
NSFR factored balance as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 210 Liquidity.
2.
Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk.
3.
Includes financial institution, central bank and non-performing loans.
4.
Includes off-balance sheet items, net derivatives and other assets.
5.
Includes balances from the drawdown of the RBA Term Funding Facility (TFF).
GROUP RESULTS
42
Capital Management - including discontinued operations
As at
APRA Basel 3 Internationally Comparable Basel 3
1
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20 Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Capital Ratios (Level 2)
Common Equity Tier 1 12.4% 11.3% 10.8% 18.1% 16.7% 15.5%
Tier 1
14.3% 13.2% 12.5% 20.5% 19.1% 17.8%
Total capital
18.3% 16.4% 15.5% 25.7% 23.3% 21.5%
Risk weighted assets ($B)
408.2 429.4 449.0 317.5 331.5 353.7
1.
Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).
APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) - March 2021 v September 2020
1.
Excludes large/notable and one off items for the purposes of Regulatory Capital Management attribution which are included in ‘other’ with the exception of the Asian associate items and the
loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale which are nil impact to capital since it results in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions. Refer to pages 13 to 17.
March 2021 v September 2020
ANZ’s CET1 ratio increased 110 bps to 12.4% during the March 2021 half. Key drivers of the movement in the CET1 ratio were:
Cash Profit (excluding large/notable items and credit impairment impact) increased the CET1 ratio by +80 bps.
Benefits from credit impairment release including the associated deferred tax assets (DTA) impacts, along with RWA risk migration benefits
mainly from Australian mortgages portfolio associated with lower RWA intensity in part due to changes in household saving and spending
patterns through the COVID-19 period, increased the CET1 ratio by +35 bps.
Lower business RWA usage (excluding foreign currency translation movements, regulatory changes, risk migration and other one-offs) increased
CET1 ratio by +32 bps. This was mainly driven by a reduction in underlying CRWA in the Institutional division and an overall reduction in non
CRWA from movements mainly in Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB).
Capital deduction of -7 bps was driven by the movements in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities, expected losses in excess of eligible
provision shortfall and other intangible movements in the period.
Payment of the 2020 final dividend (net of BOP and DRP issuance) reduced the CET1 ratio by -20 bps.
Net RWA imposts decreased the CET1 ratio by -6 bps.
Other impacts totalling -4 bps including large/notable adjustments from customer remediation, restructuring and litigation costs (-6 bps) offset by
other minor impacts of +2 bps.
Total Risk Weighted Assets As at Movement
Mar 21
$B
Sep 20
$B
Mar 20
$B
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Credit RWA 341.9 360.0 386.0 -5% -11%
Market risk and IRRBB RWA
19.1 21.8 15.1 -12% 26%
Operational RWA
47.2 47.6 47.9 -1% -1%
Total RWA
408.2 429.4 449.0 -5% -9%
GROUP RESULTS
43
Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) - March 2021 v September 2020
March 2021 v September 2020
Total RWA decreased $21.2 billion. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation movements and other non-recurring CRWA changes,
underlying CRWAs (divisional lending and risk migration) decreased $16.0 billion, mainly driven by lending reduction in the Institutional division and
reduced risk migration in the Australia Retail and Commercial division. Other CRWA impacts include net changes from RWA imposts. The decrease
in non-CRWA of $3.1 billion was mainly driven by IRRBB reduction of $3.4 billion, mostly from improvement in embedded gains combined with
reduction in repricing and yield curve risk.
APRA to Internationally Comparable
1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) as at 31 March 2021
1.
ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011)
and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006). Also includes differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital
Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).
The above provides a reconciliation of the CET1 ratio under APRA’s Basel 3 prudential capital standards to Internationally Comparable Basel 3
standards. APRA views the Basel 3 reforms as a minimum requirement and hence has not incorporated some of the concessions proposed in the Basel
3 rules and has also set higher requirements in other areas. As a result, Australian banks’ Basel 3 reported capital ratios will not be directly comparable
with international peers. The International Comparable Basel 3 CET1 ratio incorporates differences between APRA and both the Basel Committee Basel
3 framework (including differences identified in the March 2014 Basel Committee’s Regulatory Consistency Assessment Programme (RCAP) on Basel 3
implementation in Australia) and its application in major offshore jurisdictions.
The material differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 ratios include:
Deductions
Investments in insurance and banking associates - APRA requires full deduction against CET1. On an Internationally Comparable basis, these
investments are subject to a concessional threshold before a deduction is required.
Deferred tax assets - A full deduction is required from CET1 for deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences. On an Internationally
Comparable basis, this is first subject to a concessional threshold before the deduction is required.
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)
Mortgages RWA - APRA imposes a floor of 20% on the downturn Loss Given Default (LGD) used in credit RWA calculations for residential
mortgages. The Internationally Comparable Basel 3 framework requires a downturn LGD floor of 10%. Additionally, from July 2016, APRA requires a
higher correlation factor than the Basel framework.
IRRBB RWA - APRA requires inclusion of IRRBB within the RWA base for the CET1 ratio calculation. This is not required on an Internationally
Comparable basis.
Specialised lending - APRA requires the supervisory slotting approach to be used in determining credit RWA for specialised lending exposures. The
Internationally Comparable basis allows for the advanced internal ratings based approach to be used when calculating RWA for these exposures.
Unsecured Corporate Lending LGD - an adjustment to align ANZ’s unsecured corporate lending LGD to 45% to be consistent with banks in other
jurisdictions. The 45% LGD rate is also used in the Foundation Internal Ratings-Based approach (FIRB).
Undrawn Corporate Lending Exposure at Default (EAD) - an adjustment to ANZ’s credit conversion factors (CCF) for undrawn corporate loan
commitments to 75% (used in FIRB approach) to align with banks in other jurisdictions.
GROUP RESULTS
44
Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations
At 31 March 2021, the Group’s APRA Leverage Ratio was 5.5% which is above the 3.5% APRA proposed minimum for internal ratings-based approach
ADIs (IRB ADIs) which includes ANZ. The following table summarises the Group’s Leverage Ratio calculation:
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Tier 1 Capital (net of capital deductions) 58,431 56,481 56,295 3% 4%
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transaction
exposures)
878,187 841,830 899,411 4% -2%
Derivative exposures
33,933 32,296 42,868 5% -21%
Securities financing transaction exposures
26,947 58,416 67,443 -54% -60%
Other off-balance sheet exposures
114,125 114,128 114,677 0% 0%
Total exposure measure
1,053,192 1,046,670 1,124,399 1% -6%
APRA Leverage Ratio 5.5% 5.4% 5.0%
Internationally Comparable Leverage Ratio 6.2% 6.0% 5.6%
March 2021 v September 2020
APRA leverage ratio increased 15 bps during the March 2021 half. Key drivers of the movement were:
Net organic capital generation (largely from cash profit excluding large/notable and one-off items) less dividends paid (+25 bps).
On balance sheet exposure growth in liquids and loan growth in the Australia Retail and Commercial, and New Zealand divisions (-10 bps).
GROUP RESULTS
45
Capital Management - Other Developments
Capital Requirements - Unquestionably Strong
APRA’s key initiatives in relation to Unquestionably Strong capital requirements are as follows:
In July 2017, APRA released an information paper outlining its assessment on the additional capital required for the Australian banking sector to
be considered ‘unquestionably strong’ as originally outlined in the Financial System Inquiry final report in December 2014. APRA indicated that
“in the case of the four major Australian banks, this equated to a benchmark CET1 capital ratio, under the current capital adequacy framework, of
at least 10.5 percent from 1 January 2020”.
APRA is consulting on a number of proposals in relation to risk-weighting framework revisions to credit risk, operational risk, market risk and
interest rate risk in the banking book requirements. In December 2020, APRA released an updated consultation paper regarding proposed
changes to the capital framework for ADIs aimed at embedding ‘unquestionably strong’ levels of capital, improving the flexibility of the framework,
and improving the transparency of ADI capital strength. These proposals replaced previous consultation packages released by APRA in 2018
and 2019 in relation to proposed revisions to the capital framework for ADIs and is expected to be implemented from 1 January 2023. The key
aspects of APRA’s latest December 2020 proposals are:
- Increased alignment with internationally agreed Basel standards;
- Implementing more risk-sensitive risk weights for residential mortgage lending;
- Introduction of the Basel II capital floor that limits the RWA outcome for IRB ADIs to no less than 72.5% of the RWA outcome under the
standardised approach;
- Improving the flexibility of the capital framework through the introduction of a default level of the countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) of 100
bps of RWA and increasing the capital conservation buffer (CCB) for IRB ADIs by 150 bps (from 250 bps to 400 bps);
- Improving the transparency and comparability of ADIs’ capital ratios, including by requiring IRB ADIs to also publish their capital ratios under
the standardised approach; and
- Implementing a Minimum Leverage Ratio for IRB ADIs at 3.5%.
APRA has indicated in their proposals a decrease in RWA by approximately 10% for IRB ADIs, but this would be offset by the increased capital
allocation to regulatory buffers. APRA has also indicated that, as ADIs are currently meeting the ‘unquestionably strong’ benchmarks, it is not
APRA’s intention to require ADIs to raise additional capital. Accordingly, APRA is expected to calibrate the proposed capital requirements for
ADIs, measured in dollar terms, to be consistent at an industry level with the existing ‘unquestionably strong’ capital benchmarks for ADIs under
the current capital framework. The impact of these proposed changes on individual ADIs (including ANZBGL), however, will vary depending on
the final form of requirements implemented by APRA.
Given the number of items that are yet to be finalised by APRA, the final outcome of any further changes to APRA’s prudential standards or other
impacts on the Group remains uncertain.
APRA Guidance on Capital Management
In December 2020, APRA updated their capital management guidance whereby from the 2021 calendar year, APRA will no longer hold banks to a
minimum level of earnings retention but ADIs will need to maintain vigilance and careful planning in capital management, such as the need for ADI to
conduct regular stress testing and assurance on the capacity to continue to lend, amongst others. APRA also stated that the onus will be on Boards
to carefully consider the sustainable rate for dividends, taking into account the outlook for profitability, capital and the economic environment.
APRA Total Loss Absorbing Capacity Requirements
In July 2019, APRA announced its decision on loss-absorbing capacity in which it will require domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs),
including ANZ, to increase their Total Capital by 3% of risk weighted assets by January 2024. Based on ANZ’s capital position as at 31 March 2021,
this represents an incremental increase in the Total Capital requirement of approximately $4 billion, with an equivalent decrease in other senior
funding. APRA has stated that it anticipates that D-SIBs would satisfy the requirement predominantly with Tier 2 capital.
Revisions to Related Entities Framework
APRA announced in August 2019 that it will implement its proposal to reduce limits for Australian ADIs’ exposure to related entities, reducing limits
from 50% of Level 1 Total Capital to 25% of Level 1 Tier 1 Capital. As exposures are measured net of capital deductions, the proposed changes to
APRA’s capital regulations (contained in APS111 below) would affect the measurement of ADIs’ exposures. On the basis that the APS111 revisions
are implemented as currently proposed, the reduction in the above limits is not expected to have a material impact on ANZ and its subsidiaries. The
implementation date for changes to the related entities framework has been deferred by APRA to 1 January 2022.
Revisions to APS111 Capital Adequacy
In October 2019, APRA released a discussion paper on draft revisions to the prudential standard APS111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of Capital
for consultation. The most material change from APRA’s proposal is in relation to the treatment of capital investments for each banking and
insurance subsidiary at Level 1 with the tangible component of the investment changing from 400% risk weighting to:
250% risk weighting up to an amount equal to 10% of ANZ’s net Level 1 CET1; and
the remainder of the investment will be treated as a CET1 capital deduction.
ANZ is reviewing the implications for its current investments. The net impact on the Group is unclear and will depend upon a number of factors
including the capitalisation of the affected subsidiaries at the time of implementation, the final form of the prudential standard, as well as the effect of
management actions being pursued that have the potential to materially offset the impact of these proposals. Based on ANZ’s current investment in
its affected subsidiaries and in the absence of any offsetting management actions, the above proposals implies a reduction in ANZ’s Level 1 CET1
capital ratio of up to approximately $2 billion (~60 bps). However, ANZ believes that this outcome is unlikely and, post implementation of
management actions, the net capital impact could be minimal. There is no impact on ANZ’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio arising from these proposed
changes. The proposed implementation date has been deferred by APRA to January 2022.
GROUP RESULTS
46
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) review of capital requirements
In December 2019, the RBNZ announced its capital review policy decisions for New Zealand Banks. In November 2020, the RBNZ released for
consultation its draft Banking Prudential Requirements for these capital policy changes. The key requirements include:
Tier 1 capital requirement of 16% of RWA for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ New Zealand) of which up to 2.5% of this could be in the
form of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital. Total Capital requirement remained at 18% of RWA of which up to 2% can be Tier 2 Capital;
Redeemable preference shares are allowable as AT1 capital. It is anticipated that ANZ New Zealand will be able to refinance existing internal
AT1 securities to external counterparties;
Increase RWA outcomes for IRB banks to approximately 90% of what would be calculated under the standardised approach:
- Apply an 85% output floor for credit risk RWA of IRB banks; and
- Increase the scalar applied to credit risk RWA of IRB banks from 1.06 to 1.2;
Implemented over a transition period concluding on 1 July 2028.
The net impact on the Group is an increase in CET1 capital of approximately $0.7 billion between 31 March 2021 and the end of the transition period
(based on the Group’s 31 March 2021 balance sheet). This amount could vary over time subject to changes to capital requirements in ANZ New
Zealand (e.g. from RWA growth), potential dividend payments and the level of capital already retained by ANZ New Zealand to meet the final RBNZ
requirements.
RBNZ announcement on actions to support the banking system
In March 2021, the RBNZ announced that the restrictions on dividends and redemption of non-CET1 capital instruments put in place in April 2020 will
be eased. The updated restrictions will allow ANZ New Zealand, a New Zealand subsidiary of ANZBGL to pay up to 50% of their earnings as
dividends to shareholders. This restriction will remain in place until 1 July 2022, at which point the RBNZ intends to remove the restrictions
completely, subject to prevailing economic conditions.
Further, in the March 2021 update, the RBNZ announced that it will remove the restrictions on redemption of non-CET1 capital instruments.
However, as the restriction was in place in May 2020, ANZ New Zealand was not permitted to redeem its NZD 500 million Capital Notes at the
redemption date and did not exercise its option to convert in May 2020. The terms of the Capital Notes provide for their conversion into a variable
number of ANZBGL shares in May 2022 subject to certain conditions. Conversion would result in an increase in the Group’s CET1 capital
(approximately 10 bps) at Level 2.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
47
CONTENTS Page
Divisional Performance - continuing operations 48
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations 53
Institutional - continuing operations 57
New Zealand - continuing operations 64
Pacific - continuing operations 69
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre - continuing operations 69
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
48
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions, refer to the Definitions on page 133.
The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following structural changes during the period. Prior period comparatives have been
restated:
Australia Retail and Commercial division - the Advice business was transferred from Retail to Commercial and Private Bank business within the
division;
Institutional division - a number of small operations were transferred from Corporate Finance to Central Functions within the division;
the New Zealand Technology operations was transferred from the TSO and Group Centre division to the New Zealand division. As these costs were
previously recharged, there is no change to previously reported divisional cash profit, however divisional balance sheet and full time equivalent
employees (FTEs) have been restated to reflect this change.
Other than those described above, there have been no other significant changes.
The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.
The Divisional Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations. For information on discontinued operations please
refer to the Guide to Half Year Results on page 8.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
49
Cash profit by division - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
March 2021 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 6,986
Other operating income
302 1,014 238 33 (150) 1,437
Operating income
4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) 8,423
Operating expenses (2,000) (1,274) (623) (71) (514) (4,482)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
2,276 1,259 1,008 11 (613) 3,941
Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
2,657 1,314 1,066 8 (613) 4,432
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (366) (295) (1) 95 (1,442)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,782 948 771 7 (518) 2,990
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 7,222
Other operating income 595 1,167 247 50 (702) 1,357
Operating income 4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 8,579
Operating expenses (2,065) (1,290) (690) (76) (484) (4,605)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,578 1,501 967 39 (1,111) 3,974
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,735 860 788 28 (1,111) 2,300
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (521) (250) (221) (8) 113 (887)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,214 610 567 20 (998) 1,413
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income -2% -6% -1% -25% -32% -3%
Other operating income -49% -13% -4% -34% -79% 6%
Operating income -8% -9% -2% -29% -84% -2%
Operating expenses -3% -1% -10% -7% 6% -3%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -12% -16% 4% -72% -45% -1%
Credit impairment charge/(release) large large large -73% n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 53% 53% 35% -71% -45% 93%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 68% 46% 33% -88% -16% 63%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 47% 55% 36% -65% -48% large
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
50
Cash profit by division - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
March 2021 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 6,986
Other operating income
302 1,014 238 33 (150) 1,437
Operating income
4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) 8,423
Operating expenses (2,000) (1,274) (623) (71) (514) (4,482)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
2,276 1,259 1,008 11 (613) 3,941
Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
2,657 1,314 1,066 8 (613) 4,432
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (366) (295) (1) 95 (1,442)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,782 948 771 7 (518) 2,990
September 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 3,868 1,558 1,321 44 36 6,827
Other operating income 566 1,482 226 34 38 2,346
Operating income 4,434 3,040 1,547 78 74 9,173
Operating expenses (2,026) (1,268) (745) (129) (610) (4,778)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,408 1,772 802 (51) (536) 4,395
Credit impairment (charge)/release (804) (53) (166) (41) - (1,064)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,604 1,719 636 (92) (536) 3,331
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (481) (475) (186) 10 146 (986)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,123 1,244 450 (82) (390) 2,345
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income 3% -3% 5% 11% 42% 2%
Other operating income -47% -32% 5% -3% large -39%
Operating income -4% -17% 5% 5% large -8%
Operating expenses -1% 0% -16% -45% -16% -6%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -5% -29% 26% large 14% -10%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -93% n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 66% -24% 68% large 14% 33%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 82% -23% 59% large -35% 46%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 59% -24% 71% large 33% 28%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
51
Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items
1
) - March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
The Group cash profit results include a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit they
have been excluded from the tables below given their nature and significance.
1.
Refer to pages 13 to 17 for a description of large/notable items.
March 2021 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,031 1,518 1,393 49 51 7,042
Other operating income
596 989 225 33 197 2,040
Operating income
4,627 2,507 1,618 82 248 9,082
Operating expenses (1,869) (1,188) (613) (70) (476) (4,216)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
2,758 1,319 1,005 12 (228) 4,866
Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
3,139 1,374 1,063 9 (228) 5,357
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (943) (392) (298) (1) 84 (1,550)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
2,196 982 765 8 (144) 3,807
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,058 1,626 1,348 67 70 7,169
Other operating income 625 1,164 254 50 114 2,207
Operating income 4,683 2,790 1,602 117 184 9,376
Operating expenses (1,904) (1,278) (653) (74) (452) (4,361)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,779 1,512 949 43 (268) 5,015
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (159) (11) - (1,654)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,936 871 790 32 (268) 3,361
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (581) (253) (221) (9) 103 (961)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,355 618 569 23 (165) 2,400
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income -1% -7% 3% -27% -27% -2%
Other operating income -5% -15% -11% -34% 73% -8%
Operating income -1% -10% 1% -30% 35% -3%
Operating expenses -2% -7% -6% -5% 5% -3%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -1% -13% 6% -72% -15% -3%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -73% n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 62% 58% 35% -72% -15% 59%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 62% 55% 35% -89% -18% 61%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 62% 59% 34% -65% -13% 59%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
52
Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items
1
) - March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
1.
Refer to pages 13 to 17 for a description of large/notable items.
March 2021 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,031 1,518 1,393 49 51 7,042
Other operating income
596 989 225 33 197 2,040
Operating income
4,627 2,507 1,618 82 248 9,082
Operating expenses (1,869) (1,188) (613) (70) (476) (4,216)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
2,758 1,319 1,005 12 (228) 4,866
Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 55 58 (3) - 491
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
3,139 1,374 1,063 9 (228) 5,357
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (943) (392) (298) (1) 84 (1,550)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
2,196 982 765 8 (144) 3,807
September 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 3,941 1,559 1,265 54 33 6,852
Other operating income 582 1,498 225 34 144 2,483
Operating income 4,523 3,057 1,490 88 177 9,335
Operating expenses (1,892) (1,207) (622) (73) (494) (4,288)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 2,631 1,850 868 15 (317) 5,047
Credit impairment (charge)/release (804) (53) (163) (41) - (1,061)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 1,827 1,797 705 (26) (317) 3,986
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (548) (492) (197) 8 102 (1,127)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,279 1,305 508 (18) (215) 2,859
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income 2% -3% 10% -9% 55% 3%
Other operating income 2% -34% 0% -3% 37% -18%
Operating income 2% -18% 9% -7% 40% -3%
Operating expenses -1% -2% -1% -4% -4% -2%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 5% -29% 16% -20% -28% -4%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -93% n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 72% -24% 51% large -28% 34%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 72% -20% 51% large -18% 38%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 72% -25% 51% large -33% 33%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations
Mark Hand
53
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 3,974 3,868 4,048
3% -2%
Other operating income
302 566 595
-47% -49%
Operating income
4,276 4,434 4,643
-4% -8%
Operating expenses (2,000) (2,026) (2,065)
-1% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,276 2,408 2,578
-5% -12%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 381 (804) (843)
large large
Profit before income tax
2,657 1,604 1,735
66% 53%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (875) (481) (521)
82% 68%
Cash profit
1,782 1,123 1,214
59% 47%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 344,269 339,381 329,812
1% 4%
Other external assets
3,510 3,663 3,836
-4% -8%
External assets
347,779 343,044 333,648
1% 4%
Customer deposits 241,315 234,594 212,990
3% 13%
Other external liabilities 9,328 9,220 9,478
1% -2%
External liabilities
250,643 243,814 222,468
3% 13%
Risk weighted assets 163,006 166,662 161,758
-2% 1%
Average gross loans and advances 346,168 336,314 333,617
3% 4%
Average deposits and other borrowings
240,094 222,191 210,214
8% 14%
Ratios
Return on average assets 1.03% 0.67% 0.72%
Net interest margin 2.56% 2.53% 2.65%
Operating expenses to operating income 46.8% 45.7% 44.5%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.16% 1.20% 1.23%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 134 278 318
-52% -58%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
0.08% 0.17% 0.19%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (515) 526 525
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
(0.30%) 0.31% 0.31%
Gross impaired assets 1,228 1,634 1,544
-25% -20%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.35% 0.48% 0.46%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 14,118 14,078 14,061
0% 0%
1.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020
Performance March 2021 v March 2020
Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially offset
by lower unsecured lending due to lower consumer demand, increased
customer repayments following fiscal and regulatory stimulus and a
lower interest rate environment, and a decrease in commercial lending.
Net interest margin decreased driven by unfavourable lending mix from
proportionately more growth in lower margin fixed rate home loans
compared to higher margin unsecured lending, deposit margin
compression and lower earnings on capital. This was partially offset by
lower funding costs, favourable funding deposit mix and asset and
deposit repricing benefits.
Other operating income decreased driven by the loss on
reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale and lower credit
card and international transaction volumes due to COVID-19 impacts.
Operating expenses decreased driven by productivity benefits and
lower restructuring expenses, partially offset by higher customer
remediation and investment spend.
Credit impairment charges decreased driven by a collectively assessed
credit impairment release reflecting an improved economic outlook and
lower individually assessed credit impairment charge due to the impact
of COVID-19 support packages.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations
Mark Hand
54
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail 75 155 156 -52% -52%
Home Loans
46 38 28 21% 64%
Cards and Personal Loans
26 111 122 -77% -79%
Deposits and Payments
1
3 6 6 -50% -50%
Commercial and Private Bank
59 123 162 -52% -64%
Business Banking
(9) 47 72 large large
Small Business Banking
68 76 90 -11% -24%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
134 278 318 -52% -58%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail (306) 235 275 large large
Home Loans
(259) 244 239 large large
Cards and Personal Loans
(43) (6) 34 large large
Deposits and Payments
1
(4) (3) 2 33% large
Commercial and Private Bank
(209) 291 250 large large
Business Banking
(101) 191 137 large large
Small Business Banking
(108) 100 113 large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(515) 526 525 large large
Net loans and advances As at
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail 287,475 281,570 272,011 2% 6%
Home Loans
280,747 274,825 263,580 2% 7%
Cards and Personal Loans
6,682 6,710 8,370 0% -20%
Deposits and Payments
1
46 35 61 31% -25%
Commercial and Private Bank
56,794 57,811 57,801 -2% -2%
Business Banking
41,283 42,264 41,759 -2% -1%
Small Business Banking
12,254 12,312 13,030 0% -6%
Private Bank and Advice
3,257 3,235 3,012 1% 8%
Net loans and advances
344,269 339,381 329,812 1% 4%
Customer deposits
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail
134,655 133,536 123,435 1% 9%
Home Loans
2
35,901 33,161 28,133 8% 28%
Cards and Personal Loans
181 237 254 -24% -29%
Deposits and Payments
98,573 100,138 95,048 -2% 4%
Commercial and Private Bank
106,660 101,058 89,555 6% 19%
Business Banking
24,111 23,944 20,630 1% 17%
Small Business Banking
54,625 49,878 43,773 10% 25%
Private Bank and Advice
27,924 27,236 25,152 3% 11%
Customer deposits
241,315 234,594 212,990 3% 13%
1.
Net loans and advances for the deposits and payments business represent amounts in overdraft.
2.
Customer deposit amounts for the home loans business represent balances in offset accounts.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations
Mark Hand
55
March 2021 Half Year
Retail
$M
Commercial and
Private Bank
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
2,874 1,100 3,974
Other operating income
75 227 302
Operating income
2,949 1,327 4,276
Operating expenses (1,327) (673) (2,000)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,622 654 2,276
Credit impairment (charge)/release 231 150 381
Profit before income tax
1,853 804 2,657
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (633) (242) (875)
Cash profit
1,220 562 1,782
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 75 59 134
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(306) (209) (515)
Net loans and advances
287,475 56,794 344,269
Customer deposits
134,655 106,660 241,315
Risk weighted assets
110,672 52,334 163,006
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 2,742 1,306 4,048
Other operating income 365 230 595
Operating income 3,107 1,536 4,643
Operating expenses (1,325) (740) (2,065)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,782 796 2,578
Credit impairment (charge)/release (431) (412) (843)
Profit before income tax 1,351 384 1,735
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (405) (116) (521)
Cash profit 946 268 1,214
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 156 162 318
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 275 250 525
Net loans and advances 272,011 57,801 329,812
Customer deposits 123,435 89,555 212,990
Risk weighted assets 107,412 54,346 161,758
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 5% -16% -2%
Other operating income -79% -1% -49%
Operating income -5% -14% -8%
Operating expenses 0% -9% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -9% -18% -12%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large
Profit before income tax 37% large 53%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 56% large 68%
Cash profit 29% large 47%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -52% -64% -58%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large
Net loans and advances 6% -2% 4%
Customer deposits 9% 19% 13%
Risk weighted assets 3% -4% 1%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations
Mark Hand
56
March 2021 Half Year
Retail
$M
Commercial and
Private Bank
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
2,874 1,100 3,974
Other operating income
75 227 302
Operating income
2,949 1,327 4,276
Operating expenses (1,327) (673) (2,000)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,622 654 2,276
Credit impairment (charge)/release 231 150 381
Profit before income tax
1,853 804 2,657
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (633) (242) (875)
Cash profit
1,220 562 1,782
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 75 59 134
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(306) (209) (515)
Net loans and advances
287,475 56,794 344,269
Customer deposits
134,655 106,660 241,315
Risk weighted assets
110,672 52,334 163,006
September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 2,724 1,144 3,868
Other operating income 333 233 566
Operating income 3,057 1,377 4,434
Operating expenses (1,335) (691) (2,026)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,722 686 2,408
Credit impairment (charge)/release (390) (414) (804)
Profit before income tax 1,332 272 1,604
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (398) (83) (481)
Cash profit 934 189 1,123
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 155 123 278
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 235 291 526
Net loans and advances 281,570 57,811 339,381
Customer deposits 133,536 101,058 234,594
Risk weighted assets 112,142 54,520 166,662
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 6% -4% 3%
Other operating income -77% -3% -47%
Operating income -4% -4% -4%
Operating expenses -1% -3% -1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -6% -5% -5%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large
Profit before income tax 39% large 66%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 59% large 82%
Cash profit 31% large 59%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -52% -52% -52%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large
Net loans and advances 2% -2% 1%
Customer deposits 1% 6% 3%
Risk weighted assets -1% -4% -2%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
57
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 1,519 1,558 1,624
-3% -6%
Other operating income
1,014 1,482 1,167
-32% -13%
Operating income
2,533 3,040 2,791
-17% -9%
Operating expenses (1,274) (1,268) (1,290)
0% -1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,259 1,772 1,501
-29% -16%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 55 (53) (641)
large large
Profit before income tax
1,314 1,719 860
-24% 53%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (366) (475) (250)
-23% 46%
Cash profit
948 1,244 610
-24% 55%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 147,446 157,634 199,410
-6% -26%
Other external assets
344,994 391,862 461,548
-12% -25%
External assets
492,440 549,496 660,958
-10% -25%
Customer deposits 223,666 223,288 258,517
0% -13%
Other deposits and borrowings 65,675 73,427 96,639
-11% -32%
Deposits and other borrowings
289,341 296,715 355,156
-2% -19%
Other external liabilities 143,956 183,318 229,611
-21% -37%
External liabilities
433,297 480,033 584,767
-10% -26%
Risk weighted assets 169,960 186,502 207,028
-9% -18%
Average gross loans and advances 151,897 179,138 175,366
-15% -13%
Average deposits and other borrowings
292,475 321,745 305,506
-9% -4%
Ratios
Return on average assets 0.35% 0.42% 0.23%
Net interest margin 0.77% 0.73% 0.78%
Net interest margin (excluding Markets)
1
1.85% 1.75% 1.81%
Operating expenses to operating income 50.3% 41.7% 46.2%
Operating expenses to average assets 0.47% 0.42% 0.48%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 55 49 272
12% -80%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.07% 0.05% 0.31%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (110) 4 369
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
(0.15%) 0.00% 0.42%
Gross impaired assets 892 434 742
large 20%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.60% 0.27% 0.37%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 5,215 5,291 5,350
-1% -3%
1.
Institutional (ex-Markets) net interest margin has been aligned to how it is reported internally by removing the impact of surplus funding within this segment. Comparative information has
been restated accordingly.
2.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020
Performance March 2021 v March 2020
Lending volumes decreased across all businesses. Customer
Deposits reduced in Markets and Transaction Banking.
Net interest margin ex-Markets increased driven by improved
lending margins.
Other operating income decreased driven by lower Markets
revenue as financial market conditions normalised and lower fee
income in Corporate Finance and Transaction Banking, partially
offset by lower customer remediation.
Other operating expenses decreased driven by lower personnel
costs and discretionary spend, partially offset by a litigation
settlement.
Credit impairment charges decreased driven by a collectively
assessed credit impairment release in the March 2021 half
reflecting an improved economic outlook and lower individually
assessed credit impairment charges in Transaction Banking.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
58
Institutional by Geography
Half Year
Movement
Australia
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 884 859 920
3% -4%
Other operating income
491 660 392
-26% 25%
Operating income
1,375 1,519 1,312
-9% 5%
Operating expenses (654) (613) (584)
7% 12%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
721 906 728
-20% -1%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 68 (5) (274)
large large
Profit before income tax
789 901 454
-12% 74%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (228) (275) (138)
-17% 65%
Cash profit
561 626 316
-10% 78%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 34 22 50
55% -32%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(102) (17) 224
large large
Net loans and advances
89,755 98,992 115,637
-9% -22%
Customer deposits
88,824 89,369 90,648
-1% -2%
Risk weighted assets
93,452 99,632 103,240
-6% -9%
Asia, Pacific, Europe, and America
Net interest income 478 541 536
-12% -11%
Other operating income
419 542 698
-23% -40%
Operating income
897 1,083 1,234
-17% -27%
Operating expenses (532) (559) (615)
-5% -13%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
365 524 619
-30% -41%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (20) (56) (325)
-64% -94%
Profit before income tax
345 468 294
-26% 17%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (87) (102) (81)
-15% 7%
Cash profit
258 366 213
-30% 21%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 24 27 215
-11% -89%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(4) 29 110
large large
Net loans and advances
51,694 52,168 76,849
-1% -33%
Customer deposits
115,331 113,036 148,602
2% -22%
Risk weighted assets
63,922 71,884 89,491
-11% -29%
New Zealand
Net interest income 157 158 168
-1% -7%
Other operating income
104 280 77
-63% 35%
Operating income
261 438 245
-40% 7%
Operating expenses (88) (96) (91)
-8% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
173 342 154
-49% 12%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 7 8 (42)
-13% large
Profit before income tax
180 350 112
-49% 61%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (51) (98) (31)
-48% 65%
Cash profit
129 252 81
-49% 59%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (3) - 7
n/a large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(4) (8) 35
-50% large
Net loans and advances
5,997 6,474 6,924
-7% -13%
Customer deposits
19,511 20,883 19,267
-7% 1%
Risk weighted assets
12,586 14,986 14,297
-16% -12%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
59
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Transaction Banking
5 18 227
-72% -98%
Corporate Finance
51 31 46
65% 11%
Markets
(1) - (1)
n/a 0%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
55 49 272
12% -80%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Transaction Banking
(8) (37) 52
-78% large
Corporate Finance
(95) 46 312
large large
Markets
(7) (5) 5
40% large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(110) 4 369
large large
Net loans and advances
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Transaction Banking 14,295 14,192 22,023
1% -35%
Corporate Finance
105,026 111,253 128,570
-6% -18%
Markets
28,097 32,160 48,714
-13% -42%
Central Functions
28 29 103
-3% -73%
Net loans and advances
147,446 157,634 199,410
-6% -26%
Customer deposits
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Transaction Banking 120,775 123,963 124,159
-3% -3%
Corporate Finance
1,817 966 971
88% 87%
Markets
99,272 96,464 131,277
3% -24%
Central Functions
1,802 1,895 2,110
-5% -15%
Customer deposits
223,666 223,288 258,517
0% -13%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
60
March 2021 Half Year
Transaction
Banking
$M
Corporate
Finance
$M
Markets
$M
Central
Functions
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
326 783 402 8 1,519
Other operating income
320 45 638 11 1,014
Operating income
646 828 1,040 19 2,533
Operating expenses (368) (300) (591) (15) (1,274)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
278 528 449 4 1,259
Credit impairment (charge)/release 3 44 8 - 55
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
281 572 457 4 1,314
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (82) (163) (104) (17) (366)
Cash profit/(loss)
199 409 353 (13) 948
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 51 (1) - 55
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(8) (95) (7) - (110)
Net loans and advances
14,295 105,026 28,097 28 147,446
Customer deposits
120,775 1,817 99,272 1,802 223,666
Risk weighted assets
25,648 92,905 50,135 1,272 169,960
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 456 754 400 14 1,624
Other operating income 356 31 764 16 1,167
Operating income 812 785 1,164 30 2,791
Operating expenses (404) (301) (561) (24) (1,290)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 408 484 603 6 1,501
Credit impairment (charge)/release (279) (358) (4) - (641)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 129 126 599 6 860
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (68) (34) (134) (14) (250)
Cash profit/(loss) 61 92 465 (8) 610
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 227 46 (1) - 272
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 52 312 5 - 369
Net loans and advances 22,023 128,570 48,714 103 199,410
Customer deposits 124,159 971 131,277 2,110 258,517
Risk weighted assets 29,036 109,824 67,690 478 207,028
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income -29% 4% 1% -43% -6%
Other operating income -10% 45% -16% -31% -13%
Operating income -20% 5% -11% -37% -9%
Operating expenses -9% 0% 5% -38% -1%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -32% 9% -26% -33% -16%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax large large -24% -33% 53%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 21% large -22% 21% 46%
Cash profit/(loss) large large -24% 63% 55%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -98% 11% 0% n/a -80%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large n/a large
Net loans and advances -35% -18% -42% -73% -26%
Customer deposits -3% 87% -24% -15% -13%
Risk weighted assets -12% -15% -26% large -18%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
61
March 2021 Half Year
Transaction
Banking
$M
Corporate
Finance
$M
Markets
$M
Central
Functions
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
326 783 402 8 1,519
Other operating income
320 45 638 11 1,014
Operating income
646 828 1,040 19 2,533
Operating expenses (368) (300) (591) (15) (1,274)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
278 528 449 4 1,259
Credit impairment (charge)/release 3 44 8 - 55
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
281 572 457 4 1,314
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (82) (163) (104) (17) (366)
Cash profit/(loss)
199 409 353 (13) 948
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 51 (1) - 55
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(8) (95) (7) - (110)
Net loans and advances
14,295 105,026 28,097 28 147,446
Customer deposits
120,775 1,817 99,272 1,802 223,666
Risk weighted assets
25,648 92,905 50,135 1,272 169,960
September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 377 802 370 9 1,558
Other operating income 331 28 1,120 3 1,482
Operating income 708 830 1,490 12 3,040
Operating expenses (408) (306) (534) (20) (1,268)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 300 524 956 (8) 1,772
Credit impairment (charge)/release 19 (77) 5 - (53)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 319 447 961 (8) 1,719
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (95) (120) (258) (2) (475)
Cash profit/(loss) 224 327 703 (10) 1,244
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 18 31 - - 49
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (37) 46 (5) - 4
Net loans and advances 14,192 111,253 32,160 29 157,634
Customer deposits 123,963 966 96,464 1,895 223,288
Risk weighted assets 23,739 102,923 59,345 495 186,502
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income -14% -2% 9% -11% -3%
Other operating income -3% 61% -43% large -32%
Operating income -9% 0% -30% 58% -17%
Operating expenses -10% -2% 11% -25% 0%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -7% 1% -53% large -29%
Credit impairment (charge)/release -84% large 60% n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -12% 28% -52% large -24%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -14% 36% -60% large -23%
Cash profit/(loss) -11% 25% -50% 30% -24%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -72% 65% n/a n/a 12%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -78% large 40% n/a large
Net loans and advances 1% -6% -13% -3% -6%
Customer deposits -3% 88% 3% -5% 0%
Risk weighted assets 8% -10% -16% large -9%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
62
Analysis of Markets operating income
1
During the March 2021 half, the Group aligned reporting of Markets Franchise Revenue to its respective product lines (Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit
and Capital Markets, and Commodities) to better reflect the underlying nature of Markets’ business. Prior period presentation of Markets Franchise
Revenue by Sales and Trading is retained this period to assist with transition to the new presentation.
Half Year Movement
Composition of Markets operating income by product
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Foreign Exchange 307 253 437
21% -30%
Rates
128 338 290
-62% -56%
Credit and Capital Markets
139 248 103
-44% 35%
Commodities
43 52 72
-17% -40%
Franchise Revenue
617 891 902
-31% -32%
Balance Sheet
2
402 468 238 -14% 69%
Derivative valuation adjustments
3
21 131 24 -84% -13%
Markets operating income
1,040 1,490 1,164
-30% -11%
Half Year Movement
Composition of Markets operating income by business activity
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Franchise Sales 419 471 513
-11% -18%
Franchise Trading
219 551 413
-60% -47%
Balance Sheet
2
402 468 238
-14% 69%
Markets operating income
1,040 1,490 1,164
-30% -11%
Includes:
Derivative valuation adjustments
3
21 131 24
-84% -13%
1.
Markets operating income includes net interest income and other operating income.
2.
Balance Sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.
3.
Includes funding and credit valuation adjustments.
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Markets operating income by geography
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia 402 517 325
-22% 24%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
517 673 740
-23% -30%
New Zealand
121 300 99
-60% 22%
Markets operating income
1,040 1,490 1,164
-30% -11%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
63
Market risk
Traded market risk
Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Bank’s
principal trading centres.
99% confidence level (1 day holding period)
High for Low for Avg for
High for Low for Avg for
As at period period period
As at year year year
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Foreign exchange
3.2 10.0 2.0 4.6 2.0 6.1 1.2 3.1
Interest rate
6.2 19.6 4.3 10.1 9.6 13.8 3.3 7.2
Credit
14.8 22.2 9.3 14.4 13.9 17.1 1.8 8.6
Commodities
2.6 3.4 1.3 2.4 3.0 4.7 1.3 2.6
Equity
- - - - - - - -
Diversification benefit
(11.3) n/a n/a (10.1) (10.9) n/a n/a (8.0)
Total VaR
15.5 30.0 14.0 21.4 17.6 31.9 5.7 13.5
Non-traded interest rate risk
Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest
income for the Group. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario analysis based on a 1% shock.
99% confidence level (1 day holding period)
High for Low for Avg for
High for Low for Avg for
As at period period period As at year year year
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Australia
67.3 81.8 63.6 72.3 60.8 60.8 18.8 33.4
New Zealand
26.5 32.8 26.5 29.8 26.3 26.3 9.4 15.2
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
33.5 33.5 29.4 31.9 29.4 30.2 17.4 24.2
Diversification benefit
(55.2) n/a n/a (66.0) (61.4) n/a n/a (29.5)
Total VaR
72.1 79.4 59.3 68.0 55.1 58.3 31.5 43.3
Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income margin
As at
Mar 21 Sep 20
As at period end 1.74% 1.25%
Maximum exposure
1.74% 1.61%
Minimum exposure
1.00% 0.52%
Average exposure (in absolute terms)
1.31% 1.01%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
64
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details (in AUD).
Table reflects NZD for New Zealand (AUD results shown on page 68)
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 1,490 1,416 1,479
5% 1%
Other operating income
255 242 259
5% -2%
Operating income
1,745 1,658 1,738
5% 0%
Operating expenses (668) (796) (724)
-16% -8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,077 862 1,014
25% 6%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 63 (178) (188)
large large
Profit before income tax
1,140 684 826
67% 38%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (315) (199) (232)
58% 36%
Cash profit
825 485 594
70% 39%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 131,250 125,981 128,560
4% 2%
Other external assets
4,153 4,522 4,805
-8% -14%
External assets
135,403 130,503 133,365
4% 2%
Customer deposits 101,530 98,304 93,626
3% 8%
Other deposits and borrowings 3,543 1,748 4,456
large -20%
Deposits and other borrowings
105,073 100,052 98,082
5% 7%
Other external liabilities 19,526 23,385 28,095
-17% -31%
External liabilities
124,599 123,437 126,177
1% -1%
Risk weighted assets 71,220 71,348 72,502
0% -2%
Average gross loans and advances 129,047 128,748 127,968
0% 1%
Average deposits and other borrowings
102,546 99,324 94,740
3% 8%
Net funds management income
109 106 113
3% -4%
Funds under management 36,489 35,223 32,504
4% 12%
Average funds under management
35,468 34,816 34,472
2% 3%
Ratios
Return on average assets 1.25% 0.73% 0.90%
Net interest margin 2.32% 2.20% 2.31%
Operating expenses to operating income 38.3% 48.0% 41.7%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.01% 1.20% 1.10%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (6) 66 37
large large
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
(0.01%) 0.10% 0.06%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (57) 112 151
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
(0.09%) 0.17% 0.24%
Gross impaired assets 338 374 271
-10% 25%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.26% 0.30% 0.21%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 6,691 6,679 7,009
0% -5%
1.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2021 v March 2020
Performance March 2021 v March 2020
Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially
offset by decrease in commercial lending and the impact of the sale
of UDC in the September 2020 half.
Net interest margin was broadly flat as favourable deposit mix and
loan and deposit repricing were offset by headwinds from
unfavourable lending mix, a low interest rate environment and lower
net interest income from UDC post sale completion in the
September 2020 half.
Operating expenses decreased driven by FTE reduction, lower
discretionary costs and lower expenses from UDC post sale
completion in the September 2020 half.
Credit impairment charges decreased driven by collectively
assessed credit impairment release reflecting an improved
economic outlook and lower individually assessed credit impairment
charge due to the impact of COVID-19 support packages and
higher write-backs.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
65
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail 9 21 20
-57% -55%
Home Loans
- 3 2
-100% -100%
Other
9 18 18
-50% -50%
Commercial
(15) 45 17 large large
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(6) 66 37 large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail (41) 40 62
large large
Home Loans
(36) 28 50
large large
Other
(5) 12 12
large large
Commercial
(16) 72 89 large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(57) 112 151 large large
Net loans and advances
As at Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail 92,418 86,648 85,001
7% 9%
Home Loans
90,060 84,270 82,253
7% 9%
Other
2,358 2,378 2,748
-1% -14%
Commercial
38,832 39,333 43,559 -1% -11%
Net loans and advances
131,250 125,981 128,560
4% 2%
Customer deposits
As at Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Retail 81,358 79,867 76,408
2% 6%
Commercial
20,172 18,437 17,218 9% 17%
Customer deposits
101,530 98,304 93,626
3% 8%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
66
March 2021 Half Year
Retail
NZD M
Commercial
NZD M
Central
Functions
NZD M
Total
NZD M
Net interest income
986 503 1 1,490
Other operating income
248 5 2 255
Operating income
1,234 508 3 1,745
Operating expenses (547) (118) (3) (668)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
687 390 - 1,077
Credit impairment (charge)/release 32 31 - 63
Profit before income tax
719 421 - 1,140
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (198) (118) 1 (315)
Cash profit
521 303 1 825
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 9 (15) - (6)
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(41) (16) - (57)
Net loans and advances
92,418 38,832 - 131,250
Customer deposits
81,358 20,172 - 101,530
Risk weighted assets
39,190 29,924 2,106 71,220
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 922 549 8 1,479
Other operating income 254 5 - 259
Operating income 1,176 554 8 1,738
Operating expenses (574) (146) (4) (724)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 602 408 4 1,014
Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (106) - (188)
Profit before income tax 520 302 4 826
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (146) (85) (1) (232)
Cash profit 374 217 3 594
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 20 17 - 37
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 62 89 - 151
Net loans and advances 85,001 43,559 - 128,560
Customer deposits 76,408 17,218 - 93,626
Risk weighted assets 37,202 33,914 1,386 72,502
March 2021 Half Year v March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 7% -8% -88% 1%
Other operating income -2% 0% n/a -2%
Operating income 5% -8% -63% 0%
Operating expenses -5% -19% -25% -8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 14% -4% -100% 6%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large
Profit before income tax 38% 39% -100% 38%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 36% 39% large 36%
Cash profit 39% 40% -67% 39%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -55% large n/a large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large
Net loans and advances 9% -11% n/a 2%
Customer deposits 6% 17% n/a 8%
Risk weighted assets 5% -12% 52% -2%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
67
March 2021 Half Year
Retail
NZD M
Commercial
NZD M
Central
Functions
NZD M
Total
NZD M
Net interest income
986 503 1 1,490
Other operating income
248 5 2 255
Operating income
1,234 508 3 1,745
Operating expenses (547) (118) (3) (668)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
687 390 - 1,077
Credit impairment (charge)/release 32 31 - 63
Profit before income tax
719 421 - 1,140
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (198) (118) 1 (315)
Cash profit
521 303 1 825
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 9 (15) - (6)
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(41) (16) - (57)
Net loans and advances
92,418 38,832 - 131,250
Customer deposits
81,358 20,172 - 101,530
Risk weighted assets
39,190 29,924 2,106 71,220
September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 892 524 - 1,416
Other operating income 235 6 1 242
Operating income 1,127 530 1 1,658
Operating expenses (640) (157) 1 (796)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 487 373 2 862
Credit impairment (charge)/release (61) (117) - (178)
Profit before income tax 426 256 2 684
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (127) (71) (1) (199)
Cash profit 299 185 1 485
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 21 45 - 66
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 40 72 - 112
Net loans and advances 86,648 39,333 - 125,981
Customer deposits 79,867 18,437 - 98,304
Risk weighted assets 38,308 30,839 2,201 71,348
March 2021 Half Year v September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 11% -4% n/a 5%
Other operating income 6% -17% 100% 5%
Operating income 9% -4% large 5%
Operating expenses -15% -25% large -16%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 41% 5% -100% 25%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large
Profit before income tax 69% 64% -100% 67%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 56% 66% large 58%
Cash profit 74% 64% 0% 70%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -57% large n/a large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large
Net loans and advances 7% -1% n/a 4%
Customer deposits 2% 9% n/a 3%
Risk weighted assets 2% -3% -4% 0%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
68
Table reflects AUD for New Zealand
NZD results shown on page 64
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income
1,393 1,321 1,410
5% -1%
Other operating income
238 226 247
5% -4%
Operating income
1,631 1,547 1,657
5% -2%
Operating expenses (623) (745) (690)
-16% -10%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,008 802 967
26% 4%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 58 (166) (179)
large large
Profit before income tax
1,066 636 788
68% 35%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (295) (186) (221)
59% 33%
Cash profit
771 450 567
71% 36%
Consisting of:
Retail 486 278 357
75% 36%
Commercial
284 171 207
66% 37%
Central Functions
1 1 3
0% -67%
Cash profit
771 450 567
71% 36%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 120,482 116,625 125,195
3% -4%
Other external assets
3,812 4,186 4,679
-9% -19%
External assets
124,294 120,811 129,874
3% -4%
Customer deposits 93,201 91,004 91,175
2% 2%
Other deposits and borrowings 3,252 1,618 4,339
large -25%
Deposits and other borrowings
96,453 92,622 95,514
4% 1%
Other external liabilities 17,923 21,648 27,360
-17% -34%
External liabilities
114,376 114,270 122,874
0% -7%
Risk weighted assets 65,376 66,049 70,604
-1% -7%
Average gross loans and advances 120,639 120,182 122,011
0% -1%
Average deposits and other borrowings
95,864 92,756 90,329
3% 6%
Net funds management income
102 100 107
2% -5%
Funds under management 33,495 32,608 31,653
3% 6%
Average funds under management
33,157 32,499 32,868
2% 1%
Ratios
Return on average assets
1.25% 0.73% 0.90%
Net interest margin
2.32% 2.20% 2.31%
Operating expenses to operating income
38.3% 48.0% 41.7%
Operating expenses to average assets
1.01% 1.20% 1.10%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(5) 62 35
large large
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
(0.01%) 0.10% 0.06%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
(53) 104 144
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
(0.09%) 0.17% 0.24%
Gross impaired assets
310 347 264
-11% 17%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.26% 0.30% 0.21%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
6,691 6,679 7,009
0% -5%
1.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Pacific - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.
69
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 49 44 65
11% -25%
Other operating income
33 34 50 -3% -34%
Operating income
82 78 115 5% -29%
Operating expenses
1
(71) (129) (76) -45% -7%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
11 (51) 39 large -72%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (3) (41) (11) -93% -73%
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
8 (92) 28 large -71%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1) 10 (8) large -88%
Cash profit/(loss)
7 (82) 20 large -65%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 1,713 1,866 2,176 -8% -21%
Customer deposits
3,394 3,534 3,845 -4% -12%
Risk weighted assets
3,176 3,357 3,547 -5% -10%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
1,101 1,113 1,108 -1% -1%
1.
Includes $50 million of goodwill written-off in the September 2020 half.
TSO and Group Centre - continuing operations
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 17 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Share of associates profit/(loss) (242) 21 135 large large
Operating income (other)
143 53 (762) large large
Operating income
1
(99) 74 (627) large -84%
Operating expenses
2
(514) (610) (484) -16% 6%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
(613) (536) (1,111) 14% -45%
Credit impairment (charge)/release - - - n/a n/a
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(613) (536) (1,111) 14% -45%
Income tax benefit and non-controlling interests 95 146 113 -35% -16%
Cash profit/(loss)
(518) (390) (998) 33% -48%
Risk weighted assets 6,319 6,429 5,664 -2% 12%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
10,719 10,345 10,306 4% 4%
1.
Includes -$347 million in the March 2021 half in respect of the Group’s share of the AmBank 1MDB settlement and goodwill write-off. The March 2020 half includes -$815 million impairment
charge for AmBank and PT Panin. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.
2.
Includes restructuring expense of $38 million in the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $19 million; Mar 20 half: $5 million). The September 2020 half includes $117 million of accelerated
software amortisation. Refer to pages 13 to 17 for further details on large/notable items.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
70
This page has been left blank intentionally
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
71
CONTENTS Page
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 72
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations 72
Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit 73
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
72
Non-IFRS information
Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &
Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in ASIC’s
Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and
Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory
profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 132 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is
subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to
review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a consistent
basis across each period presented.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing
operations
2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations
Economic hedges
51 461 (340) -89% large
Revenue and expense hedges
(12) (156) 120 -92% large
Structured credit intermediation trades
- - (2) n/a -100%
Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations
39 305 (222) -87% large
Cash profit from continuing operations 2,990 2,345 1,413 28% large
Statutory loss attributable to shareholders of the Company from discontinued
operations
(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from discontinued operations
- - - n/a n/a
Cash profit from discontinued operations
(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Cash profit 2,982 2,337 1,323 28% large
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations
Economic hedges
The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which, in accordance with accounting standards, result
in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income Statement. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of
derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges as well as ineffectiveness from
designated accounting hedges.
Economic hedges comprise:
Funding related swaps (primarily cross currency interest rate swaps) used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into
floating rate Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of these fair value
movements are currency basis spreads and Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar fluctuations against other major funding currencies.
Economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of
these fair value adjustments are movements in the Australian and New Zealand term structure of interest rates.
Ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedge relationships.
The Group removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the
underlying hedged item.
In the March 2021 half, the majority of the loss on economic hedges relates to funding related swaps, principally from the strengthening of AUD and
NZD against USD and narrowing of basis spreads on the EUR/USD currency pair.
Revenue and expense hedges
The Group enters into economic hedges to manage hedges of larger foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD
and USD (and USD correlated). The gain on revenue and expense hedges in the March 2021 half was mainly due to the strengthening of AUD
against the USD and NZD.
Structured credit intermediation trades
ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight US financial guarantors. This
involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures.
ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with the remaining two CDS deals having matured during the March 2021 half. Accordingly, the notional
value of outstanding bought and sold CDSs at 31 March 2021 was nil (Sep 20: $0.3 billion; Mar 20: $0.3 billion).
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
73
Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit
Adjustments to statutory profit
Statutory
profit
Economic
hedges
Revenue and
expense
hedges
Structured
credit
intermediation
trades
Total
adjustments
to statutory
profit Cash profit
$M $M $M $M $M $M
March 2021 Half Year
Net interest income 6,986 - - - - 6,986
Other operating income
1,381 73 (17) - 56 1,437
Operating income
8,367 73 (17) - 56 8,423
Operating expenses (4,482) - - - - (4,482)
Profit before credit impairment and tax
3,885 73 (17) - 56 3,941
Credit impairment (charge)/release 491 - - - - 491
Profit before income tax
4,376 73 (17) - 56 4,432
Income tax expense (1,425) (22) 5 - (17) (1,442)
Non-controlling interests
- - - - - -
Profit after tax from continuing operations
2,951 51 (12) - 39 2,990
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) - - - - (8)
Profit after tax
2,943 51 (12) - 39 2,982
September 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 6,827 - - - - 6,827
Other operating income 1,917 649 (220) - 429 2,346
Operating income 8,744 649 (220) - 429 9,173
Operating expenses (4,778) - - - - (4,778)
Profit before credit impairment and tax 3,966 649 (220) - 429 4,395
Credit impairment (charge)/release (1,064) - - - - (1,064)
Profit before income tax 2,902 649 (220) - 429 3,331
Income tax expense (862) (188) 64 - (124) (986)
Non-controlling interests - - - - - -
Profit after tax from continuing operations 2,040 461 (156) - 305 2,345
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) - - - - (8)
Profit after tax 2,032 461 (156) - 305 2,337
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 7,222 - - - - 7,222
Other operating income 1,671 (480) 169 (3) (314) 1,357
Operating income 8,893 (480) 169 (3) (314) 8,579
Operating expenses (4,605) - - - - (4,605)
Profit before credit impairment and tax 4,288 (480) 169 (3) (314) 3,974
Credit impairment (charge)/release (1,674) - - - - (1,674)
Profit before income tax 2,614 (480) 169 (3) (314) 2,300
Income tax expense (978) 140 (49) 1 92 (886)
Non-controlling interests (1) - - - - (1)
Profit after tax from continuing operations 1,635 (340) 120 (2) (222) 1,413
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90) - - - - (90)
Profit after tax 1,545 (340) 120 (2) (222) 1,323
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
74
This page has been left blank intentionally
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
75
CONTENTS Page
Directors’ Report 76
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 77
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 78
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 79
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 80
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 81
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 82
Directors’ Declaration 118
Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration 119
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
76
The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2021.
Directors
The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:
Mr PD O’Sullivan Chairman
Mr SC Elliott Director and Chief Executive Officer
Mr DM Gonski, AC Director, retired on 28 October 2020
Ms IR Atlas, AO Director
Ms PJ Dwyer Director
Ms SJ Halton, AO PSM Director
Mr GR Liebelt Director
Rt Hon Sir JP Key, GNZM AC Director
Mr JT MacFarlane Director
Result
The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $2,943 million, and consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the
Company from continuing operations was $2,951 million. Further details are contained in Group Results on pages 19 to 46 which forms part of this report,
and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Review of operations
A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the Group Results on pages 19 to 46
which forms part of this report.
Lead auditor’s independence declaration
The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 120 which forms
part of this report.
Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where
otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
Significant events since balance date
On 26 April 2021, the Group posted notice that it will exercise its option to redeem wholesale A$700,000,000 floating rate subordinated notes due May
2026. The notes will be redeemed on 17 May 2021 for their par value of $700 million.
Other than the matter above, there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2021 to the date of signing this report that have not been
adjusted or disclosed.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott
Chairman Managing Director
4 May 2021
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
77
Half Year
Movement
Note
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Interest income
9,879 10,626 13,800
-7% -28%
Interest expense
(2,893) (3,799) (6,578)
-24% -56%
Net interest income
2 6,986 6,827 7,222
2% -3%
Other operating income
2 1,571 1,866 1,489
-16% 6%
Net income from insurance business
2 52 31 47
68% 11%
Share of associates' profit/(loss) 2, 19
(242) 20 135
large large
Operating income
8,367 8,744 8,893
-4% -6%
Operating expenses 3 (4,482) (4,778) (4,605)
-6% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,885 3,966 4,288
-2% -9%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 10 491 (1,064) (1,674)
large large
Profit before income tax
4,376 2,902 2,614
51% 67%
Income tax expense 4 (1,425) (862) (978)
65% 46%
Profit after tax from continuing operations
2,951 2,040 1,636
45% 80%
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 13 (8) (8) (90)
0% -91%
Profit for the period
2,943 2,032 1,546
45% 90%
Comprising:
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 2,943 2,032 1,545
45% 90%
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
- - 1
n/a -100%
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued
operations
Basic
6 103.7 71.8 54.6
44% 90%
Diluted
6 98.4 66.3 51.5
48% 91%
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations
Basic
6 104.0 72.1 57.8
44% 80%
Diluted
6 98.7 66.5 54.3
48% 82%
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) 5
70 35 25
n/a n/a
The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
78
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Profit for the period from continuing operations 2,951 2,040 1,636 45% 80%
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI 124 (42) (115) large large
Other reserve movements
(20) (223) 236 -91% large
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve
1
(658) (1,831) 1,281 -64% large
Other reserve movements
(319) 629 83 large large
Income tax attributable to the above items 82 (104) (76) large large
Share of associates' other comprehensive income
2
41 41 10 0% large
Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations
(750) (1,530) 1,419 -51% large
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Other comprehensive income after tax from discontinued operations - - - n/a n/a
Total comprehensive income for the period
2,193 502 2,965 large -26%
Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company 2,193 502 2,965 large -26%
Non-controlling interests
- - - n/a n/a
1.
Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of nil (Sep 20 half: nil; Mar 20 half: $1 million loss).
2.
Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes:
Mar 21 half
$M
Sep 20 half
$M
Mar 20 half
$M
FVOCI reserve gain/(loss) 47 41 7
Defined benefits gain/(loss) (5) - 3
Cash flow hedge reserve gain/(loss) 1 (1) -
Foreign currency translation reserve gain/(loss) (2) 1 -
Total 41 41 10
The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
79
As At Movement
Assets Note
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Cash and cash equivalents
1
124,460 107,923 143,093 15% -13%
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
9,778 7,541 6,961 30% 40%
Collateral paid
12,059 14,308 16,762 -16% -28%
Trading securities
46,331 50,913 49,068 -9% -6%
Derivative financial instruments 8
104,666 135,331 173,677 -23% -40%
Investment securities
91,990 93,391 85,923 -2% 7%
Net loans and advances 9
614,359 617,093 656,609 0% -6%
Regulatory deposits
859 801 804 7% 7%
Investments in associates
1,854 2,164 2,313 -14% -20%
Current tax assets
170 161 452 6% -62%
Deferred tax assets
2,105 2,124 1,816 -1% 16%
Goodwill and other intangible assets
4,024 4,379 4,957 -8% -19%
Premises and equipment
2,792 3,013 3,211 -7% -13%
Other assets
2,892 3,144 4,309 -8% -33%
Total assets
1,018,339 1,042,286 1,149,955 -2% -11%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 19,188 22,241 22,314 -14% -14%
Collateral received
7,552 9,304 17,463 -19% -57%
Deposits and other borrowings 11
706,623 682,333 726,909 4% -3%
Derivative financial instruments 8
102,926 134,711 167,364 -24% -39%
Current tax liabilities
203 349 244 -42% -17%
Deferred tax liabilities
73 80 94 -9% -22%
Payables and other liabilities
8,558 9,128 10,536 -6% -19%
Employee entitlements
600 596 635 1% -6%
Other provisions 12
2,417 2,579 2,773 -6% -13%
Debt issuances 14
107,623 119,668 140,248 -10% -23%
Total liabilities
955,763 980,989 1,088,580 -3% -12%
Net assets 62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%
Shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital 17 26,615 26,531 26,440 0% 1%
Reserves 17
741 1,501 2,851 -51% -74%
Retained earnings 17
35,210 33,255 32,073 6% 10%
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
62,566 61,287 61,364 2% 2%
Non-controlling interests 17 10 10 11 0% -9%
Total shareholders' equity
62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%
1.
Includes settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents.
The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
80
The Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements for cash flows associated with discontinued operations.
Half Year
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Profit after income tax 2,943 2,032 1,546
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash flow from operating activities:
Credit impairment charge/(release) (491) 1,064 1,674
Impairment of investment in associates
- - 815
Depreciation and amortisation
1
563 778 613
Goodwill write-off
- 77 -
(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment
(11) (4) (4)
Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment
(6,556) (4,905) 1,859
(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments
238 14 11
Other non-cash movements
74 19 (99)
Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:
Collateral paid 1,730 1,187 (904)
Trading securities
(3,660) (3,564) 1,761
Loans and advances
(1,372) 23,273 (30,392)
Other assets
47 611 (687)
Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Deposits and other borrowings 35,594 (15,628) 67,503
Settlement balances owed by ANZ
(2,929) 274 11,202
Collateral received
(1,313) (6,640) 8,379
Other liabilities
4,964 (951) (8,630)
Total adjustments
26,878 (4,395) 53,101
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
2
29,821 (2,363) 54,647
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment securities:
Purchases (12,863) (22,660) (17,369)
Proceeds from sale or maturity
12,323 9,645 18,997
Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed
13 618 691
Repayment of IOOF secured notes
- - (800)
Other assets
(366) (554) (33)
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
(893) (12,951) 1,486
Cash flows from financing activities
Debt issuances:
3
Issue proceeds 4,648 327 11,933
Redemptions
(11,366) (11,003) (10,427)
Dividends paid
4
(879) (633) (2,228)
On market purchase of treasury shares
(79) - (122)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(158) (133) (148)
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
(7,834) (11,442) (992)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 21,094 (26,756) 55,141
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 107,923 143,093 81,621
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(4,557) (8,414) 6,331
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
124,460 107,923 143,093
1.
Includes accelerated amortisation of $197 million in the September 2020 half following the Group’s change in the application of its software amortisation policy to reflect the shorter useful life
of software caused by rapidly changing technology and business requirements.
2.
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities includes interest received of $9,907 million (Sep 20 half: $10,916 million; Mar 20 half: $13,875 million), interest paid of $3,226 million (Sep
20 half: $4,354 million; Mar 20 half: $6,802 million) and income taxes paid of $1,424 million (Sep 20 half: $868 million; Mar 20 half: $1,480 million).
3.
Non-cash changes in debt issuances includes fair value hedging loss of $1,311 million (Sep 20 half: $24 million loss; Mar 20 half: $1,103 million loss) and foreign exchange gains of $4,077
million (Sep 20 half: $10,159 million gain; Mar 20 half: $8,536 million loss).
4.
Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid.
The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
81
Ordinary
share
capital Reserves
Retained
earnings
Share capital
and reserves
attributable to
shareholders of
the Company
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
shareholders'
equity
$M $M $M $M $M $M
As at 1 October 2019 26,490 1,629 32,664 60,783 11 60,794
Impact on transition to AASB 16 - - (88) (88) - (88)
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 1,635 1,635 1 1,636
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (90) (90) - (90)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 1,249 171 1,420 (1) 1,419
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -
Total comprehensive income for the period - 1,249 1,716 2,965 - 2,965
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (2,228) (2,228) - (2,228)
Other equity movements:
Group employee share acquisition scheme (50) - - (50) - (50)
Other items - (27) 9 (18) - (18)
As at 31 March 2020 26,440 2,851 32,073 61,364 11 61,375
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 2,040 2,040 - 2,040
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (8) (8) - (8)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (1,373) (157) (1,530) - (1,530)
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -
Total comprehensive income for the period - (1,373) 1,875 502 - 502
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (694) (694) - (694)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
1
61 - - 61 - 61
Other equity movements:
Group employee share acquisition scheme 30 - - 30 - 30
Other items - 23 1 24 (1) 23
As at 30 September 2020 26,531 1,501 33,255 61,287 10 61,297
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 2,951 2,951 - 2,951
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (8) (8) - (8)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (731) (19) (750) - (750)
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -
Total comprehensive income for the period - (731) 2,924 2,193 - 2,193
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (973) (973) - (973)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
1
94 - - 94 - 94
Other equity movements:
Group employee share acquisition scheme (10) - - (10) - (10)
Other items - (29) 4 (25) - (25)
As at 31 March 2021 26,615 741 35,210 62,566 10 62,576
1.
4.2 million shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2020 final dividend (3.4 million shares for the 2020 interim dividend).
The notes appearing on pages 82 to 117 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
82
1. Basis of preparation
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:
have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AASs);
should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2020 and any public announcements made
by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2021 in accordance with the continuous disclosure
obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;
do not include all notes of the type normally included in ANZ’s Annual Financial Report;
are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and
were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 May 2021.
i) Statement of Compliance
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 Interim
Financial Reporting which ensures compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.
ii) Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where
otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
iii) Basis of measurement
The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their
fair value:
derivative financial instruments as well as, in the case of fair value hedges, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure;
financial assets and liabilities held for trading;
financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss;
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income; and
assets and liabilities held for sale (except those at carrying value as per Note 13).
In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.
iv) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgements
The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts and the application of accounting policies. Discussion of the critical accounting estimates and judgements, which include
complex or subjective decisions or assessments are provided in the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on
an ongoing basis.
A brief explanation of the key estimates, assumptions and judgements for the half year ended 31 March 2021 follows.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on the global economy have impacted our customers, operations and Group performance. The outbreak
necessitated governments to respond at unprecedented levels to protect the health of the population, local economies and livelihoods. It has affected
different regions at different times and at varying degrees and there remains a risk of subsequent waves of infection. Thus the pandemic has significantly
increased the estimation uncertainty in the preparation of these financial statements including:
the extent and duration of the disruption to business arising from the actions of governments, businesses and consumers to contain the spread of the
virus;
the impact, extent and duration of the expected economic downt
urn (and forecasts for key economic factors including GDP, employment and house
prices). This includes disruption to capital markets, and the impacts on credit quality, liquidity, unemployment, consumer spending, as well as specific
sector impacts and other restructuring activities; and
the efficacy, extent and pace of roll-out of vaccines, as well as the effectiveness of government and central bank measures that have been and will
be put in place to support businesses and consumers through this disruption.
The Group has made various accounting estimates in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on forecasts of economic conditions
which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 31 March 2021 about future events that the Directors believe are reasonable in the circumstances.
There is a considerable degree of judgement involved in preparing these estimates. The underlying assumptions are also subject to uncertainties which
are often outside the control of the Group. Accordingly, actual economic conditions are likely to be different from those forecast since anticipated events
frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of those differences may significantly impact accounting estimates included in these financial
statements.
The significant accounting estimates impacted by these forecasts and associated uncertainties are predominantly related to expected credit losses,
carrying values of goodwill, fair value measurement, and recoverable amounts of non-financial assets.
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on each of these accounting estimates is discussed further below and/or in the relevant note in the 2020 ANZ
Annual Financial Report. Readers should consider these disclosures in light of the inherent uncertainty described above.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
83
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
Allowance for expected credit losses
The Group measures the allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) using an expected credit loss impairment model as required by AASB 9 Financial
Instruments. The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition and measurement of the allowance for expected credit losses is described at Note 13 to
ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2020.
The continuing impact of COVID-19 on the global economy, including the roll-out of vaccines, and how governments, businesses and consumers
respond remains uncertain. This uncertainty is reflected in the Group’s assessment of expected credit losses from its credit portfolio which are subject to
a number of management judgements and estimates.
The table below shows the Group’s allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 10 and Note 15 for further information).
As at
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Collectively assessed 4,285 5,008 4,501
Individually assessed
809 891 1,093
Total
1
5,094 5,899 5,594
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -
undrawn and contingent facilities.
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses
During the March 2021 half, there was a net decrease in the individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses of $82 million.
In estimating individually assessed ECL for Stage 3 exposures, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to expected repayments, the
realisable value of collateral, business prospects for the customer, competing claims and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.
Judgements and assumptions in respect of these matters have been updated to reflect the ongoing and potential impact of COVID-19.
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses
During the March 2021 half, the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses decreased by $723 million attributable to: a reduction of $417
million due to the improving economic outlook offset by changes to scenario weightings and an allowance for model uncertainty due to the continuing
pandemic and recent wind-back of government support programs (such as JobKeeper); a reduction of $199 million due to lower lending volumes and
changes in portfolio composition; a reduction of $112 million attributable to changes in credit risk; and a reduction of $45 million from foreign currency
translation offset by an increase of $50 million in management adjustments.
In estimating collectively assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to:
the selection of an estimation technique or modelling methodology, noting that the modelling of the Group’s ECL estimates are complex; and
the selection of inputs for those models, and the interdependencies between those inputs.
The following table summarises the key judgements and assumptions in relation to the model inputs and the interdependencies between those inputs,
and highlights significant changes during the current period.
The judgements and associated assumptions have been made in the context of the impact of COVID-19, and reflect historical experience and other
factors that are considered to be relevant, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The
Group’s ECL estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual results may differ from these estimates.
Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021
Determining when a
significant increase in
credit risk (SICR) has
occurred
In the measurement of ECL, judgement is involved in
setting the rules and trigger points to determine whether
there has been a SICR since initial recognition of a loan,
which would result in the financial asset moving from
‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’. This is a key area of judgement since
transition from stage 1 to stage 2 increases the ECL from
an allowance based on the probability of default in the
next 12 months, to an allowance for lifetime expected
credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk
resulting in transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly
result in significant changes in the ECL allowance.
The setting of precise trigger points requires judgement
which may have a material impact upon the size of the
ECL allowance. The Group monitors the effectiveness of
SICR criteria on an ongoing basis.
The support packages offered to customers in response
to COVID-19 in 2020 are no longer being offered, and the
majority of customers who took up the support packages
have reverted back to their normal loan repayments.
The support packages, as well as government support
measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies
that might otherwise have occurred and those that may
still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a
component of ECL for expected delinquencies and
increases in SICR.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
84
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021
Measuring both 12-
month and lifetime credit
losses
The probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD)
and exposure at default (EAD) credit risk parameters
used in determining ECL are point-in-time measures
reflecting the relevant forward-looking information
determined by management. Judgement is involved in
determining which forward-looking information variables
are relevant for particular lending portfolios and for
determining each portfolio’s point-in-time sensitivity.
The PD, EAD and LGD models are subject to the Group’s
model risk policy that stipulates periodic model monitoring,
periodic re-validation and defines approval procedures and
authorities according to model materiality.
In the March 2021 half, an adjustment was made to the
modelled outcome to account for continuing model
uncertainties as a result of COVID-19.
In addition, judgement is required where behavioural
characteristics are applied in estimating the lifetime of a
facility to be used in measuring ECL.
There were no material changes to the policies during the
half year ended 31 March 2021.
Base case economic
forecast
The Group derives a forward-looking “base case”
economic scenario which reflects ANZ Research –
Economics’ (ANZ Economics) view of future macro-
economic conditions.
There have been no changes to the types of forward-
looking variables (key economic drivers) used as model
inputs in the current period.
As at 31 March 2021, the base case assumptions have
been updated to reflect the current phase of COVID-19,
including containment in key geographies, government
stimulus measures and roll-out of vaccines. In determining
the expected path and timing out of the current economic
downturn, assessments of the impact of central bank
policies, governments’ actions, the response of business,
and institution specific responses (such as repayment
deferrals) were considered.
The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the
base case scenario as at 31 March 2021 are described
below under the heading “Base case economic forecast
assumptions”.
Probability weighting of
each economic scenario
(base case, upside
1
,
downside
1
and severe
downside
2
scenarios)
Probability weighting of each economic scenario is
determined by management considering the risks and
uncertainties surrounding the base case economic
scenario at each measurement date.
The key consideration for probability weightings in the
current period is the extent and timing of recovery from the
economic downturn caused by COVID-19.
The Group considers these weightings in each geography
to provide the best estimate of the possible loss outcomes
and has analysed inter-relationships and correlations (over
both the short and long term) within the Group’s credit
portfolios in determining them.
As at 31 March 2021, a reduced weighting was applied to
the base case forecast which reflects a significantly
improved and largely optimistic view of base case
economic conditions by ANZ Economics. Greater
weighting has been applied to the downside scenario given
the Group’s assessment of downside risks.
The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New
Zealand and Rest of world are subject to a high degree of
inherent uncertainty and therefore the actual outcomes
may be significantly different to those projected.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
85
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2021
Management temporary
adjustments
Management temporary adjustments to the ECL
allowance are used in circumstances where it is judged
that our existing inputs, assumptions and model
techniques do not capture all the risk factors relevant to
our lending portfolios. Emerging local or global
macroeconomic, microeconomic or political events, and
natural disasters that are not incorporated into our
current parameters, risk ratings, or forward-looking
information are examples of such circumstances. The
use of management temporary adjustments may impact
the amount of ECL recognised.
The uncertainty associated with the COVID-19
pandemic, including the roll-out of vaccines, and the
extent to which the actions of governments, businesses
and consumers mitigate against potentially adverse
credit outcomes are not fully incorporated into existing
ECL models which are based on historical underlying
data. Accordingly, management overlays have been
applied to ensure credit provisions are appropriate.
Management have applied a number of adjustments to the
modelled ECL primarily due to the uncertainty associated
with continuing COVID-19 impacts.
Management overlays (including COVID-19 overlays)
which add to the modelled ECL provision have been made
for risks particular to retail including home loans, small
business and commercial banking in Australia, for retail,
commercial and agri banking in New Zealand, and for
tourism in the Pacific.
1.
The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are
based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic conditions.
2.
The severe downside scenario is fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions and accounts for the potentially severe downside impact of less likely extremely adverse
economic conditions.
Base case economic forecast assumptions
The uncertain evolution of the COVID-19 pandemic increases the risk to the economic forecast resulting in an understatement or overstatement of the
ECL balance due to uncertainties around:
The extent and duration of measures, including the roll-out of vaccines, to contain the spread of COVID-19;
The extent and duration of the economic down-turn, along with the speed and timing required for economies to recover; and
The effectiveness of government stimulus measures, in particular their impact on the magnitude of economic downturn and the extent and duration
of the recovery.
The economic drivers of the base case economic forecasts at 31 March 2021 are set out below. These reflect ANZ Economics’ view of future macro-
economic conditions at 31 March 2021. For years beyond the near term forecasts below, the ECL models project future year economic conditions
including an assumption to eventual reversion to mid-cycle economic conditions.
The base case economic forecasts as at 31 March 2021 indicate a significant improvement in current and expected economic conditions from the
forecasts as at 30 September 2020 reflecting the ongoing progress and actions in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Probability weightings
Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case economic
scenario. The key consideration for probability weightings in the current period is the effectiveness of actions taken in response to COVID-19 and the
ability of vaccines to limit the impact of the virus.
The base case scenario represents a significant improvement in the forecasts since September 2020. Given the uncertainties associated with a potential
recovery in the economy, the average base case weighting across geographies has been reduced to 41.4% (Sep 20: 50.0%) and the downside scenario
increased to 46.7% (Sep 20: 33.3%).
Actual calendar year Forecast calendar year
2020 2021 2022
Australia
GDP -2.4% 4.8% 3.3%
Unemployment 6.5% 6.2% 5.3%
Residential property prices 1.9% 17.4% 6.5%
Consumer price index 0.8 2.4 1.7
New Zealand
GDP -3.0% 3.6% 3.7%
Unemployment 4.6% 5.4% 4.6%
Residential property prices 15.6% 17.4% 4.1%
Consumer price index 1.7 1.9 1.6
Rest of world
GDP -3.5% 6.0% 3.2%
Consumer price index 1.2 2.5 2.0
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
86
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New Zealand and Rest of world are subject to a high degree of inherent uncertainty and therefore the
actual outcomes may be significantly different to those projected. The Group considers these weightings in each geography to provide the best estimate
of the possible loss outcomes and has analysed inter-relationships and correlations (over both the short and long term) within the Group’s credit portfolios
in determining them. The average weightings applied across the Group are set out below:
31 March 2021 30 September 2020 31 March 2020
Group
Base 41.4% 50.0% 50.0%
Upside 5.5% 10.4% 12.7%
Downside 46.7% 33.3% 27.3%
Severe Downside 6.4% 6.3% 10.0%
ECL - Sensitivity analysis
Given current economic uncertainties and the judgement applied to factors used in determining the expected default of borrowers in future periods,
expected credit losses reported by the Group should be considered as a best estimate within a range of possible estimates. The table below illustrates
the sensitivity of collectively assessed ECL to key factors used in determining it as at 31 March 2021:
Total
$M
Impact
$M
If 1% of stage 1 facilities were included in stage 2 4,342 57
If 1% of stage 2 facilities were included in stage 1 4,278 (7)
100% upside scenario 1,815 (2,470)
100% base scenario 2,487 (1,798)
100% downside scenario 4,412 127
100% severe downside scenario 5,508 1,223
Fair value measurement of financial instruments
The majority of valuation models the Group uses to value financial instruments employ only observable market data as inputs.
For certain financial instruments, we may use data that is not readily observable in current markets where we need to exercise more management
judgement to determine fair value depending on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Generally, we derive unobservable
inputs from other relevant market data and compare them to observed transaction prices where available.
At 31 March 2021, the Group had $1,224 million of assets and $25 million of liabilities where the valuation was primarily derived using unobservable
inputs (Sep 20: $1,183 million assets and $55 million liabilities; Mar 20: $1,296 million assets and $67 million liabilities). The financial instruments which
are valued using unobservable inputs are predominantly equity investment securities where quoted prices in active markets are not available.
The Group has an investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT), which at 31 March 2021 has a carrying value of $1,019 million (Sep 20: $934 million; Mar 20:
$1,053 million). As a result of illiquidity of the quoted share price, the Group determines the fair value based on a valuation model using comparable bank
pricing multiples as determined by management. Judgement is required in both the selection of the model and inputs used. Although the comparator
group entities operate in the same industry, the nature of their business and local economic conditions may be different from the Group’s investment.
Thus where local conditions change, which impact the price-to-book ratio of the comparator group, the fair value of the asset will change proportionately.
That is, if the price-to-book ratio changed by 10%, the fair value would change by 10%. Since the asset is classified as fair value through other
comprehensive income, changes in the fair value are recorded directly in equity.
Investments in associates
The Group assesses the carrying value of its associate investments for impairment indicators semi-annually.
At 31 March 2021, the impairment assessment of non-lending assets identified that two of the Group’s associate investments AMMB Holdings Berhad
(AmBank) and PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) had indicators of impairment. Although their market value (based on share price) was below their
carrying value, no impairment was recognised as their carrying values are supported by their value in use (VIU) calculations.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
87
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
The ongoing impact of COVID-19 on the valuation of AmBank and PT Panin remains uncertain. Significant management judgement is required to
determine the key assumptions underpinning the VIU calculations. Factors may change in subsequent periods and lead to potential future impairments or
reversals of prior period impairments. This includes forecast earnings levels in the near term and/or changes in the long term growth forecasts, required
levels of regulatory capital and the post-tax discount rate. The key assumptions used in the VIU calculations are outlined below:
AmBank PT Panin
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Carrying Value ($m) 685 1,056 1,161
1,140 1,084 1,130
Post-tax discount rate 11.2% 11.3% 12.4%
14.1% 15.2% 13.9%
Terminal growth rate 5.0% 4.8% 4.9%
5.1% 5.3% 5.3%
Expected earnings growth (compound annual growth rate - 5 years)¹ large 2.8% 1.0%
6.9% 4.2% 2.6%
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (5 year average) 13.0% 12.9% 11.5%
12.8% 12.8% 12.3%
1.
For AmBank the expected earnings growth is noted as large due to the large loss arising in the current forecast year due to the impact of the 1MDB settlement and the impairment of
goodwill. The expected earnings growth for years 2-5 for AmBank is 7.3%.
The VIU calculations are sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions with reasonably possible changes in key assumptions having a positive or
negative impact on the VIU outcome, and as such the recoverable amount of the investment.
A change in the March 2021 post-tax discount rate by +/- 50bps would impact the VIU outcome for PT Panin by ($58 million) / $66 million, and ($71
million) / $84 million for AmBank.
A change in the March 2021 terminal growth rate by +/- 25bps would impact the VIU outcome for PT Panin by $15 million / ($16 million) and $5
million / ($6 million) for AmBank.
Neither investment would be impaired if the discount rate were increased or the terminal growth rate reduced by the reasonably possible changes above.
Goodwill
On the reclassification of ANZ Share Investing as held for sale as at 31 March 2021, the relevant assets and liabilities were remeasured at the lower of
their carrying value and the fair value less costs to sell resulting in $251 million of goodwill attributable to this business been written down. After the write
down, the Group’s goodwill balance was $2,989 million.
The Group conducted an assessment as to whether the carrying value of the goodwill was impaired. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill
acquired in a business combination is allocated at the date of acquisition to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from the
synergies of the related business combination. These CGUs are the Group’s reportable segments. CGUs with goodwill assets as at 31 March 2021 were
the Australia Retail and Commercial division ($153 million), the New Zealand division ($1,777 million) and the Institutional division ($1,059 million).
Goodwill is considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the relevant Cash Generating Unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. We estimate
the recoverable amount of each CGU to which goodwill is allocated using a fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCOD) approach, with a VIU assessment
performed where the FVLCOD approach indicates an impairment.
Management’s approach used to determine the FVLCOD of each CGU was consistent with the prior period. The assessment of the recoverable amount
of each CGU has been made in consideration of the impacts of COVID-19 and subsequent economic recovery on both earnings and asset prices, and
reflects expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The key inputs used to determine FVLCOD of each
CGU containing goodwill are noted below:
Future maintainable earnings for each of the CGU’s used for the March 2021 half year assessment are similar or slightly above those used for the
2020 full year.
Price/Earnings (P/E) multiples applied (including 30% control premium) - the P/E multiples derived from the valuations of comparator entities
improved for all three CGUs:
Price/Earnings Multiples
Division Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Full Year
Australia Retail and Commercial 19.6 16.0
New Zealand 15.7 12.7
Institutional 16.8 13.4
Based on this assessment, no impairment was identified.
Customer remediation provisions
At 31 March 2021, the Group has recognised customer remediation provisions of $1,003 million (Sep 20: $1,109 million; Mar 20: $1,094 million) which
includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation
outcomes.
Determining the amount of the provisions, which represent management’s best estimate of the cost of settling the identified matters, requires the exercise
of significant judgement. It will often be necessary to form a view on a number of different assumptions, including the number of impacted customers, the
average refund per customer, associated remediation project costs, and the implications of regulatory exposures and customer claims having regard to
their specific facts and circumstances.
Consequently, the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,
including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
88
1. Basis of preparation, cont’d
Other provisions
The Group holds provisions for various obligations including restructuring costs, non-lending losses, fraud and forgeries and litigation related claims.
These provisions involve judgements regarding the timing and outcome of future events, including estimates of expenditure required to satisfy such
obligations. The appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,
including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.
v) Accounting policies
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation
consistent with those applied in the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report.
Discontinued operations are separately presented from the results of the continuing operations as a single line item ‘Profit/(loss) after tax from
discontinued operations’ in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement. Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement have been
presented on a continuing basis.
Accounting standards adopted during the period
On 1 October 2020, the Group adopted the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting. The new Framework includes updated definitions and
criteria for the recognition and derecognition of assets and liabilities. Additionally, it introduces new concepts on measurement, including factors to
consider when selecting a measurement basis. The adoption of the revised conceptual framework did not have a material impact on the Group.
In addition to the above, several amendments to existing accounting standards apply for the first time in 2021, but do not have a material impact on the
Group.
vi) Future accounting developments
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
In September 2020, the AASB issued AASB 2020-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2. This
standard addresses issues that may affect the Group at the point of transition from an existing Interbank Offer Rate (IBOR rate) to a Risk Free Rate
(RFR), including the effects of changes to contractual cash flows or hedging relationships. The standard includes amendments that provide practical
expedients in respect of:
accounting for changes in the basis for determining contractual cash flows as a result of IBOR reform by updating the effective interest rate resulting
in no immediate profit or loss impact. This applies only when the change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform, and the new basis for
determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis.
Permitting changes to hedge documentation and hedge designation as a result of IBOR reform without discontinuing the existing hedge accounted
relationship.
The standard applies to the Group in the 2022 financial year and earlier application is permitted. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of
the new standard on its financial statements and timing of adoption.
The Group has exposure to IBOR rates that are subject to reform through its issuance of debt, the structural interest rate risk position, holdings of
investment securities; products denominated in foreign currencies and associated hedging. The Group's hedging relationships are exposed to various
IBOR rates subject to reform including USD, GBP, CHF and JPY LIBOR and Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR).
To manage the impact of IBOR reform, the Group has established an enterprise-wide Benchmark Transition Program and is continuing to monitor market
developments in relation to the transition and their impact on the Group’s financial assets and liabilities to ensure that no unexpected consequences or
disruption arises.
AASB 9 General hedge accounting
AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when hedging
financial and non-financial risks.
AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
(AASB 139) hedge accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standard Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is
completed. The Group currently applies the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
89
2. Income
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Interest income 9,879 10,626 13,800 -7% -28%
Interest expense
(2,704) (3,589) (6,382) -25% -58%
Major bank levy
(189) (210) (196) -10% -4%
Net interest income
6,986 6,827 7,222 2% -3%
Other operating income
i) Fee and commission income
Lending fees
1
244 276 303 -12% -19%
Non-lending fees
1,266 1,246 1,441 2% -12%
Commissions
46 75 46 -39% 0%
Funds management income
140 136 139 3% 1%
Fee and commission income
1,696 1,733 1,929 -2% -12%
Fee and commission expense (646) (585) (752) 10% -14%
Net fee and commission income
1,050 1,148 1,177 -9% -11%
ii) Other income
Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income
2
729 710 1,099 3% -34%
Impairment of AmBank
- - (595) n/a -100%
Impairment of PT Panin
- - (220) n/a -100%
Reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale
3
(251) - - n/a n/a
Sale of New Zealand legacy insurance portfolio
13 - - n/a n/a
Sale of UDC
- (7) - -100% n/a
Dividend income on equity securities
- 26 - -100% n/a
Other
30 (11) 28 large 7%
Other income
521 718 312 -27% 67%
Other operating income 1,571 1,866 1,489 -16% 6%
Net income from insurance business 52 31 47 68% 11%
Share of associates' profit/(loss) (242) 20 135 large large
Operating income
4
8,367 8,744 8,893 -4% -6%
1.
Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.
2.
Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk
on funding instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.
3.
The loss on reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale is included within Other operating income to align with the classification of loss on sale that would have applied if the sale
had completed in the March 2021 half.
4.
Includes charges associated with customer remediation of $74 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $116 million; Mar 20 half: $58 million).
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
90
3. Operating expenses
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
i) Personnel
Salaries and related costs
2,196 2,133 2,177 3% 1%
Superannuation costs
164 160 169 3% -3%
Other
89 120 119 -26% -25%
Personnel
1
2,449 2,413 2,465 1% -1%
ii) Premises
Rent 42 41 43 2% -2%
Depreciation
225 254 263 -11% -14%
Other
83 89 99 -7% -16%
Premises
350 384 405 -9% -14%
iii) Technology
Depreciation and amortisation
2
334 517 341 -35% -2%
Subscription licences and outsourced services
372 375 405 -1% -8%
Other
79 93 93 -15% -15%
Technology
1,2
785 985 839 -20% -6%
iv) Restructuring 105 56 105 88% 0%
v) Other
Advertising and public relations
71 88 89 -19% -20%
Professional fees
329 374 293 -12% 12%
Freight, stationery, postage and communication
95 101 104 -6% -9%
Other
3
298 377 305 -21% -2%
Other
1,3
793 940 791 -16% 0%
Operating expenses
1,2,3
4,482 4,778 4,605 -6% -3%
1.
Includes customer remediation expenses of $92 million for the March 2021 half (Sep 20 half: $138 million; Mar 20 half: $71 million) across Personnel, Technology and Other expenses.
2.
Includes accelerated amortisation of $197 million for the September 2020 half.
3.
Includes litigation settlement expenses of $69 million for the March 2021 half and goodwill write-off of $77 million for the September 2020 half.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
91
4. Income tax expense
Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in the profit and loss.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Profit before income tax from continuing operations 4,376 2,902 2,614
51% 67%
Prima facie income tax expense at 30%
1,313 871 784
51% 67%
Tax effect of permanent differences:
Gains or losses on sale from divestments
(4) 2 -
large n/a
Impairment of investment in AmBank and PT Panin
- - 245
n/a -100%
Share of associates' (profit)/loss
72 (6) (41)
large large
Reclassification of ANZ Share Investing to held for sale
75 - -
n/a n/a
Interest on convertible instruments
22 23 29
-4% -24%
Overseas tax rate differential
(50) (51) (35)
-2% 43%
Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation
26 6 14
large 86%
Other
(20) 20 5 large large
Subtotal
1,434 865 1,001 66% 43%
Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years (9) (3) (23) large -61%
Income tax expense
1,425 862 978 65% 46%
Australia 1,013 535 580 89% 75%
Overseas 412 327 398 26% 4%
Income tax expense
1,425 862 978 65% 46%
Effective tax rate 32.6% 29.7% 37.4%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
92
5. Dividends
Dividend per ordinary share (cents)
1
Half Year Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Interim 70 - 25
Final
- 35 -
Total
70 35 25 100% large
Ordinary share dividend ($M)
2
Interim dividend
- 709 -
Final dividend
994 - 2,268
Bonus option plan adjustment
(21) (15) (40) 40% -48%
Total
973 694 2,228 40% -56%
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
(%)
3
67.7% 48.9% 45.9%
1.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents for the proposed 2021 interim dividend (2020 final dividend: NZD 4 cents;
2020 interim dividend: NZD 3 cents).
2.
Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders (Mar 21 half: nil; Sep 20 half: nil; Mar 20
half: nil).
3.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2021 half is calculated using the proposed 2021 interim dividend of $1,992 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the
dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2020 half and March 2020 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $994 million and $709 million respectively.
Ordinary Shares
The Directors propose an interim dividend of 70 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2021. The proposed 2021 interim
dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 8 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.
ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2021 interim dividend.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
93
6. Earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding
during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group known as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the profit or loss
attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS calculation for the effect of dilutive
potential ordinary shares.
Half Year Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Basic
Earnings Per Share (cents)
103.7 71.8 54.6 44% 90%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations
104.0 72.1 57.8 44% 80%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations
(0.3) (0.3) (3.2) 0% -91%
Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Diluted
Earnings Per Share (cents)
98.4 66.3 51.5 48% 91%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations
98.7 66.5 54.3 48% 82%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations
(0.3) (0.2) (2.8) 50% -89%
Half Year Movement
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations
Basic:
Profit for the period ($M)
2,943 2,032 1,546 45% 90%
Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ($M)
- - 1 n/a -100%
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)
2,943 2,032 1,545 45% 90%
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)
(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing
operations ($M)
2,951 2,040 1,635 45% 80%
Diluted:
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)
2,943 2,032 1,545 45% 90%
Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt ($M)
92 90 124 2% -26%
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share ($M)
3,035 2,122 1,669 43% 82%
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)
(8) (8) (90) 0% -91%
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from
continuing operations ($M)
3,043 2,130 1,759 43% 73%
Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares
(WANOS) used in earnings per share calculations
1
WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share (M)
2,838.7 2,831.2 2,830.6 0% 0%
Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares (M)
Convertible subordinated debt (M)
238.7 362.2 401.4 -34% -41%
Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares) (M)
7.0 7.3 6.6 -4% 6%
WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share (M)
3,084.4 3,200.7 3,238.6 -4% -5%
1.
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the March 2021 half excludes 4.7 million weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST Pty Ltd (Sep 20 half: 5.0 million; Mar
20 half: 4.9 million).
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
94
7. Segment analysis
i) Description of segments
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and TSO
and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions refer to the Definitions on page 133.
The presentation of divisional results has not been impacted by methodology or structural changes during the period.
The divisions reported below are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.
ii) Operating segments
ANZ measures the performance of continuing segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, certain non-core items are removed from
statutory profit. Details of these items are included in the ‘Other items’ section of this note.
Transactions between divisions across segments within ANZ are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses
of these segments.
For information on discontinued operations please refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
March 2021 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Net interest income
3,974 1,519 1,393 49 51 - 6,986
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 111 123 6 4 - - 244
- Non-lending fees
618 348 293 10 (3) - 1,266
- Commissions
29 1 16 - - - 46
- Funds management income
17 1 122 - - - 140
- Fee and commission expense
(286) (144) (215) (1) - - (646)
Net income from insurance business
52 - - - - - 52
Other income
(240) 685 16 20 96 (56) 521
Share of associates’ profit/(loss)
1 - - - (243) - (242)
Operating income
4,276 2,533 1,631 82 (99) (56) 8,367
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,782 948 771 7 (518) (39) 2,951
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
2,943
1.
In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment.
These items are presented in section (iii) below.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
95
7. Segment analysis, cont’d
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
September 2020 Half Year
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Net interest income 3,868 1,558 1,321 44 36 - 6,827
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 134 132 6 4 - - 276
- Non-lending fees 616 370 255 11 (6) - 1,246
- Commissions 42 - 33 - - - 75
- Funds management income 18 1 117 - - - 136
- Fee and commission expense (266) (130) (188) (1) - - (585)
Net income from insurance business 30 - - - 1 - 31
Other income (7) 1,109 3 20 22 (429) 718
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (1) - - - 21 - 20
Operating income 4,434 3,040 1,547 78 74 (429) 8,744
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,123 1,244 450 (82) (390) (305) 2,040
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (8)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 2,032
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income 4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 - 7,222
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 133 156 8 6 - - 303
- Non-lending fees 694 406 331 18 (8) - 1,441
- Commissions 25 - 21 - - - 46
- Funds management income 12 1 126 - - - 139
- Fee and commission expense (322) (178) (248) (4) - - (752)
Net income from insurance business 47 - - - - - 47
Other income 6 782 9 30 (829) 314 312
Share of associates’ profit - - - - 135 - 135
Operating income 4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 314 8,893
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,214 610 567 20 (998) 222 1,635
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 1,545
1.
In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment.
These items are presented in section (iii) below.
iii) Other items
The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.
Half Year Movement
Item gains/(losses) Related segment
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Economic hedges
Institutional, New Zealand, TSO and
Group Centre
(51) (461) 340 -89% large
Revenue and expense hedges TSO and Group Centre
12 156 (120) -92% large
Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional
- - 2 n/a -100%
Total from continuing operations
(39) (305) 222 -87% large
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
96
8. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying variables or indices defined in the contract, require little
or no initial net investment and are settled at a future date. Derivatives include contracts traded on registered exchanges and contracts agreed between
counterparties. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading and sales
activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and
liability management activities.
The following table provides an overview of the Group’s interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and credit derivatives. They include all trading and
balance sheet risk management contracts. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in
market rates relative to the terms of the derivative.
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Fair Values
Mar 21
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements 10 (12) 86 (86) 255 (250)
Futures contracts
45 (74) 31 (231) 78 (160)
Swap agreements
73,125 (71,523) 109,918 (105,578) 112,934 (108,736)
Options purchased
1,192 - 1,676 - 2,436 -
Options sold
- (1,162) - (2,609) - (3,865)
Total
74,372 (72,771) 111,711 (108,504) 115,703 (113,011)
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts 15,858 (14,389) 11,882 (11,461) 26,038 (23,964)
Swap agreements
12,683 (13,833) 8,766 (12,388) 27,624 (27,138)
Options purchased
311 - 372 - 837 -
Options sold
- (587) - (502) - (937)
Total
28,852 (28,809) 21,020 (24,351) 54,499 (52,039)
Commodity contracts 1,439 (1,345) 2,577 (1,834) 3,449 (2,288)
Credit default swaps
Structured credit derivatives purchased - - 18 - 16 -
Other credit derivatives purchased
1 (1) 4 (3) 4 (6)
Credit derivatives purchased
1 (1) 22 (3) 20 (6)
Structured credit derivatives sold - - - (18) - (17)
Other credit derivatives sold
2 - 1 (1) 6 (3)
Credit derivatives sold
2 - 1 (19) 6 (20)
Total 3 (1) 23 (22) 26 (26)
Derivative financial instruments 104,666 (102,926) 135,331 (134,711) 173,677 (167,364)
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
97
9. Net loans and advances
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia
Overdrafts 4,070 4,189 4,997 -3% -19%
Credit cards outstanding
6,119 5,984 7,383 2% -17%
Commercial bills outstanding
6,152 6,383 6,414 -4% -4%
Term loans - housing
280,545 274,967 263,596 2% 6%
Term loans - non-housing
138,771 150,272 164,346 -8% -16%
Lease receivables
958 991 1,066 -3% -10%
Hire purchase contracts
339 364 452 -7% -25%
Total Australia
436,954 443,150 448,254 -1% -3%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Overdrafts 516 415 476 24% 8%
Credit cards outstanding
5 6 7 -17% -29%
Term loans - housing
472 489 531 -3% -11%
Term loans - non-housing
51,867 52,682 78,803 -2% -34%
Lease receivables
1,108 1,031 29 7% large
Other
15 20 28 -25% -46%
Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
53,983 54,643 79,874 -1% -32%
New Zealand
Overdrafts 599 610 795 -2% -25%
Credit cards outstanding
1,181 1,204 1,389 -2% -15%
Term loans - housing
87,561 82,894 85,301 6% 3%
Term loans - non-housing
37,390 38,771 43,373 -4% -14%
Lease receivables
- - 138 n/a -100%
Hire purchase contracts
- - 1,657 n/a -100%
Total New Zealand
126,731 123,479 132,653 3% -4%
Sub-total 617,668 621,272 660,781 -1% -7%
Unearned income
1,2
(437) (460) (661) -5% -34%
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
1,2
1,378 1,262 1,158 9% 19%
Gross loans and advances
618,609 622,074 661,278 -1% -6%
Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 10) (4,250) (4,981) (4,669) -15% -9%
Net loans and advances
614,359 617,093 656,609 0% -6%
1.
In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Unearned income were reclassified to Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs to better align with the nature of
the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).
2.
Amortised over the expected life of the loan.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
98
10. Allowance for expected credit losses
As at
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
Net loans and advances at
amortised cost
3,472 778 4,250 4,130 851 4,981 3,614 1,055 4,669
Off-balance sheet commitments
795 31 826 858 40 898 872 38 910
Investment securities - debt securities
at amortised cost
18 - 18 20 - 20 15 - 15
Total
4,285 809 5,094 5,008 891 5,899 4,501 1,093 5,594
Other Comprehensive Income
Investment securities - debt securities
at FVOCI
1
11 - 11 10 - 10 9 - 9
1.
For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)
with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL.
Net loans and advances at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2019 927 1,378 413 791 3,509
Transfer between stages 204 (270) (95) 161 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 30 840 132 718 1,720
Write-backs - - - (164) (164)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (469) (469)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
30 20 5 18 73
As at 31 March 2020 1,191 1,968 455 1,055 4,669
Transfer between stages 187 (291) (106) 210 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (112) 841 119 455 1,303
Write-backs - - - (157) (157)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (640) (640)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(62) (53) (7) (72) (194)
As at 30 September 2020 1,204 2,465 461 851 4,981
Transfer between stages 345 (369) (98) 122 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (563) 3 52 333 (175)
Write-backs
- - - (171) (171)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (340) (340)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(11) (14) (3) (17) (45)
As at 31 March 2021
975 2,085 412 778 4,250
1.
Other movements include the impact of discount unwind on individually assessed allowances for ECL and the impact of divestments completed during the September 2020 half and the
March 2020 half.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
99
10. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2019 473 151 21 23 668
Transfer between stages 20 (24) (2) 6 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 98 115 (2) 15 226
Write-backs - - - (6) (6)
Foreign currency translation 19 2 1 - 22
As at 31 March 2020 610 244 18 38 910
Transfer between stages 14 (20) - 6 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 1 20 6 4 31
Write-backs - - - (8) (8)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(29) (5) (1) - (35)
As at 30 September 2020 596 239 23 40 898
Transfer between stages 36 (34) (3) 1 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (52) 4 - (1) (49)
Write-backs
- - - (9) (9)
Foreign currency translation
(12) (2) - - (14)
As at 31 March 2021
568 207 20 31 826
1.
Other movements include the impact of divestments completed during the period.
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 31 March 2020 14 1 - - 15
As at 30 September 2020 20 - - - 20
As at 31 March 2021
18 - - - 18
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 31 March 2020 9 - - - 9
As at 30 September 2020 10 - - - 10
As at 31 March 2021
11 - - - 11
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
100
10. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d
Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis
Half Year Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
1,2
- Collectively assessed (678) 669 1,048 large large
- Individually assessed
455 675 900 -33% -49%
Write-backs
3
(180) (165) (170) 9% 6%
Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(88) (115) (104) -23% -15%
Total credit impairment charge/(release)
(491) 1,064 1,674 large large
1.
Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.
2.
New and increased provisions (net of releases) includes:
Mar 21 half Sep 20 half Mar 20 half
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Net loans and advances at amortised cost (630) 455 638 665 841 879
Off-balance sheet commitments (49) - 21 10 205 21
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost - - 8 - 1 -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 1 - 2 - 1 -
Total (678) 455 669 675 1,048 900
3.
Consists of write-backs in Net loans and advances at amortised cost of $171 million (Sep 20 half: $157 million; Mar 20 half: $164 million), and Off-balance sheet commitment of $9 million
(Sep 20 half: $8 million; Mar 20 half: $6 million).
Loan Deferral and Relief Packages (Support Packages)
From March 2020 the Group offered various forms of assistance to customers to counteract the impact of COVID-19 on the ability of customers to meet
their loan obligations. The assistance provided included arrangements such as temporary deferral of principal and interest repayments, replacing
principal and interest with interest only repayments, and extension of loan maturity dates. The loan repayment deferral package is considered to be a
loan modification under AASB 9. This either results in the loan being derecognised and replaced with a new loan (substantial modification) or the existing
loan continuing to be recognised (non-substantial modification).
These support packages were phased out during the March 2021 half. In the case of home loan support packages, 94% of all loans in Australia and New
Zealand where customers took advantage of a support package have reverted back to loan repayments, with the remaining 6% having been either
restructured or transferred to hardship. For business loan support packages in Australia, 90% of loans have returned to loan payments, with the
remaining 10% having been restructured or transferred to hardship. For those customers who took up loan support packages, it is considered that the
packages, as well as government support measures, may have obscured repayment delinquencies that might otherwise have occurred over the loan
deferral period and those that may still occur in the future. Thus the Group has provided a component of ECL for expected delinquencies and increases in
SICR.
Facilities which transitioned to interest-only or took up term extensions offered as a result of COVID-19, are now subsumed within the normal loan
population and are managed accordingly.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
101
11. Deposits and other borrowings
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Australia
Certificates of deposit 34,176 28,258 34,733 21% -2%
Term deposits
61,503 64,187 69,056 -4% -11%
On demand and short term deposits
247,730 240,945 220,135 3% 13%
Deposits not bearing interest
20,850 18,771 14,410 11% 45%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
1
42,651 58,762 52,942 -27% -19%
Commercial paper
22,829 7,524 17,435 large 31%
Total Australia
429,739 418,447 408,711 3% 5%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Certificates of deposit 4,532 2,583 1,494 75% large
Term deposits
84,950 86,735 121,141 -2% -30%
On demand and short term deposits
27,332 24,366 24,211 12% 13%
Deposits not bearing interest
6,448 5,473 7,101 18% -9%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
35,456 29,127 46,397 22% -24%
Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
158,718 148,284 200,344 7% -21%
New Zealand
Certificates of deposit 1,292 1,650 1,651 -22% -22%
Term deposits
39,715 46,351 50,414 -14% -21%
On demand and short term deposits
54,379 49,905 45,978 9% 18%
Deposits not bearing interest
18,618 15,630 14,050 19% 33%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
910 448 1,422 large -36%
Commercial paper and other borrowings
3,252 1,618 4,339 large -25%
Total New Zealand
118,166 115,602 117,854 2% 0%
Total deposits and other borrowings 706,623 682,333 726,909 4% -3%
1.
In March 2020, the Reserve Bank of Australia announced a Term Funding Facility (TFF) which is a three-year funding facility to ADIs at a fixed rate of 0.25%. ADIs are able to obtain initial
funding of up to 3% of their existing outstanding credit with access to additional funding if they increase lending to small and medium-sized businesses. As at 31 March 2021, ANZ had drawn
$12 billion (Sep 20: $12 billion) from its initial TFF allowance of $12 billion and it had drawn $0 billion (Sep 20: $0 billion) from its additional TFF allowance of $8 billion.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
102
12. Other provisions
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
ECL allowance on undrawn facilities (refer to Note 10) 826 898 910 -8% -9%
Customer remediation
1,003 1,109 1,094 -10% -8%
Restructuring costs
122 105 128 16% -5%
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
77 79 82 -3% -6%
Other
389 388 559 0% -30%
Total other provisions
2,417 2,579 2,773 -6% -13%
Customer remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Restructuring costs
Provisions for restructuring costs arise from activities related to material changes in the scope of business undertaken by the Group or the manner in
which that business is undertaken and include employee termination benefits. Costs relating to on-going activities are not provided for and are expensed
as incurred.
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
Non-lending losses include losses arising from certain legal actions not directly related to amounts of principal outstanding for loans and advances and
losses arising from forgeries, frauds and the correction of operational issues. The amounts recognised are the best estimate of the consideration required
to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties that surround the events and circumstances that affect
the provision.
Other
Other provisions comprise various other provisions including workers compensation, make-good provisions associated with leased premises, warranties
and indemnities provided in connection with various disposals of businesses and assets, and contingent liabilities recognised as part of a business
combination.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
103
13. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale
i) Discontinued operations
The sale of the Group’s Aligned Dealer Groups (ADGs) business completed on 1 October 2018, the sale of OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath
P&I) business completed on 31 January 2020, and the sale of the Group’s life insurance business completed on 31 May 2019.
As a result of the sale transactions outlined above, the financial results of the businesses were treated as discontinued operations from a reporting
perspective.
Details of the financial performance and cash flows of discontinued operations are presented below.
Income Statement
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income - - (5)
n/a -100%
Other operating income
27 63 (109)
-57% large
Operating income
27 63 (114)
-57% large
Operating expenses (38) (80) (120)
-53% -68%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
(11) (17) (234)
-35% -95%
Credit impairment (charge)/release - - -
n/a n/a
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(11) (17) (234)
-35% -95%
Income tax (expense)/benefit 3 9 144
-67% -98%
Profit/(Loss) for the period attributable to shareholders of the Company
1
(8) (8) (90)
0% -91%
1.
Includes the results of the OnePath P&I business up to sale completion in January 2020.
Income Statement impact relating to discontinued operations
During the March 2021 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$1 million of customer remediation charges ($1 million loss after tax) recorded in operating expenses.
During the September 2020 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$2 million loss on disposal ($2 million loss after tax) recorded in operating income attributable to sale completion costs.
$2 million of customer remediation charges ($2 million loss after tax) recorded in operating expenses.
During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$16 million loss on disposal ($11 million loss after tax) recorded in operating income attributable to sale completion costs.
$124 million of customer remediation charges ($128 million recorded in operating income and a release of $4 million recorded in operating
expenses) and an associated $30 million tax benefit.
$101 million charge was recorded in operating income offset by a $101 million tax benefit within income tax expense relating to the finalisation of
the policyholder tax position associated with the sale of the life insurance business to Zurich.
Cash Flow Statement
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
- - (25)
n/a -100%
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
- - -
n/a n/a
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
- - 25
n/a -100%
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
- - -
n/a n/a
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
104
13. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale, cont’d
ii) Assets and liabilities held for sale
As at 31 March 2021, the following divestments met the criteria to be classified as held for sale under accounting standards but based on materiality have
not been presented separately as assets and liabilities held for sale on the Balance Sheet. There were no assets and liabilities held for sale in the
September and March 2020 halves.
Worldline Joint Venture
In December 2020, the Group announced it had entered into a joint-venture with European-based payments company Worldline. The joint venture
arrangement involves ANZ and Worldline forming a newly created merchant acquiring group, with ANZ and Worldline holding a 49% and 51%
interest respectively. The transaction is expected to complete in the 2022 financial year and is subject to regulatory and other approvals and card
scheme arrangements. At 31 March 2021, the net assets associated with this business were $8 million primarily relating to equipment of $30 million,
various other assets of $5 million and payables and other liabilities of $27 million.
ANZ Share Investing
During the March 2021 half, the Group reclassified its ANZ Share Investing business as held for sale reflecting a continuation of the Group’s
simplification strategy. As a consequence of remeasuring the net assets at fair value less costs to sell the Group recognised a loss of $251 million in
Other operating income relating to the write-down of goodwill attributable to the business. At 31 March 2021, the net assets associated with this
business were $12 million primarily relating to goodwill.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
105
14. Debt issuances
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Total unsubordinated debt 83,963 98,607 119,136 -15% -30%
Additional Tier 1 Capital (perpetual subordinated securities)
1
ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN)
2
ANZ CN1 1,120 1,119 1,119 0% 0%
ANZ CN2
1,609 1,608 1,607 0% 0%
ANZ CN3
968 967 966 0% 0%
ANZ CN4
1,615 1,614 1,613 0% 0%
ANZ CN5
927 926 926 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Securities
3
1,347 1,499 1,712 -10% -21%
ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes
4
459 463 487 -1% -6%
Tier 2 Capital
Perpetual subordinated notes
5
395 422 485 -6% -19%
Term subordinated notes
6
15,220 12,443 12,197 22% 25%
Total subordinated debt
23,660 21,061 21,112 12% 12%
Total debt issuances 107,623 119,668 140,248 -10% -23%
1.
ANZ Capital Notes, ANZ Capital Securities and the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes are Basel 3 compliant instruments.
2.
Each of the ANZ Capital Notes will convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares on a specified mandatory conversion date at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being
satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into a
variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary
shares (on similar terms to mandatory conversion) by ANZ at its discretion on an early redemption or conversion date.
Issuer Issue date Issue amount
$M
Early redemption or conversion
date
Mandatory conversion
date
CN1 ANZ 7 Aug 2013 1,120 1 Sep 2021 1 Sep 2023
CN2 ANZ 31 Mar 2014 1,610 24 Mar 2022 24 Mar 2024
CN3 ANZ, acting through its New Zealand branch 5 Mar 2015 970 24 Mar 2023 24 Mar 2025
CN4 ANZ 27 Sep 2016 1,622 20 Mar 2024 20 Mar 2026
CN5 ANZ 28 Sep 2017 931 20 Mar 2025 20 Mar 2027
3.
On 15 June 2016, ANZ acting through its London branch issued US$1 billion fully-paid perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities (ANZ Capital Securities). If ANZ’s Common
Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the securities will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ
ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on the First Reset Date (15 June 2026) and on each 5 year anniversary, ANZ has
the right to redeem all of the securities at its discretion.
4.
On 31 March 2015, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ New Zealand) issued NZ$500 million convertible notes (ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes). If ANZ or ANZ New Zealand’s Common
Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, ANZ New Zealand receives a direction from RBNZ or a statutory manager is
appointed to ANZ New Zealand and makes a determination, then the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1%
discount subject to a maximum conversion number. In April 2020, the RBNZ informed New Zealand-incorporated registered banks (including ANZ New Zealand) that they should not redeem
capital instruments at that time. Accordingly, ANZ New Zealand was not permitted to redeem the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes on the optional exchange date (25 May 2020), although it
can continue making coupon payments on those notes. As ANZ New Zealand did not exercise its option to convert the notes in May 2020, the terms of the ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes
provide for their conversion into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares on 25 May 2022 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied).
5.
The USD 300 million perpetual subordinated notes have been granted Basel 3 transitional capital treatment until the end of the transition period in December 2021.
6.
All the term subordinated notes are convertible and are Basel 3 compliant instruments. If ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the convertible subordinated notes will
immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
106
15. Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk
For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be
differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences
arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or
bank notes and coins.
For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum
exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.
The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet, and off-balance sheet, positions before taking account of any collateral
held or other credit enhancements:
Reported
Excluded
1
Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk
As at
As at
As at
On-balance sheet positions
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Net loans and advances 614,359 617,093 656,609
- - -
614,359 617,093 656,609
Investment securities
- debt securities at amortised cost 7,028 6,816 7,231
- - -
7,028 6,816 7,231
- debt securities at FVOCI
83,715 85,460 77,476
- - -
83,715 85,460 77,476
- equity securities at FVOCI
1,184 1,062 1,166
1,184 1,062 1,166
- - -
- debt securities at FVTPL
63 53 50
- - -
63 53 50
Other financial assets
300,339 319,224 393,862
15,829 14,753 14,305
284,510 304,471 379,557
Total on-balance sheet positions
1,006,688 1,029,708 1,136,394
17,013 15,815 15,471
989,675 1,013,893 1,120,923
Off-balance sheet commitments
Undrawn and contingent facilities
2
252,392 266,716 269,417
- - -
252,392 266,716 269,417
Total
1,259,080 1,296,424 1,405,811
17,013 15,815 15,471
1,242,067 1,280,609 1,390,340
1.
Excluded comprises bank notes and coins and cash at bank within liquid assets, and equity securities within Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI as they do not have credit
exposure.
2.
Undrawn and contingent facilities include guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses.
Credit Quality
The Group’s internal Customer Credit Rating (CCR) is used to manage the credit quality of financial assets. To enable wider comparisons, the Group’s
CCRs are mapped to external rating agency scales as follows:
Credit Quality
Description
Internal CCR ANZ Customer Requirement
Moody's
Rating
Standard &
Poor's
Rating
Strong CCR 0+ to 4-
Demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the
long-term, and whose earnings capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
events.
Aaa - Baa3 AAA - BBB-
Satisfactory CCR 5+ to 6-
Demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term
even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability in earnings.
Ba1 - B1 BB+ - B+
Weak CCR 7+ to 8=
Demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and
uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and
possibly medium term.
B2 - Caa B - CCC
Defaulted CCR8- to 10
When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the financial instrument
(or ‘the facility’) is classified as defaulted.
N/A N/A
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
107
15. Credit risk, cont’d
Net loans and advances
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at March 2021
Strong
390,928 12,204 - - 403,132
Satisfactory 149,462 33,317 - - 182,779
Weak
8,493 14,150 - - 22,643
Defaulted
- - 4,160 1,941 6,101
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost
548,883 59,671 4,160 1,941 614,655
Allowance for ECL (975) (2,085) (412) (778) (4,250)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost
547,908 57,586 3,748 1,163 610,405
Coverage ratio 0.18% 3.49% 9.90% 40.08% 0.69%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 3,013
Unearned income
1
(437)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
1
1,378
Net carrying amount
614,359
As at September 2020
Strong 395,608 18,262 - - 413,870
Satisfactory 133,558 37,577 - - 171,135
Weak 8,461 16,850 - - 25,311
Defaulted - - 4,762 2,256 7,018
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 537,627 72,689 4,762 2,256 617,334
Allowance for ECL (1,204) (2,465) (461) (851) (4,981)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 536,423 70,224 4,301 1,405 612,353
Coverage ratio 0.22% 3.39% 9.68% 37.72% 0.81%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 3,938
Unearned income
1
(460)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
1
1,262
Net carrying amount 617,093
As at March 2020
Strong 465,601 14,009 - - 479,610
Satisfactory 114,178 39,137 - - 153,315
Weak 5,959 11,692 - - 17,651
Defaulted - - 4,837 2,435 7,272
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 585,738 64,838 4,837 2,435 657,848
Allowance for ECL (1,191) (1,968) (455) (1,055) (4,669)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 584,547 62,870 4,382 1,380 653,179
Coverage ratio 0.20% 3.04% 9.41% 43.33% 0.71%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 2,932
Unearned income
1
(661)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
1
1,158
Net carrying amount 656,609
1.
In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Unearned income were reclassified to Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs to better align with the nature of
the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
108
15. Credit risk, cont’d
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at March 2021
Strong
168,628 1,829 - - 170,457
Satisfactory 23,398 4,148 - - 27,546
Weak
950 938 - - 1,888
Defaulted
- - 135 232 367
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL
192,976 6,915 135 232 200,258
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (568) (207) (20) (31) (826)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 192,408 6,708 115 201 199,432
Coverage ratio 0.29% 2.99% 14.81% 13.36% 0.41%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
52,960
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 252,392
As at September 2020
Strong 171,979 3,045 - - 175,024
Satisfactory 22,983 3,972 - - 26,955
Weak 1,123 1,132 - - 2,255
Defaulted - - 144 203 347
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 196,085 8,149 144 203 204,581
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (596) (239) (23) (40) (898)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 195,489 7,910 121 163 203,683
Coverage ratio 0.30% 2.93% 15.97% 19.70% 0.44%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
63,033
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 266,716
As at March 2020
Strong 172,684 1,617 - - 174,301
Satisfactory 24,433 4,832 - - 29,265
Weak 284 1,156 - - 1,440
Defaulted - - 149 164 313
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 197,401 7,605 149 164 205,319
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions (610) (244) (18) (38) (910)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 196,791 7,361 131 126 204,409
Coverage ratio 0.31% 3.21% 12.08% 23.17% 0.44%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
65,008
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 269,417
1.
Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
109
15. Credit risk, cont’d
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at March 2021
Strong
5,657 - - - 5,657
Satisfactory 1,389 - - - 1,389
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
7,046 - - - 7,046
Allowance for ECL (18) - - - (18)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
7,028 - - - 7,028
Coverage ratio 0.26% - - - 0.26%
As at September 2020
Strong 5,594 - - - 5,594
Satisfactory 1,067 175 - - 1,242
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,661 175 - - 6,836
Allowance for ECL (20) - - - (20)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,641 175 - - 6,816
Coverage ratio 0.30% 0.00% - - 0.29%
As at March 2020
Strong 5,733 - - - 5,733
Satisfactory 888 625 - - 1,513
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,621 625 - - 7,246
Allowance for ECL (14) (1) - - (15)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 6,607 624 - - 7,231
Coverage ratio 0.21% 0.16% - - 0.21%
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at March 2021
Strong
83,494 - - - 83,494
Satisfactory 221 - - - 221
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
83,715 - - - 83,715
Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (11) - - - (11)
Coverage ratio
0.01% - - - 0.01%
As at September 2020
Strong 85,287 - - - 85,287
Satisfactory 173 - - - 173
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 85,460 - - - 85,460
Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (10) - - - (10)
Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%
As at March 2020
Strong 77,213 - - - 77,213
Satisfactory 263 - - - 263
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 77,476 - - - 77,476
Allowance for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income (9) - - - (9)
Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
110
15. Credit risk, cont’d
Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at March 2021
Satisfactory
63 - - - 63
Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 63 - - - 63
Allowance for ECL - - - - -
Coverage ratio
0.00% - - - 0.00%
As at September 2020
Satisfactory 53 - - - 53
Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 53 - - - 53
Allowance for ECL - - - - -
Coverage ratio
0.00% - - - 0.00%
As at March 2020
Satisfactory 50 - - - 50
Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL 50 - - - 50
Allowance for ECL - - - - -
Coverage ratio
0.00% - - - 0.00%
Other financial assets
As at
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Strong 280,105 293,171 369,909
Satisfactory
3,846 10,671 9,033
Weak
556 628 615
Defaulted
3 1 -
Other financial assets 284,510 304,471 379,557
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
111
16. Fair value measurement
The Group carries a significant number of financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is the best estimate of the price that would
be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
i) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet
a) Valuation
The Group has an established control framework, including appropriate segregation of duties, to ensure that fair values are accurately determined,
reported and controlled. The framework includes the following features:
products are approved for transacting with external customers and counterparties only where fair values can be appropriately determined;
when using quoted prices to value an instrument, these are independently verified from external pricing providers;
fair value methodologies and inputs are evaluated and approved by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction;
movements in fair values are independently monitored and explained by reference to underlying factors relevant to the fair value; and
valuation adjustments (such as funding valuation adjustments, credit valuation adjustments and bid-offer adjustments) are independently validated
and monitored.
If the Group holds offsetting risk positions, then the Group uses the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) to measure the
fair value of such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. We measure the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long
position (an asset) for a particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.
b) Fair value approach and valuation techniques
We use valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no quoted
price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:
Asset or Liability Fair Value Approach
Financial instruments classified as:
- trading securities
- securities sold short
- derivative financial assets and liabilities
- investment securities
- other assets
Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for securities
with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics. Equity instruments that are not
traded in active markets may be measured using comparable company valuation
multiples.
Financial instruments classified as:
- net loans and advances
- deposits and other borrowings
- debt issuances
Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the
instrument are discounted using discount rates incorporating wholesale market interest
rates, or market borrowing rates for debt with similar maturities or with a yield curve
appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.
There were no significant changes to valuation approaches during the current or prior halves.
c) Fair value hierarchy
The Group categorises financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy as required by AASB 13 based on the observability of
inputs used to measure the fair value:
Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly; and
Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.
There were no significant changes to levelling approaches during the current or prior halves.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
112
16. Fair value measurement, cont’d
d) Fair value hierarchy disclosure
The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at fair value:
Fair value measurements
As at March 2021
Level 1
$M
Level 2
$M
Level 3
$M
Total
$M
Assets
Trading securities
1
41,424 4,907 - 46,331
Derivative financial instruments
648 103,984 34 104,666
Investment securities
1
83,573 209 1,180 84,962
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value)
- 3,003 10 3,013
Total
125,645 112,103 1,224 238,972
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 3,598 - 3,598
Derivative financial instruments
947 101,954 25 102,926
Payables and other liabilities
2
3,925 12 - 3,937
Debt issuances (designated at fair value)
- 1,926 - 1,926
Total
4,872 107,490 25 112,387
As at September 2020
Assets
Trading securities 44,004 6,909 - 50,913
Derivative financial instruments 681 134,588 62 135,331
Investment securities 85,330 137 1,108 86,575
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 3,925 13 3,938
Total 130,015 145,559 1,183 276,757
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 3,078 - 3,078
Derivative financial instruments 1,120 133,536 55 134,711
Payables and other liabilities
2
3,830 13 - 3,843
Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,159 - 2,159
Total 4,950 138,786 55 143,791
As at March 2020
Assets
Trading securities 39,000 10,068 - 49,068
Derivative financial instruments 1,565 172,039 73 173,677
Available-for-sale assets 76,932 550 1,210 78,692
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 2,919 13 2,932
Total 117,497 185,576 1,296 304,369
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 5,461 - 5,461
Derivative financial instruments 1,778 165,519 67 167,364
Payables and other liabilities
2
4,113 21 - 4,134
Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,681 - 2,681
Total 5,891 173,682 67 179,640
1.
Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 and Level 2 to Level 1 for March 2021
and March 2020 halves are immaterial. In the September 2020 half, $100 million of bond securities assets were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 following increased trading activity to
support quoted prices.
2.
Payables and other liabilities relates to securities sold short which are classified as held for trading and measured at fair value through profit or loss.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
113
16. Fair value measurement, cont’d
ii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data
a) Level 3 fair value measurements
The net balance of Level 3 financial instruments is an asset of $1,199 million (Sep 20: $1,128 million; Mar 20: $1,229 million). The assets and liabilities
which incorporate significant unobservable inputs primarily include:
equities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed; and
other derivatives referencing market rates that cannot be observed primarily due to lack of market activity.
Bank of Tianjin (BoT)
Movements in the Level 3 balance are due to the revaluation of the Group’s investment in Bank of Tianjin.
The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of
equity). The extent of judgement applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator group from which the multiple is derived are non-
observable inputs which have resulted in the Level 3 classification.
Other
During the March 2021 half, the Group transferred $35 million of investment security assets and $5 million of derivative liabilities from Level 3 to Level 2,
where valuation parameters for these financial instruments became observable during the period. There were no other transfers in or out of Level 3 in the
current or prior halves.
b) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs
When we make assumptions due to significant inputs not being directly observable in the market place (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions
changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary
unobservable parameter used in deriving the valuation.
Bank of Tianjin (BoT)
The valuation of the BoT investment is sensitive to the selected unobservable input, being the P/B multiple. If the P/B multiple was increased or
decreased by 10% it would result in a $102 million increase or decrease to the fair value of the investment (Sep 20: $93 million; Mar 20: $105 million),
which would be recognised in shareholders’ equity.
Other
The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in the Level 3 inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.
c) Deferred fair value gains and losses
When fair values are determined using unobservable inputs significant to the fair value of a financial instrument, the Group does not immediately
recognise the difference between the transaction price and the amount we determine based on the valuation technique (referred to as the day one gain or
loss) in profit or loss. After initial recognition, we recognise the deferred amount in profit or loss over the life of the transaction on a straight line basis or
when all inputs become observable.
The day one gains and losses deferred are immaterial.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
114
16. Fair value measurement, cont’d
iii) Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value
The classes of financial assets and liabilities listed in the table below are predominately carried at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet. Whilst
this is the value at which we expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of these financial
assets and liabilities at balance date in the table below, presenting the fair value of the entire class of financial assets and financial liabilities.
Carrying amount in the balance sheet Fair value
As at March 2021
At amortised
cost
$M
At fair
value
$M
Total
$M
$M
Financial assets
Net loans and advances 611,346 3,013 614,359 615,139
Investment securities
7,028 84,962 91,990 91,945
Total
618,374 87,975 706,349 707,084
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 703,025 3,598 706,623 706,813
Debt issuances
105,697 1,926 107,623 109,580
Total
808,722 5,524 814,246 816,393
As at September 2020
Financial assets
Net loans and advances 613,155 3,938 617,093 618,095
Investment securities 6,816 86,575 93,391 93,391
Total 619,971 90,513 710,484 711,486
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 679,255 3,078 682,333 682,623
Debt issuances 117,509 2,159 119,668 121,453
Total 796,764 5,237 802,001 804,076
As at March 2020
Financial assets
Net loans and advances 653,677 2,932 656,609 658,091
Investment securities 7,231 78,692 85,923 85,944
Total 660,908 81,624 742,532 744,035
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 721,448 5,461 726,909 727,326
Debt issuances 137,567 2,681 140,248 138,454
Total 859,015 8,142 867,157 865,780
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115
17. Shareholders’ equity
Issued and quoted securities
As at
Ordinary shares
Mar 21
No.
Sep 20
No.
Mar 20
No.
Opening balance
2,840,370,225 2,836,177,422 2,834,584,923
Bonus Option Plan
929,207 819,781 1,592,499
Dividend reinvestment plan issues
1
4,242,368 3,373,022 -
Closing balance
2,845,541,800 2,840,370,225 2,836,177,422
Less: Treasury Shares
(4,484,712) (4,927,878) (5,011,537)
Closing balance
2,841,057,088 2,835,442,347 2,831,165,885
Issued/(Repurchased) during the period
5,171,575 4,192,803 1,592,499
1.
The DRP in respect to the 2020 final dividend was satisfied in full through the issue of 4,242,368 shares at $22.19 to participating shareholders. The DRP in respect to the 2020 interim
dividend was satisfied through the issue of 3,373,022 shares at $18.06 to participating shareholders.
As at Movement
Shareholders' equity
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Ordinary share capital
26,615 26,531 26,440
0% 1%
Reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
(503) 155 1,988
large large
Share option reserve
56 85 62 -34% -10%
FVOCI reserve
567 245 (51) large large
Cash flow hedge reserve
643 1,038 874 -38% -26%
Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve
(22) (22) (22)
0% 0%
Total reserves
741 1,501 2,851 -51% -74%
Retained earnings
35,210 33,255 32,073
6% 10%
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
62,566 61,287 61,364 2% 2%
Non-controlling interests
10 10 11 0% -9%
Total shareholders' equity
62,576 61,297 61,375
2% 2%
18. Changes in composition of the Group
There were no acquisitions or disposals of material controlled entities for the half year ended 31 March 2021.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
116
19. Investments in Associates
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Share of associates' profit/(loss) (242) 20 135 large large
Contributions to profit
2
Contribution to
Group profit after tax
Ownership interest
held by Group
Associates
Half Year As at
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
%
Sep 20
%
Mar 20
%
P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia
65 (19) 74 39 39 39
AMMB Holdings Berhad
3,4
(307) 41 61 24 24 24
Other associates
- (2) - n/a n/a n/a
Share of associates' profit/(loss)
(242) 20 135
1.
At 31 March 2020, the Group recorded an impairment charge of $815 million in Other operating income with AmBank impaired by $595 million and PT Panin impaired by $220 million.
2.
Contributions to profit reflect the IFRS equivalent results adjusted to align with the Group’s financial year end and accounting policies which may differ from the published results of these
entities. In the September 2020 half, the Group recognised an adjustment of $68 million to the equity accounted earnings of PT Panin. When the Group adopted AASB 9 Financial
Instruments on 1 October 2018, an estimate of PT Panin’s transition adjustment was recognised through opening retained earnings to align accounting policies. PT Panin adopted AASB 9
during the September 2020 half recognising a transition adjustment in retained earnings. The adjustment of $68 million represents the Group’s equity accounted share of the transition
adjustment net of amounts previously recognised by the Group on 1 October 2018.
3.
Following AmBank’s agreement with the Malaysian Ministry of Finance to resolve potential claims relating to its involvement with 1Malaysia Development Berhad, the Group recognised a
$212 million reduction in equity accounted earnings reflecting its share of the settlement provision during the March 2021 half, with a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the
investment.
4.
During the March 2021 half, AmBank partially impaired goodwill carried on its balance sheet and the Group recognised a $135 million reduction in equity accounted earnings reflecting its
share of the impairment recognised by AmBank, with a corresponding decrease in the carrying value of the investment.
20. Related party disclosure
There have been no transactions with related parties that are significant to understanding the changes in financial position and performance of the Group
since 30 September 2020.
21. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets
There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained
and, in the light of such advice, provisions (refer to Note 12) and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances we have not
disclosed the estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such disclosure may prejudice the
interests of the Group.
Refer to Note 33 of the 2020 ANZ Annual Financial Report for a description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 30 September 2020. A
summary of some of those contingent liabilities, and new contingent liabilities that have arisen in the current reporting period, is set out below.
Regulatory and customer exposures
In recent years there has been an increase in the number of matters on which the Group engages with its regulators. There have also been
significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations, surveillance and reviews, civil and criminal enforcement actions (whether by
court action or otherwise), formal and informal inquiries, regulatory supervisory activities and the quantum of fines issued by regulators, particularly
against financial institutions both in Australia and globally. The Group has received various notices and requests for information from its regulators as
part of both industry-wide and Group-specific reviews and has also made disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation. The nature of these
interactions can be wide ranging and, for example, include or have included a range of matters including responsible lending practices, regulated
lending requirements, product suitability and distribution, interest and fees and the entitlement to charge them, customer remediation, wealth advice,
insurance distribution, pricing, competition, conduct in financial markets and financial transactions, capital market transactions, anti-money laundering
and counter-terrorism financing obligations, reporting and disclosure obligations and product disclosure documentation. There may be exposures to
customers which are additional to any regulatory exposures. These could include class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or
compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with such reviews and possible exposures remain uncertain.
Benchmark/rate actions
In July and August 2016, class action complaints were brought in the United States District Court against local and international banks, including the
Company – one action relating to the bank bill swap rate (BBSW), and one action relating to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the
Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The class actions are expressed to apply to persons and entities that engaged in US-based transactions in
financial instruments that were priced, benchmarked, and/or settled based on BBSW or SIBOR. The claimants seek damages or compensation in
amounts not specified, and allege that the defendant banks, including the Company, violated US anti-trust laws and (in the BBSW case only) anti-
racketeering laws, the Commodity Exchange Act, and unjust enrichment principles. In March 2021, the Company reached an agreement to settle the
BBSW class action. The settlement is without admission of liability and remains subject to negotiation and execution of complete settlement terms as
well as court approval. The financial impact of the settlement is not material and has been fully provided at 31 March 2021. The separate class action
in relation to SIBOR is ongoing and is being defended.
In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including the Company
alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil
penalty or other financial impact is uncertain.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117
21. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets, cont’d
Capital raising actions
In June 2018, the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions commenced criminal proceedings against the Company and a senior employee
alleging that they were involved in cartel conduct by the joint lead managers of the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity
placement of approximately 80.8 million ordinary shares. The Company and its senior employee are defending the allegations. The trial is currently
scheduled to start in April 2022.
In September 2018, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) commenced civil penalty proceedings against the Company
alleging failure to comply with continuous disclosure obligations in connection with the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity
placement. ASIC alleges the Company should have advised the market that the joint lead managers took up approximately 25.5 million ordinary
shares of the placement. The Company is defending the allegations.
Consumer credit insurance litigation
In February 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging breaches of financial advice obligations, misleading or deceptive conduct
and unconscionable conduct in relation to the distribution of consumer credit insurance products. The issuers of the insurance products, QBE and
OnePath Life, are also defendants to the claim. The Company is defending the allegations.
Esanda dealer car loan litigation
In August 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging unfair conduct, misleading or deceptive conduct and equitable mistake in
relation to the use of flex commissions in dealer arranged Esanda car loans. The Company is defending the allegations.
OnePath superannuation litigation
In December 2020, a class action was brought against OnePath Custodians, OnePath Life and the Company alleging that OnePath Custodians
breached its obligations under superannuation legislation, and its duties as trustee, in respect of superannuation investments and fees. The claim
also alleges that the Company was involved in some of OnePath Custodians’ investment breaches. The Company is defending the allegations.
Royal Commission
The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry released its final report on 4 February 2019.
The findings and recommendations of the Commission are resulting in additional costs and may lead to further exposures, including exposures
associated with further regulator activity or potential customer exposures such as class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or
compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with these possible exposures remain uncertain.
Security recovery actions
Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be
defended.
Warranties and Indemnities
The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the purchaser and other persons in connection with various
disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to claims under those warranties,
indemnities and commitments.
22. Significant events since balance date
On 26 April 2021, the Group posted notice that it will exercise its option to redeem wholesale A$700,000,000 floating rate subordinated notes due May
2026. The notes will be redeemed on 17 May 2021 for their par value of $700 million.
Other than the matter above, there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2021 to the date of signing this report that have not been
adjusted or disclosed.
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION
118
Directors’ Declaration
The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:
1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements in the Corporations Regulations 2001;
and
section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2021 and of its performance for the half
year ended on that date; and
2. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as
and when they become due and payable.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott
Chairman Managing Director
4 May 2021
AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
119
Independent Auditor’s Review Report to the shareholders of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
Report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Conclusion
We have reviewed the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Group).
Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
i) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2021 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and
ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements comprise:
The condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2021;
The condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement
of changes in equity, and condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended on that date;
Notes 1 to 22 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information; and
The Directors’ Declaration.
The Group comprises Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time to
time during the half year.
Basis for Conclusion
We conducted our review in accordance with ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. Our
responsibilities are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Review of the Financial Report section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of
the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards)
(the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the annual financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
the Code
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
The Directors of the Company are responsible for:
the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards and the Corporations Act 2001; and
such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s responsibility for the review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on our review. ASRE 2410 requires us to conclude
whether we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not comply with the
Corporations Act 2001 including giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2021 and its performance for the half year ended
on that date, and complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
A review of Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting
matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with Australian
Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that w
e would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified
in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
KPMG
Martin McGrath
Partner
Melbourne
4 May 2021
© 2021 KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English
company limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability
limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
120
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001
To the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the half year
ended 31 March 2021, there have been:
(i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and
(ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.
KPMG
Martin McGrath
Partner
Melbourne
4 May 2021
© 2021 KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English
company limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability
limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
121
CONTENTS Page
Capital management - including discontinued operations 122
Average balance sheet and related interest - including discontinued operations 126
Select geographical disclosures - including discontinued operations 129
Exchange rates 130
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
122
Capital management - including discontinued operations
ANZ provides information as required under APRA’s prudential standard APS 330: Public Disclosure. This information is located in the Regulatory
Disclosures section of ANZ’s website: anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure.
As at
Movement
Qualifying Capital
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Tier 1
Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests
62,576 61,297 61,375 2% 2%
Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
1
Table 1 110 189 227 -42% -52%
Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital
62,686 61,486 61,602 2% 2%
Deductions
1
Table 2 (11,900) (12,784) (13,271) -7% -10%
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
50,786 48,702 48,331 4% 5%
Additional Tier 1 capital Table 3 7,645 7,779 7,964 -2% -4%
Tier 1 capital
58,431 56,481 56,295 3% 4%
Tier 2 capital Table 4 16,464 13,957 13,112 18% 26%
Total qualifying capital
74,895 70,438 69,407 6% 8%
Capital adequacy ratios (Level 2)
Common Equity Tier 1 12.4% 11.3% 10.8%
Tier 1
14.3% 13.2% 12.5%
Tier 2
4.0% 3.3% 2.9%
Total capital ratio
18.3% 16.4% 15.5%
Risk weighted assets Table 5
408,166 429,384 449,012 -5% -9%
1.
In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Prudential adjustments to shareholders’ equity were reclassified to Deductions to better align with the nature of the
balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
123
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
Shareholder Equity attributable to deconsolidated entities
(181) (99) (94) 83% 93%
Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields
1
351 379 387 -7% -9%
Other
(60) (91) (66) -34% -9%
Total
110 189 227 -42% -52%
Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding ANZ Wealth New Zealand)
(2,992) (3,269) (3,620) -8% -17%
Intangible component of investments in ANZ Wealth New Zealand
(70) (71) (80) -1% -13%
Capitalised software
(961) (1,039) (1,263) -8% -24%
Capitalised expenses (including loan and lease origination fees)
1
(1,431) (1,316) (1,225) 9% 17%
Applicable deferred net tax assets
(2,109) (2,128) (1,815) -1% 16%
Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions Table 8
(42) (43) - -2% n/a
Investment in other insurance and funds management subsidiaries
(336) (336) (336) 0% 0%
Investment in ANZ Wealth New Zealand
(45) (45) (48) 0% -6%
Investment in associates
(1,854) (2,164) (2,313) -14% -20%
Other equity investments
(1,254) (1,149) (1,254) 9% 0%
Other deductions
(806) (1,224) (1,317) -34% -39%
Total
(11,900) (12,784) (13,271) -7% -10%
Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital
ANZ Capital Notes 1
1,120 1,119 1,119 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 2
1,609 1,608 1,607 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 3
968 967 966 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 4
1,615 1,614 1,613 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 5
927 926 926 0% 0%
ANZ New Zealand Capital Notes
459 463 487 -1% -6%
ANZ Capital Securities
1,347 1,499 1,712 -10% -21%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions
(400) (417) (466) -4% -14%
Total
7,645 7,779 7,964 -2% -4%
Table 4: Tier 2 capital
General reserve for impairment of financial assets
1,417 1,813 1,253 -22% 13%
Perpetual subordinated notes
395 422 485 -6% -19%
Term subordinated debt notes
15,220 12,443 12,197 22% 25%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions
(568) (721) (823) -21% -31%
Total
16,464 13,957 13,112 18% 26%
1.
In the March 2021 half, deferred expenses previously netted within Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields were reclassified to Capitalised expenses (including
loan and lease origination fees) to better align with the nature of the balances. Comparatives have been restated accordingly (Sep 20 half: $394 million; Mar 20 half: $293 million).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
124
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Table 5: Risk weighted assets
On balance sheet
254,448 265,112 285,340 -4% -11%
Commitments
55,796 58,991 57,866 -5% -4%
Contingents
13,074 11,101 13,335 18% -2%
Derivatives
18,544 24,833 29,456 -25% -37%
Total credit risk weighted assets Table 6
341,862 360,037 385,997 -5% -11%
Market risk - Traded 8,955 8,237 7,102 9% 26%
Market risk - IRRBB
10,150 13,547 8,011 -25% 27%
Operational risk
47,199 47,563 47,902 -1% -1%
Total risk weighted assets
408,166 429,384 449,012 -5% -9%
As at Movement
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class
Subject to Advanced IRB approach
Corporate
135,713 139,415 150,290
-3% -10%
Sovereign
7,750 7,545 6,915
3% 12%
Bank
10,092 12,734 18,615
-21% -46%
Residential mortgage
110,206 110,353 107,351
0% 3%
Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards)
3,678 4,337 4,956
-15% -26%
Other retail
20,693 21,794 25,080
-5% -17%
Credit risk weighted assets subject to Advanced IRB approach
288,132 296,178 313,207
-3% -8%
Credit risk specialised lending exposures subject to slotting criteria
36,476 39,001 41,072
-6% -11%
Subject to Standardised approach
Corporate
6,388 10,185 14,626
-37% -56%
Sovereign
76 220 -
-65% n/a
Residential mortgage
203 210 228
-3% -11%
Other retail (includes credit cards)
23 33 46
-30% -50%
Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach
6,690 10,648 14,900
-37% -55%
Credit Valuation Adjustment and Qualifying Central Counterparties
4,281 7,710 9,679
-44% -56%
Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures
2,220 2,125 2,142
4% 4%
Other assets
4,063 4,375 4,997
-7% -19%
Total credit risk weighted assets
341,862 360,037 385,997
-5% -11%
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
125
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
Collectively and Individually
Assessed Provision
Basel Expected Loss
1
Table 7: Total provision for credit impairment and Basel expected
loss by division
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,851 3,455 2,902
2,278 2,540 2,415
Institutional
1,555 1,671 1,996
969 1,117 1,367
New Zealand
592 672 620
606 662 737
Pacific
96 101 76
8 8 -
TSO and Group Centre
- - -
- - -
Total provision for credit impairment and expected loss
5,094 5,899 5,594
3,861 4,327 4,519
1.
Only applicable to Advanced Internal Ratings based portfolios.
As at Movement
Table 8: APRA Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions
Mar 21
$M
Sep 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
APRA Basel 3 expected loss: non-defaulted 2,436 2,710 2,775 -10% -12%
Less: Qualifying collectively assessed provision
Collectively assessed provision (4,285) (5,008) (4,501) -14% -5%
Non-qualifying collectively assessed provision
432 484 473 -11% -9%
Standardised collectively assessed provision
173 206 190 -16% -9%
Non-defaulted excess included in deduction
- - - n/a n/a
APRA Basel 3 expected loss: defaulted 1,425 1,641 1,744 -13% -18%
Less: Qualifying individually assessed provision
Individually assessed provision (809) (891) (1,093) -9% -26%
Additional individually assessed provision for partial write offs
(213) (302) (289) -29% -26%
Standardised individually assessed provision
44 50 71 -12% -38%
Collectively assessed provision on advanced defaulted
(405) (455) (440) -11% -8%
42 43 (7) -2% large
Shortfall in expected loss not included in deduction - - 7 n/a -100%
Defaulted excess included in deduction
42 43 - -2% n/a
Gross deduction 42 43 - -2% n/a
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
126
Average balance sheet and related interest
1
- including discontinued operations
Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Half Year Mar 20 Half Year
Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate
$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %
Loans and advances
Home loans
332,291 5,343 3.2% 321,705 5,569 3.5% 320,523 6,340 4.0%
Consumer finance
13,413 553 8.3% 14,116 607 8.6% 16,030 766 9.6%
Business lending
241,552 3,241 2.7% 272,530 3,662 2.7% 268,884 5,095 3.8%
Individual provisions for credit impairment
(802) - n/a (957) - n/a (798) - n/a
Total (continuing operations)
586,454 9,137 3.1% 607,394 9,838 3.2% 604,639 12,201 4.0%
Non-lending interest earning assets
Cash and other liquid assets 125,062 38 0.1% 128,066 73 0.1% 125,077 562 0.9%
Trading and investment securities
145,458 655 0.9% 133,090 700 1.1% 126,238 1,015 1.6%
Other assets
550 49 n/a 560 15 n/a 698 22 n/a
Total (continuing operations)
271,070 742 0.5% 261,716 788 0.6% 252,013 1,599 1.3%
Total interest earning assets (continuing operations)
2
857,524 9,879 2.3% 869,110 10,626 2.4% 856,652 13,800 3.2%
Non-interest earning assets (continuing operations) 188,044 212,844 165,321
Total average assets (continuing operations) 1,045,568 1,081,954 1,021,973
Total average assets (discontinued operations) - - 1,221
Total average assets
1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194
Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings
Certificates of deposit
37,294 30 0.2% 34,053 99 0.6% 37,398 236 1.3%
Term deposits
194,655 659 0.7% 213,816 1,261 1.2% 231,163 2,286 2.0%
On demand and short term deposits
289,633 859 0.6% 275,739 992 0.7% 239,786 1,427 1.2%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under agreement to
repurchase
79,787 128 0.3% 88,162 45 0.1% 81,132 666 1.6%
Commercial paper and other borrowings
16,203 26 0.3% 11,661 86 1.5% 21,397 110 1.0%
Total (continuing operations)
617,572 1,702 0.6% 623,431 2,483 0.8% 610,876 4,725 1.5%
Non-deposit interest bearing liabilities
Collateral received and settlement balances owed by ANZ 13,571 13 0.2% 14,824 13 0.2% 13,495 40 0.6%
Debt issuances & subordinated debt
112,071 887 1.6% 124,092 978 1.6% 125,362 1,507 2.4%
Other liabilities
8,263 291 n/a 9,325 325 n/a 7,669 307 n/a
Total (continuing operations)
133,905 1,191 1.8% 148,241 1,316 1.8% 146,526 1,854 2.5%
Total interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations)
2
751,477 2,893 0.8% 771,672 3,799 1.0% 757,402 6,579 1.7%
Non-interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations) 232,192 249,135 204,148
Total average liabilities (continuing operations) 983,669 1,020,807 961,550
Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) - - 1,414
Total average liabilities
983,669 1,020,807 962,964
Total average shareholders' equity 61,899 61,147 60,230
1.
Averages used are predominantly daily averages.
2.
Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
127
Average balance sheet and related interest
1
- including discontinued operations, cont’d
Mar 21 Half Year Sep 20 Half Year Mar 20 Half Year
Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate
$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %
Loans and advances
Australia
406,222 6,555 3.2% 415,126 6,802 3.3% 408,922 8,219 4.0%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
53,422 581 2.2% 65,594 825 2.5% 66,892 1,339 4.0%
New Zealand
126,810 2,001 3.2% 126,674 2,211 3.5% 128,825 2,643 4.1%
Total (continuing operations)
586,454 9,137 3.1% 607,394 9,838 3.2% 604,639 12,201 4.0%
Trading and investment securities
Australia 80,224 243 0.6% 69,657 232 0.7% 61,968 360 1.2%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
44,203 298 1.4% 44,690 348 1.6% 48,207 500 2.1%
New Zealand
21,031 114 1.1% 18,743 120 1.3% 16,063 155 1.9%
Total (continuing operations)
145,458 655 0.9% 133,090 700 1.1% 126,238 1,015 1.6%
Total interest earning assets
2
Australia 536,043 6,785 2.5% 530,800 7,021 2.6% 521,127 8,889 3.4%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
165,582 909 1.1% 182,434 1,208 1.3% 185,718 2,051 2.2%
New Zealand
155,899 2,185 2.8% 155,876 2,397 3.1% 149,806 2,860 3.8%
Total (continuing operations)
857,524 9,879 2.3% 869,110 10,626 2.4% 856,651 13,800 3.2%
Total average assets
Australia
674,095 689,438 640,901
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
199,650 220,321 216,335
New Zealand
171,823 172,195 164,737
Total average assets (continuing operations)
1,045,568 1,081,954 1,021,973
Total average assets (discontinued operations) - - 1,221
Total average assets
1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194
Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings
Australia
364,253 1,083 0.6% 358,125 1,380 0.8% 340,526 2,439 1.4%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
152,396 231 0.3% 164,450 469 0.6% 171,757 1,381 1.6%
New Zealand
100,923 388 0.8% 100,856 634 1.3% 98,594 905 1.8%
Total (continuing operations)
617,572 1,702 0.6% 623,431 2,483 0.8% 610,877 4,725 1.5%
Total interest bearing liabilities
2
Australia 453,975 1,855 0.8% 452,717 2,189 1.0% 435,175 3,666 1.7%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
172,836 448 0.5% 191,167 737 0.8% 197,147 1,681 1.7%
New Zealand
124,666 590 0.9% 127,788 873 1.4% 125,082 1,232 2.0%
Total (continuing operations)
751,477 2,893 0.8% 771,672 3,799 1.0% 757,404 6,579 1.7%
Total average liabilities
Australia
618,979 631,943 583,204
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
209,442 232,401 229,218
New Zealand
155,248 156,463 149,128
Total average liabilities (continuing operations)
983,669 1,020,807 961,550
Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) - - 1,414
Total average liabilities
983,669 1,020,807 962,964
Total average shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital, reserves, retained earnings and non-
controlling interests
61,899 61,147 60,230
Total average shareholders' equity
61,899 61,147 60,230
Total average liabilities and shareholders' equity 1,045,568 1,081,954 1,023,194
1.
Averages used are predominantly daily averages.
2.
Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
128
Half Year
Gross earnings rate
Mar 21
%
Sep 20
%
Mar 20
%
Australia
2.62 2.74 3.55
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
1.11 1.35 2.24
New Zealand
2.81 3.08 3.82
Group
2.31 2.45 3.22
Net interest spread and net interest margin analysis as follows:
Half Year
Australia
1
Mar 21
%
Sep 20
%
Mar 20
%
Net interest spread
1.77 1.72 1.76
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.11 0.12 0.23
Net interest margin - Australia
1.88 1.84 1.99
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
1
Net interest spread
0.58 0.58 0.53
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.04 0.05 0.10
Net interest margin - Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
0.62 0.63 0.63
New Zealand
1
Net interest spread
1.82 1.66 1.81
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.18 0.23 0.29
Net interest margin - New Zealand
2.00 1.89 2.10
Group
Net interest spread
1.54 1.46 1.48
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.09 0.11 0.21
Net interest margin
1.63 1.57 1.69
Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 2.27 2.22 2.37
1.
Geographic gross earnings rate, net interest spread and net interest margin are calculated gross of intra-group items (Intra-group interest earning assets and associated interest income and
intra-group interest bearing liabilities and associated interest expense).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
129
Select geographical disclosures - including discontinued operations
The following divisions operate across the geographic locations illustrated below:
• Institutional division - International, New Zealand and Australia
• Pacific division - International
• New Zealand division - New Zealand
• TSO and Group Centre operate across all geographies
• Discontinued operations - Australia
The International geography includes Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Australia
$M
New Zealand
$M
International
$M
Total
$M
March 2021 Half Year
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 2,071 869 3 2,943
Cash profit/(loss)
2,085 899 (2) 2,982
Net loans and advances
434,465 126,482 53,412 614,359
Customer deposits
330,082 112,712 118,729 561,523
Risk weighted assets
262,988 77,960 67,218 408,166
September 2020 Half Year
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 1,203 509 320 2,032
Cash profit 1,359 648 330 2,337
Net loans and advances 439,943 123,108 54,042 617,093
Customer deposits 323,903 111,886 116,574 552,363
Risk weighted assets 272,948 81,035 75,401 429,384
March 2020 Half Year
Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the company 1,189 752 (396) 1,545
Cash profit/(loss) 1,065 645 (387) 1,323
Net loans and advances 445,449 132,127 79,033 656,609
Customer deposits 303,600 110,442 152,453 566,495
Risk weighted assets 270,876 84,900 93,235 449,011
New Zealand geography (in NZD)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 21
NZD M
Sep 20
NZD M
Mar 20
NZD M
Mar 21
v. Sep 20
Mar 21
v. Mar 20
Net interest income 1,661 1,581 1,648
5% 1%
Other operating income
364 476 344
-24% 6%
Operating income
2,025 2,057 1,992
-2% 2%
Operating expenses (764) (908) (828)
-16% -8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,261 1,149 1,164
10% 8%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 70 (169) (232)
large large
Profit before income tax
1,331 980 932
36% 43%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (369) (286) (255)
29% 45%
Cash profit
1
962 694 677
39% 42%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (32) (147) 112
-78% large
Statutory profit
1
930 547 789
70% 18%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (10) 67 44
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash
(60) 102 188
large large
Net loans and advances
137,786 132,984 135,679
4% 2%
Customer deposits
122,786 120,863 113,411
2% 8%
Risk weighted assets
84,928 87,536 87,182
-3% -3%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
7,213 7,210 7,532
0% -4%
1.
Statutory profit for the September 2020 half included a NZD 32 million loss on sale of UDC Finance Ltd (UDC). Cash profit for the September 2020 half also included an after tax loss of NZD
23 million on the unwind of economic hedges of UDC loans and advances.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
130
Exchange rates
Major exchange rates used in the translation of foreign subsidiaries, branches, investments in associates and issued debt are as follows:
Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Average
As at Half Year
Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20 Mar 21 Sep 20 Mar 20
Chinese Renminbi 4.9879 4.8453 4.3895 4.9209 4.7920 4.7002
Euro
0.6490 0.6061 0.5619 0.6263 0.6038 0.6066
Pound Sterling
0.5538 0.5539 0.5017 0.5568 0.5403 0.5225
Indian Rupee
55.883 52.473 46.745 55.046 51.296 48.153
Indonesian Rupiah
11,073 10,595 10,126 10,711 10,117 9,487
Japanese Yen
84.229 75.059 67.015 78.911 73.099 72.937
Malaysian Ringgit
3.1585 2.9593 2.6611 3.0684 2.9153 2.7969
New Taiwan Dollar
21.662 20.591 18.707 21.245 20.265 20.315
New Zealand Dollar
1.0894 1.0802 1.0269 1.0697 1.0710 1.0488
Papua New Guinean Kina
2.6665 2.4858 2.1193 2.6315 2.3669 2.2845
United States Dollar
0.7600 0.7110 0.6189 0.7507 0.6840 0.6705
DEFINITIONS
131
AASB - Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term “AASB” is commonly used when identifying Australian Accounting Standards issued by the
AASB.
ADI - Authorised Deposit-taking Institution.
ANZEST - ANZ Employee Share Trust.
ANZ Research – Economics, a business unit within ANZ, which provides analysis of key economic inputs and developments and assessment of the
potential impacts on the local, regional and global economies.
APRA - Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.
APS - ADI Prudential Standard.
AT1 - Additional Tier 1 capital.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily convertible to
known amounts of cash which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse
repurchase agreements) in less than three months.
Cash profit is an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents
ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and Divisional performance against
prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit as noted below. These items
are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.
Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:
1. gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the
core operations of the Group;
2. treasury shares, revaluation of policy liabilities, economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that
will reverse through earnings in the future; and
3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholders tax gross up.
Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash accounting basis.
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit loss represents the Expected Credit Loss (ECL). This incorporates forward-looking information
and does not require an actual loss event to have occurred for an impairment provision to be recognised.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) is a respiratory illness caused by a new virus and declared a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. COVID-19
was characterised as a pandemic by the World Health Organisation on 11 March 2020.
Covered bonds are bonds issued by an ADI to external investors secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned to a bankruptcy
remote special purpose entity. The primary assets forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain on the issuer’s balance sheet. The
covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged
or disposed of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of its
funding activities.
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or
contract.
Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA) represent assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in APS 112/113.
Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, depo
sits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’ debt excluding
securitisation deposits.
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Derivative credit valuation adjustment (CVA) - Over the life of a derivative instrument, ANZ uses a model to adjust fair value to take into account the
impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the financial instrument as a
function of probability of default, loss given default, expected credit risk exposure and an asset correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to
a CVA.
Dividend payout ratio is the total ordinary dividend payment divided by profit attributable to shareholders of the Company.
Gross loans and advances (GLA) is made up of loans and advances, capitalised brokerage and other origination costs less unearned income.
Impaired assets are those financial assets where doubt exists as to whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely manner, or where
concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer. Financial assets are impaired if there is objective evidence of
impairment as a result of a loss event that occurred prior to the reporting date, and that loss event has had an impact, which can be reliably estimated, on
the expected future cash flows of the individual asset or portfolio of assets.
Impaired loans comprise drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses is assessed on a case-by-case basis for all individually managed impaired assets taking
into consideration factors such as the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants), the likely return available upon liquidation or bankruptcy, legal
uncertainties, estimated costs involved in recovery, the market price of the exposure in secondary markets and the amount and timing of expected
receipts and recoveries.
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on ANZ’s future net interest
income. The risk generally arises from:
1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates and/or the
relativity of these rates across the yield curve;
2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items; and
3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking book items.
DEFINITIONS
132
Internationally comparable ratios are ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global
regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
Standards” (June 2006). They also include differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July
2015).
JobKeeper payment is a wage subsidy program introduced by the Australian Government in 2020 to support employees and businesses as a result of
the COVID-19 pandemic. It is designed to help businesses affected by COVID-19 to cover the costs of their employees’ wages so that more employees
can retain their job and continue to earn an income. The program finished on 28 March 2021.
Level 1 in the context of APRA supervision, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited consolidated with certain approved subsidiaries.
Level 2 in the context of APRA supervision, the consolidated ANZ Group excluding associates, insurance and funds management entities, commercial
non-financial entities and certain securitisation vehicles.
Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
Net loans and advances represent gross loans and advances less allowance for expected credit losses.
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is the ratio of the amount of available stable funding (ASF) to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) defined by
APRA. The amount of ASF is the portion of an ADI capital and liabilities expected to be a reliable source of funds over a one year time horizon. The
amount of RSF is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of an ADI’s assets and off-balance sheet activities. ADIs must maintain
an NSFR of at least 100%.
Net tangible assets equal share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company less unamortised intangible assets (including goodwill
and software).
RBA - Reserve Bank of Australia, Australia’s central bank.
RBNZ - Reserve Bank of New Zealand, New Zealand’s central bank.
Regulatory deposits are mandatory reserve deposits lodged with local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.
Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the
customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those
typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.
Return on average assets is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average total assets.
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average ordinary shareholders’
equity.
Risk weighted assets (RWA) are risk weighted according to each asset’s inherent potential for default and what the likely losses would be in the case of
default. In the case of non asset backed risks (i.e. market and operational risk), RWA is determined by multiplying the capital requirements for those risks
by 12.5.
Settlement balances owed to/by ANZ represent financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade
dated assets and liabilities, vostro accounts and securities settlement accounts.
Term Funding Facility (TFF) refers to three-year funding announced by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) on 19 March 2020 and offered to ADIs in
order to support lending to Australian businesses at low cost.
DEFINITIONS
133
Description of divisions
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and TSO
and Group Centre.
Australia Retail and Commercial
Australia Retail and Commercial division comprises the following business units.
Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, contact centres and a variety
of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website and digital banking) and third party brokers.
Commercial and Private Bank provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following
customer segments: medium to large commercial customers and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high
net worth individuals and family groups, in addition to financial planning services provided by salaried financial planners and investment lending
secured by approved securities.
Institutional
The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Corporate
Finance and Markets.
Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing as
well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.
Corporate Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance, debt structuring
and acquisition finance and corporate advisory.
Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities and debt capital markets in addition to managing
the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.
New Zealand
The New Zealand division comprises the Retail and Commercial business units.
Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We
deliver our services via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and
contact centres.
Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated
managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises, the agricultural business segment, government and government-related entities.
Pacific
The Pacific division provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and governments
located in the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated
financial solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre
TSO and Group Centre division provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk
management, financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes residual Asia Retail and
Wealth, Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and minority investments in Asia.
Refer to Note 13 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on discontinued operations.
ASX APPENDIX 4D - CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
134
Page
Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) ............................................................................................................................................................ 2
Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ......................................................................................................................... 115
Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7) ................................................................................................................................................ 116
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
135
Page
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses ................................................................................................................................................................................. 98
Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index ................................................................................................................................................................................. 134
Appendix 4D Statement ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration ................................................................................................................................................... 119
Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest .................................................................................................................................................................... 126
Basis of Preparation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 82
Capital Management .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122
Changes in Composition of the Group ............................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet ............................................................................................................................................................................. 79
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................................. 80
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................... 77
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .................................................................................................................................................. 81
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Credit Risk .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 106
Debt Issuances .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 105
Definitions .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 131
Deposits and Other Borrowings ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
Derivative Financial Instruments .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Directors’ Declaration ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Directors’ Report .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 76
Discontinued Operations and Asset and Liabilities Held for Sale ....................................................................................................................................... 103
Dividends ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92
Divisional Results ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Earnings Per Share .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Exchange Rates ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 130
Fair Value Measurement .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 111
Full Time Equivalent Staff .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Group Results ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Income ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89
Income Tax Expense ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 91
Investments In Associates.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 116
Net Loans and Advances ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
Operating Expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 90
Profit Reconciliation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71
Related Party Disclosure .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Segment Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94
Select Geographical Disclosures ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 129
Shareholders’ Equity .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115
Significant Events Since Balance Date .............................................................................................................................................................................. 117
Summary ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
136
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release
For Release: 5 May 2021
2021 Half Year Result & Proposed Dividend
ANZ today announced a Statutory Profit after tax for the Half Year ended 31 March 2021 of
$2,943 million, up 45% on the previous half with key drivers including a net credit provision
release of $491 million.
Cash Profit
1
for continuing operations, before credit impairments and tax, was $3,941
million, down 10%.
ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio strengthened to 12.4% while Cash Return on Equity
increased to 9.7%. The proposed Interim Dividend is 70 cents per share, fully franked.
GROUP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Earnings ($m) 1H21 2H20 Movement
Statutory Profit After Tax 2,943 2,032 45%
Cash Profit (continuing operations) 2,990 2,345 28%
Profit before credit impairment & tax 3,941 4,395 -10%
Profit before credit impairment, tax & large/notables
2
4,866 5,047 -4%
Earnings per share (cents) 105.3 82.8 27%
Return on equity 9.7% 7.6% 206bps
Return on average assets 0.57% 0.43% 14bps
Net Tangible Assets per ordinary share ($) 20.57 20.04 0.53
Dividend per share (cents) 70 35 35
Credit Provision Charge ($m) 1H21 2H20 Movement
Total Provision Charge / (release) (491) 1,064 large
Individual Provision Charge / (release) 187 395 -53%
Collective Provision Charge / (release) (678) 669 large
Balance Sheet ($b) 1H21 2H20 Movement
Gross Loans and Advances (GLAs) 618.6 622.1 -1%
Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) 408.2 429.4 -5%
Customer Deposits 561.5 552.4 2%
Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (CET1) 12.4% 11.3% 110bps
Other 1H21 2H20 Movement
Full time equivalent staff 38,555 38,579 0%
1 Cash Profit excludes non-core items included in Statutory Profit with the net after tax adjustment an increase to Statutory Profit of $39m, made up of
several items.
2 Large/notables are items within Cash Profit that, given their nature and significance, are presented separately to provide transparency and aid
comparison. Large/notable items were -$817m after tax.
CEO COMMENTARY
3
ANZ Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott said: “Work done over the past five years to
simplify our operations, strengthen our balance sheet and de-risk the Group helped us
deliver a strong result this half, meaning we are well-placed to continue to support the
ongoing economic recovery and customers doing it tough.
“Following the trends of the first quarter, all parts of our business performed well. Costs
were down 2% and we also increased investment in new digital capability that will provide
ongoing productivity improvements and better customer outcomes.
“Australia Retail & Commercial had another good half, becoming the third largest home
lender in the market. Deposits performed well, with retail and small business customers
behaving prudently by building solid savings and offset balances through the half.
“Lower revenues in our Institutional business were largely expected due to the impact of
falling interest rates as well as a normalisation of Markets revenue after an exceptionally
strong 2020. Our disciplined focus on credit management has been a positive with our
largest customers going into the pandemic from a position of strength and adapting fast to
the rapidly changing environment.
“New Zealand continued its recent strong performance with record lending growth combined
with disciplined cost management. This is a well-run business that is an important part of
our overall portfolio and is well-placed to manage increased regulatory capital demands.
“Improving credit conditions resulted in a release of almost $500 million during the half.
While the pandemic hasn’t resulted in large credit losses to date, we still have almost $4.3
billion in reserve if conditions deteriorate.
“Capital generation was a feature which, along with our already strong balance sheet and
prudent management through an incredibly volatile period, meant we were able to return
our dividend to a level more in line with our target and sustainable payout ratio.
“Our disciplined approach to capital management also meant we could support customers
through the COVID-19 pandemic without the need to dilute existing shareholders through
equity raisings.”
DIVIDEND & CAPITAL
ANZ’s capital position has further strengthened with a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 12.4%
(~12.5% on a pro-forma basis
4
), remaining materially above the Australian Prudential
Regulation Authority’s ‘Unquestionably Strong’ benchmark.
A combination of strong capital management, solid earnings and improving conditions
provided the Board with confidence to pay an interim dividend of 70cps, up from 35cps at
the final 2020 result.
ANZ also announced the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) will continue to apply for the
Interim 2021 Dividend at no discount and that it plans to neutralise the impact of the shares
allocated under the DRP.
Further, our capital position provides flexibility to return surplus capital to shareholders. Any
decision will balance the importance of capital efficiency against maintaining an
appropriately strong balance sheet as we continue to get more clarity around the economic
situation.
3 All commentary is presented on a Cash Profit continuing basis excluding large/notable items with growth rates compared with the Half Year ended 30
September 2020 unless otherwise stated.
4
With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes
CREDIT QUALITY
The total provision result in the first half was a net release of $491 million which comprises:
a collective provision (CP) release of $678 million
an individually assessed provision (IP) charge of $187 million
Despite ongoing uncertainty, the CP release is a result of the improving economic outlook
over the course of the half, as well as some loan volume reductions. Home loan and small
business customers have also behaved prudently by building savings buffers through the
half.
The low IP charge reflects the continued impact of government and bank support packages
and our long-term strategy and disciplined focus on customer selection in Institutional. As at
31 March, the CP balance of $4,285 million represents additional reserves of $909 million
compared with pre-COVID levels at 30 September 2019.
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
Despite a volatile environment with significant demand from customers, we were again able
to reduce the cost of running the bank through streamlining and automation, while
processing record volumes.
Australia Retail & Commercial
Provided ~92,000 new home loan accounts, lifting ANZ’s position to the third largest
home lender in the market.
Small Business customers who use accounting software platforms can now apply for
lending online and get funds within 4 days, reduced from 30 days.
42% of all retail sales in Australia, including home loans, are now through digital
channels.
Strong cost outcome with operating expenses down 1% on the previous half and down
2% on the prior comparable period.
New Zealand
Provided ~42,000 new home loan accounts, maintaining our position as the leading
lender in NZ, while also being the first bank to require a 40% deposit from residential
property investors in a step to bring balance to the housing market.
Funds under management for KiwiSaver superannuation at a record level of NZD17.9
billion, up from NZD16.4 billion or 9% during the half.
Acquired 12 new clearing mandates from customers, taking ANZ’s share of NZD
wholesale payments to 58%.
Institutional
Continued focus on winning additional Clearing Services in Australia & New Zealand with
market share increasing to 58% (from 51% in November 2020).
Increased the number of New Payments Platform payments for other banks by 115%
when compared with the same period in 2020.
Introduced the ability for customers to track cross-border payments via our digital
platforms, saving around ~35,000 minutes of customer effort in the first week.
Digital & Technology
ANZ App users increased by 23% when compared with the same period last year and
transactions up 26% over the same period.
Launched the ability for new customers to open an account via the ANZ App;
contributing 5% of all new to bank customers across all channels or ~8,000 new
customers in Australia.
Introduced the ability for customers to put a ‘gambling block’ on credit cards in March
2021 with more than 1,000 customers activating the service in the first month.
CLOSING REMARKS
Mr Elliott said: “While many households and businesses are still doing it tough, Australia and
New Zealand are emerging from the sharpest contraction in economic activity in a
generation quicker and stronger than many believed possible. This is a credit to Government
intervention and the industry working hard to provide customers with the support needed at
a critical time.
“There is still significant uncertainty. You only need to look at how the pandemic is playing
out overseas, as well as recent lock-downs, to realise how quickly the situation can escalate.
“India, a country in which we have a deep history, is having a particularly difficult time.
Despite the circumstances, our team in India are working hard to do their best for our
customers and their determination has been inspiring.
“We announced last week a donation of $1 million to World Vision’s India’s COVID-19 appeal
and a further $1 million to match customer and staff donations. We are continuing to do all
we can to support our people and their families through this difficult time.
“ANZ is in a strong position both financially and operationally. We are well capitalised and
our disciplined approach to costs over many years has us well placed to invest in
opportunities to grow our business in targeted segments. The work to digitise core
processes and platforms continues at pace and this will be more visible to customers
towards the end of the year,” Mr Elliott said.
Interviews with relevant executives, including Shayne Elliott, can be found at
bluenotes.anz.com.
For media enquiries contact:
Stephen Ries
Head of Corporate Communications
Tel: +61 409 655 551
Nick Higginbottom,
Senior Manager Media Relations
Tel: +61 403 936 262
For analyst enquiries contact:
Jill Campbell
GGM Investor Relations
Tel: +61 3 8654 7749
Cameron Davis
Executive Manager Investor Relations
Tel: +61 3 8654 7716
Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
ANZ Centre Melbourne, Level 9A, 833 Collins Street, Docklands VIC 3008
5 May 2021
Market Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Level 4
20 Bridge Street
SYDNEY NSW 2000
ANZ 1H 2021 Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) today released its 1H 2021
Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack.
It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee.
Yours faithfully
Simon Pordage
Company Secretary
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021
RESULTS PRESENTATION &
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
2021 HALF YEAR RESULTS
1
CEO and CFO Results Presentations 2
CEO Presentation2
CFO Presentation14
Additional Information –Group Performance28
Cash Profit &Risk Adjusted Returns 29
Income32
Expenses 36
Customer Remediation43
Investment in Associates44
Divisional Performance45
Operational Highlights46
Australia Retail & Commercial 48
Institutional55
New Zealand Division62
Treasury65
Risk Management76
Loan Repayment Deferrals & Delinquencies92
Housing Portfolio95
Corporate Overview and Environment, Social & Governance (ESG)104
All figures within this investor discussion pack are presented on Cash Profit (Continuing operations) basis in Australian Dollars unless otherwise noted. In arriving at Cash Profit, Statutory Profit
has been adjusted to exclude non-core items, further information is set out in the 2021 Half Year Consolidated Financial Report.
CONTENTS
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
SHAYNE ELLIOTT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
9.6
11.3
12.4
Sep 15Mar 21Sep 20
SIMPLER, BETTER BALANCED, STRONGER
CAPITAL STRENGTHCAPITAL ALLOCATIONRISK INTENSITYNET TANGIBLE ASSETS
APRA Level 2 CET1 Ratio
%
Retail & Commercial % of total capital
%
Credit RWA / EAD
2
%
NTA per share
$
3
1.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes
2.Credit Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) as a % of Exposure at Default (EAD)
39
36
33
Sep 15Sep 20Mar 21
44
61
63
Mar 21Sep 20Sep 15
Pro-Forma
CET1 ratio
12.5%
1
16.86
20.04
20.57
Sep 15Sep 20Mar 21
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
4
1.Includes the impact of Large / Notable items, excludes discontinued operations
1H211H21 v 2H20
Statutory Profit ($m)2,943+45%
Cash Profit (continuing operations)
1
($m)2,990+28%
Return on Equity (%)9.7+206bps
Earnings Per Share (cents)105.3+27%
Cash Profit (continuing operations) ex large / notable items ($m)3,807+33%
Dividend PerShare (cents)70+35
Franking (%)100
APRA Level 2 CET1 Ratio (%)12.4+110bps
Net TangibleAssets Per Share ($)20.57+0.53
STRATEGY
To improve the financial wellbeing & sustainability of customers
By providing relevant, efficient and connected services; tools and insights that engage &
retain customers better and in doing so increase the lifetime value for shareholders
OUR PURPOSE & STRATEGY
5
HELPPEOPLESAVEFOR,
BUY& OWNALIVEABLE
HOUSE
HELPPEOPLESTARTOR
BUYANDGROWTHEIR
BUSINESS& ADOPT
SUSTAINABLEBUSINESS
PRACTICES
HELPCOMPANIESMOVE
GOODS& CAPITALAROUND
THEREGION& ADOPT
SUSTAINABLEBUSINESS
PRACTICES
DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY
6
HELP PEOPLE SAVE FOR, BUY AND OWN A LIVEABLE HOUSE
1.Launchedend of October 2019, representstotal savings goals ever set through the ANZ App (Australia)
2.New accounts includes increases to existing accounts and split loans (fixed and variable components of the same loan)
SAVINGS GOALSNEW HOME LOANS ACCOUNTS
2
DIGITAL SALES
SET A SAVINGS GOAL
1
#000
AUSTRALIA
% of retail sales
184
327
429
Mar 21Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20
0
+78%
+31%
AUSTRALIA
#000
30%
40%
42%
1H21FY19FY20
26%
36%36%
FY19FY201H21
NEW ZEALAND
% of retail sales
6464
92
55
106
FY19FY201H21
37
38
42
37
30
FY20FY191H21
1H2H
NEW ZEALAND
#000
DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY
7
HELP PEOPLE START OR BUY AND GROW THEIR BUSINESS AND ADOPT SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS PRACTICES
1.Value of transactionswithin Australia Retail & Commercial division
2.Includes Small Business Banking and Business Banking in Australia and Commercial in New Zealand (ex UDC). FX adjusted
CUSTOMER PAYMENTSCOMMERCIAL LOANS & DEPOSITS
2
76
92
89
Sep 19
97
91
Sep 20
91
Mar 21
Customer DepositsNet Loans & Advances
$b
17.7
19.9
20.3
19.7
18.3
FY19FY20FY21
1H2H
COMMERCIAL BANKING
1
MERCHANT PAYMENTS
$b
GoBiz
Sep 20Sep 19Mar 21Mar 20
51
76
112
231
+106%
DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY
8
HELP COMPANIES MOVE GOODS AND CAPITAL AROUND THE REGION AND ADOPT SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS PRACTICES
1.Bloomberg's AUD Domestic Ex Self led League table results
2.Platform Cash Management Accounts: The new Cash Management Accounts on the platform provide the ability to support deposit management for entities holding funds on behalf of others.The new accounts on the platform are
able to deal with complex business structures in line with evolving customer requirements
3.New Payments Platform (NPP) Agency payments: A service whereby ANZ clears and settles real-time payments for customers of appointer banks on their behalf. Allows Appointers to access Australia’s real-time payments
network without investing in a direct connection themselves
PLATFORM CASH MGT ACCOUNTS
2
NPP
3
AGENCY PAYMENTS
ACCOUNTS #000
TRANSACTIONS #m
1H202H202H191H21
1.9
3.6
5.3
7.8
+46%
DEBTCAPITAL MARKETS
#1 Mandated Lead Manager and Bookrunner in
Australian Dollars in 2020; #1 for the past 10 years
1
#1 Mandated Lead Manager and Bookrunner in New
Zealand Dollars in 2020, #1 for the past 15 years
1
LOAN SYNDICATION
#1 Mandated Arranger and Bookrunnerin
Australia/NZ in 2020; #1 in 8 of the past 10 years
1
LeadingInternational Bank as Mandated Arranger
and Bookrunnerin Asia Pacific (ex Japan) in 2020
1
TRACK RECORD OF ABSOLUTE COST REDUCTION
EXPENSES (EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS)FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF
$b
9
Sep 15Sep 15
Pro-Forma
FTE (#000)
Sep 20
50.2
43.0
37.5
Divestments
-13%
826
758
580
Sep 15Sep 15
Pro-Forma
Sep 20
Executive
Management
roles
Divestments
-23%
Our continuous transformation to grow & simplify the business has created a more efficient and resilient bank
109bps
0.3
0.6
1.01.0
0.4
0.7
0.4
0.3
8.2
Divestments
1
FY15
Pro-Forma
3
Expected
inflation
"Run the
bank"
productivity
Increased
investment
FY15
7.6
FY20Further
productivity
required
7.09.0
8.6
FY23
(Exit Rate)
ambition
-1.3
Underlying
inflation
Accounting
policy
impacts
2
8.8
9.3
-0.9
-0.9
8.0
Run the bank
Change the bank
Reduced ‘Run
the bank’ costs
by ~15%
Increased
investment
~55%
1.Direct impact of divestments occurring post FY15 –primarily Asia Retail; OnePathLife; OnePathP&I; the Cambodia JV; PNG Retail, Commercial & SME businesses; NZ OPL & UDC
2.Reflects financial impact to FY15 cost base from the adoption of new accounting standards and retrospective application of the Group’s software capitalisation policy
3.Pro-Forma view adjusts the original metric reported in FY15 to reflect comparable accounting policies and continuing organisational structure as the FY20 relative results
EXPENSES / AVGASSETS
82bps
Expecting
higher
investment in
FY21 & FY22
DRIVEN BY A WELL ESTABLISHED AND DISCIPLINED DELIVERY APPROACH
1.Executive Committee
10
Our focused approach ensures a systematic cadence that adds velocity to benefit realisation
~150
initiatives
~$0.6b
productivity
CHECKPOINT, VALUE
ASSURANCE AND
RESTRUCTURING PROCESSES
A SUITE OF PLANNING
AND PROJECT
DELIVERY TOOLS
DEDICATED CHANGE
MANAGEMENT AND
DELIVERY RESOURCES
DETAILED PROGRAM -
ACCOUNTABILITY
ACROSS EXCO
1
~35%
~30%
~30%
~5%
20%
43%
12%
25%
Investment Priorities
CHANGE THE BANK INVESTMENTS REORIENT BACK TOWARDS GROWTH
11
FY20
FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION
$1.4B
~70% EXPENSED
~$1.4B
2
~70% EXPENSED
Completion of major regulatory programs (e.g. BS11), along with our Cloud migration, create greater Growth and Productivity capacity
Asset Lifecycle Management
•Application upgrades
•Capacity and storage
•Release management
Productivity & Simplification
•Digital customer experience
•Banker experience
•Customer authentication
•Product rationalisation
•Automation
Growth
•Digital ecosystems
•Adjacent revenue
propositions
•ANZi
GrowthProductivity & SimplificationRegulatory, Compliance & RiskAsset Lifecycle Management
Total Spend
1
1. Continuing operations excluding Large / Notable items
2. Current hypothesis only –limited committed spend
Total Spend
1
Regulatory, Compliance &
Risk
•BS11 (RBNZ Outsourcing)
•Benchmark Transition
(‘IBOR’)
•Home & business lending
processes
•Open Banking
SUBSTANTIAL ACCELERATED STRATEGY INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
12
RUN THE BANK PRODUCTIVITY AMBITION
Initiatives
in-flight
~$0.9b
~$0.3b
~$0.6b
Initiatives to
be developed
INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
EVOLVINGCUSTOMER
ACQUISITIONAND
DISTRIBUTIONMODELS
OPTIMISEDCUSTOMER
SERVICINGAND
TRANSACTIONPROCESSING
MODERNISEDPRODUCT
MANAGEMENT
TECHNOLOGY
MODERNISATION
PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT
SIMPLIFICATION
FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION
(CHANGE FROM FY20)
~$0.3b ~15%
~$0.1b ~12%
~$0.2b ~12%
~$0.2b ~12%
~$0.1b ~10%
~$0.9b
•Delivering digital and remote sales options
•Refining customer coverage models
•Optimisinginvestment in physical network
•Enabling more requests to be conducted digitally
•Approval, opening and onboarding process automation
•Establishing WorldlineJV, transition of offsite ATMs
•Further automation of key operational processes
•Automating self service internal reporting
•Scaled agile work practices
•Standardisationof like activities across businesses
•Further product decommissioning
•Optimisingsoftware, telco and managed services contracts to better align
with business needs
•Building data governance, data management and analytical tools
•Streamlining internal and external interfaces and ‘wiring’ through APIs
•Cloud enabled simplification and SaaS-based approach
•Vendor contract optimisation
•Right-sizing Enablement models
•Optimisingcorporate property space
•Automationopportunities across many areas
Better customer
experience
Better employee
experience
Lower
operational risk
Lower absolute
costs
Our goal is to drive:
KEY MESSAGES
13
•Track record of delivery
•Purpose led transformation
•Strengthening customer relationships in target segments
•Continuingto reshape the portfolio
•Momentum on cost and simplification
•Delivering new capabilities -execution excellence, future ready
•Well positioned for opportunities
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
SHANE BUGGLE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (ACTING)
OVERVIEW
CASH PROFITCASH EPSROEAPRA LEVEL 2 CET1 RATIO
$mcents%%
15
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
1.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes
3,564
2,906
1,413
2,345
2,990
1H212H201H192H191H20
124.8
102.7
49.9
82.8
105.3
1H192H191H202H201H21
12.0
9.8
4.7
7.6
9.7
1H191H212H192H201H20
11.5
11.4
10.8
11.3
12.4
Mar 21Mar 19Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20
Pro-Forma
CET1 ratio
12.5%
1
AGENDA
16
1.
2.
Business performance
Balance sheet and capital
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
GROUP PROFIT DRIVERS
$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
17
1.Further detail on Large / Notable items is included within the Overview and Additional Financials section of the Investor Discussion pack
2,345
2,990
243
72
1,552
2H20
-303
Tax & NCIExpensesMarkets
income
Income
(ex Markets)
Large /
Notable
items
after tax
Provisions1H21
-423
-496
LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1
$m2H201H21
Total (after tax)
-514-817
Divestments incl. Gain/(Loss) on sale-4-238
Customer remediation-188-108
Litigation settlements--48
Restructuring-41-76
Asian associateitems-66-347
Goodwill write-off-77-
Accelerated softwareamortisation-138-
CONTINUING OPERATIONS 1H21 v 2H20
IncomePBPNPAT
Total Group ex Large / Notable-3%-4%33%
Australia Retail & Commercial2%5%72%
Institutional-18%-29%-25%
Institutional (exMarkets)-3%-3%6%
NewZealand division (NZD)8%15%50%
28%
1H21 revenue: $1.01b
2H20 revenue: $1.51b
157
160
163
2
3
4
4
-3
2H20Wholesale
funding &
deposit pricing
Impact of rates
net of repricing
Markets
Balance Sheet
activities
2
LiquidityAsset pricingAsset &
funding mix
1H21
underlying
1
Large /
Notable items
1H21
-3
-1
NET INTEREST MARGIN
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
18
GROUP NET INTEREST MARGIN (NIM)
bps
1.Excluding Large / Notable items and Markets Balance Sheet activities
2.Includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities
+3bps
+6bps
Deposit / funding mix+3
Replicating portfolio+1
Asset mix-1
(incl.Home Loan VRto FR -1)
Institutional+3
Australia R&C-1
Higher liquid
assets
In line with
commentary at
FY20 & 1Q21
MARGIN CONSIDERATIONS
FUNDING COMPOSITIONLOW RATE DEPOSITS & CAPITAL
$b
$b
CAPITAL & REPLICATING DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO (AUSTRALIA)
19
~55
~110
Mar 20
~53
~53
Sep 19
~150
~179
Sep 20
~234
~237
~54
Mar 21
~163
~203
~291
Low rate deposits <25bps
Capital (ex intangibles) & other non-interest bearing liabilities
1.Portfolio Earnings Rate is a combination of term swap rates (hedged component) and 3mth BBSW (unhedged)
2.Proxy for hedged investment rate
%
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2H21 expected total group replicating
portfolio rate impact: ~-1bp(vs 1H21: -3bps)
Portfolio Earnings Rate
1
3mth BBSW (Monthly Avg)
5 Year AUD Swap Rate
2
Mar 19 Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20Mar 21
243
258
298
322
340
36
223
227
241
197
186
288
270
330
278
274
9
28
Sep 19
844
10
792
27
Mar 19
27
11
Mar 20
9
33
Sep 20
8
Mar 21
790
908
839
At-Call (ex Aus Offset)Other
Aus OffsetWholesale Funding
TDs
RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
AUSTRALIA
NEW ZEALAND
Net Loans and Advances
$b
Home loan balance and flows
$b
Net Loans and Advances
1
NZD b
Home loan balance and flows
NZD b
20
CommercialHome LoansCards & Personal Loans
Home LoansCommercialOther Retail
269
265
264
275
281
58
58
58
58
57
Mar 20
7
Mar 19
9
10
Sep 19
8
7
Sep 20Mar 21
337
332
339
330
344
+1%
78
79
82
84
90
40
40
40
39
39
Mar 20
3
Mar 19
3
2
Sep 19
2
3
Sep 20Mar 21
121
125
123
126
131
+4%
1.Commercial prior periods restated to exclude UDC
2.New sales and net OFI refinance
275
281
29
7
Sep 20Repay / OtherNet new loans
2
Redraw &
Interest
Mar 21
-30
84
90
9
2
Sep 20Net new loans
2
Redraw &
Interest
Mar 21Repay / Other
-5
Fixedrate loans:
41% of total flows
+2%
+7%
INSTITUTIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL INCOME COMPOSITION
1
MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION
2
$m
$m
NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
$b
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
21
1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management
2.Composition of Customer franchise income is provided in the ‘Additional financial information’ section of the Investor Discussion pack
815
810
786
829
828
644
652
580
498
460
236
234
231
209
189
940
826
1,164
1,508
1,012
2H192H20
3,057
1H20
23
1H19
13
29
2,541
18
19
1H21
2,657
2,790
2,507
PCMCorporate FinanceTradeMarketsOther
108
111
129
111
105
34
49
32
28
Sep 19Mar 20Sep 20Mar 21
18
147
165
199
158
Mar 19
151
19
26
22
14
14
+21%
-26%
Corporate FinanceMarketsTransaction Banking
Valuation AdjustmentsCustomer franchise incomeBalance Sheet
694
589
901
909
589
256
190
238
468
402
131
48
-10
1H192H202H19
21
1H20
24
1,164
1H21
940
1,508
826
1,012
550
548
25
62
28
549
3,692
3,667
2H20 FX adj.2H20InflationPersonnelCOVID support
1
-48
-30
ProductivityOther /
seasonality
Investment1H21
4,240
-110
3,738
4,216
FX
4,288
1
EXPENSES
EXPENSE DRIVERS
$m
22
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
-1%
-2%
FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF (FTE)
32.3
1H20
4.6
5.0
32.9
32.5
2H20
5.3
1H21
37.637.5
37.6
BAU (run the bank)Investment (change the bank)
000 (Avg)
CUSTOMER ACQUISITION & DISTRIBUTION
•Refinement of coverage models
•Investment in digital channels, reduced physical presence
CUSTOMER SERVICING & TRANSACTION PROCESSING
•Back-office process automation & simplification
PRODUCT MANAGEMENT & INNOVATION
•Middle office consolidation
TECHNOLOGY
•Network & software contract review & optimisation
•Embedding agile practices in Technology
PROPERTY & ENABLEMENT
•Reduced property footprint
•Operating model enhancements
ACCELERATED STRATEGY (PRODUCTIVITY SAVINGS $110M)
BAU (run the bank)Investment Expensed (change the bank)
BAU costs down -$25m
1.Combination of temporary resources to respond to COVID hardship and granting staff extra leave as recognition of their efforts during COVID
INVESTMENT SPEND
INVESTMENT BY CATEGORY
1
EXPENSED & CAPITALISED
1
$m
$m
CAPITALISED SOFTWARE
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
23
2,893
2,202
1,856
1,421
1,323
1,039
961
4.9
4.7
3.9
3.2
2.72.7
2.2
Mar 21Sep 19Sep 16Sep 15Sep 20Sep 17Sep 18
Capitalised software balanceAvg amortisation period (yrs)
$m
199
329
316
404
320
245
320
295
344
385
42
76
78
84
64
1H202H191H19
689
2H20
725
1H21
486
832
769
Regulatory, Compliance & Risk
Growth, Productivity & Simplification
Asset Lifecycle Management
71%
1H19
32%
68%
64%
36%
2H19
73%
29%
1H20
27%
2H20
79%
21%
832
1H21
486
725
689
769
Investment CapitalisedInvestment Expensed
1.Prior periods restated to reflect current management classification
PROVISION CHARGE & BALANCE
TOTAL PROVISION CHARGECOLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE MOVEMENT
$m
$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
24
380
398
626
395
187
1,048
669
-678
4
402
1H19
13
2H202H191H201H21
393
1,674
1,064
-491
Individual Provision chargeCollective Provision charge / (release)
Loss rates (%)1H192H191H202H201H21
IP / AvgGLA
1
0.120.130.200.120.06
Totalcharge/(release)/ AvgGLA
2
0.130.130.530.33-0.16
5,008
4,285
50
Additional
overlays
Sep 20
-199
Volume /
Mix
FXChange
in risk
Economic
forecast
and
scenario
weights
Mar 21
-45
-112
-417
CP charge / (release) -678
1.Individual Provision charge as a % of average Gross Loansand Advances
2.Total credit impairment charge / (release) as a % of average Gross Loans and Advances
PROVISIONING AND RISK MIGRATION
IMPACT OF CREDIT PORTFOLIO RISK MIGRATION
1.Collective Provision balance as a % of Credit Risk Weighted Assets
25
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE
$m
TotalpotentialRWA impact on capitalBase case expectation at:
31 Mar 2030 Sep2031 Mar21
Potential 2 year CET1 impact (bps)
(cumulative FY20 & FY21)
~110~65~10
3,378
3,272
4,490
4,312
3,539
696
746
0.98%
0.94%
1.17%
1.39%
1.25%
Mar 21
0
Mar 19
104
11
Sep 19Sep 20Mar 20
3,3783,376
4,501
5,008
4,285
OverlaysModelled ECLCP Coverage
1
RWA IMPACT ON CAPITAL (CET1)
bps
7
10
-21
1H20
~15
2H201H212H21
(potential)
Impact / (benefit)
RETAIL & COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY
LOAN DEFERRALS
1
LOANS & ADVANCES PAST DUE
2
AUS & NZ HOUSING
$b
26
1.Total loan deferrals: March 2020 to March 2021. All loans completed their deferral period on or before 31 March 2021
2.Excluding impaired assets
94%
4%
2%
RestructuredReturned to paymentTransferred to hardship
AUS BUSINESS
90%
6%
4%
~121k loans provided with loan
repayment deferrals
~24k loans provided with loan
repayment deferrals
3.3
1.4
8.4
1-29 days30-59 days60-89 days
9.1
9.6
0.7
>90 days
2.3
5.2
5.7
3.8
3.0
2.8
1.0
1.7
1.4
1.4
0.6
3.7
3.6
3.3
Mar 19Sep 19Mar 21Mar 20Sep 20
0.80
0.08
0.06
0.21
0.32
Credit
impairment
release
Cash profit
(ex CIC
& L/N)
1
-0.20
Capital
deductions
2
Sep 20Underlying
business
RWA
movement
Net DTA
on CIC
Risk
migration
Final 2020
dividend
(net of
DRP)
-0.06
Mar 21Net RWA
imposts
Other
3
Mar 21
(Level 1)
11.3
-0.07
-0.04
12.4
12.2
CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY
APRA LEVEL 2 CET1 RATIO
27
Pro-Forma
CET1 ratio
12.5%
4
1.CIC: Credit impairment charge / (release); L/N: Large / Notable items
2.Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall
3.Other impacts include movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable items (non-capital deduction related)
4.With conversion of NZD500m Capital Notes
%
Total impact of +35bps
LIQUIDITY
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (Avg)
137%
1H19
143%
2H191H201H212H20
139%139%
138%
Sep 20
124%
Mar 21Mar 20Mar 19
116%
Sep 19
118%
115%
121%
NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO (EOP)
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION -GROUP PERFORMANCE
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
GROUP PROFIT DRIVERS
$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
29
1.Other for 1H20 includes Lease-related items
1,413
2,990
170
145
2,145
Tax & NCIExpensesIncome
(ex Markets)
1H20Large / Notable
items after tax
Markets
income
Provisions1H21
-589
-142
-152
LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS$m1H201H21
Total (after tax)
-987-817
Divestments incl. Gain/(Loss) on sale27-238
Customer remediation-91-108
Litigation settlements--48
Restructuring-74-76
Asian associateitems--347
Asian associateimpairments-815-
Other
1
-34-
CONTINUING OPERATIONS1H21 v 1H20
IncomePBPNPAT
Total Group ex Large/ Notable-3%-3%59%
Australia Retail & Commercial-1%-1%62%
Institutional-10%-13%59%
Institutional (exMarkets)-8%-9%297%
NewZealand division (NZD)3%8%38%
112%
1H21 revenue: $1.01b
1H20 revenue: $1.16b
RISK ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE
GROUP
1,2
AUSTRALIA R&CINSTITUTIONAL
1
NEW ZEALAND
2
NET INTEREST INCOME / AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
%
AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
$b
30
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1.Ex Markets business unit
2.Adjusted for Balance Sheet impacts of divestments
4.22
3.95
4.21
2H201H201H21
5.88
5.68
5.84
1H201H212H20
2.07
1.90
1.97
2H201H211H20
4.72
4.44
4.93
2H201H211H20
1H20
316
321
2H20
328
1H21
139
1H20
138
2H20
139
1H21
114
1H20
125
1H212H20
119
1H202H20
57
1H21
5757
RISK ADJUSTED RETURN
GROUP
1
AUSTRALIAR&CINSTITUTIONALNEW ZEALAND
1
PROFIT BEFORE PROVISIONS / AVERAGE TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
%
AVERAGE TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
$b
31
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1.Adjusted for Balance Sheet impacts of divestments
2.38
2.32
2.31
1H202H201H21
3.43
3.22
3.34
1H211H202H20
1.64
1.88
1.48
1H211H202H20
2.91
2.66
3.03
1H211H202H20
435
1H201H212H20
421
422
163
1H201H212H20
162
166
185
1H20
197
2H201H21
179
65
1H20
66
2H201H21
65
TOTAL OPERATING INCOME
32
TOTAL INCOME BY DIVISION
NET INTEREST INCOME BY DIVISIONOTHER OPERATING INCOME
$b
$b
$b
3.0
-0.5
1.5
4.6
1.7
2.8
8.4
1H20
0.2
4.4
2H20
0.0
1.6
2.5
4.3
1H21
8.6
9.2
1.6
4.0
3.9
1.4
1.6
1H20
0.1
1.3
0.1
0.1
2H20
4.0
1.5
1.4
1H21
7.2
7.0
6.8
NZAustralia R&CInstitutionalOther
0.1
1.1
1.1
0.8
-0.7
0.0
1H20
0.1
1.1
2H20
1.0
-0.2
0.0
0.6
1H21
1.4
2.3
1.4
MarketsFee & comm.OtherAssoc. profit
0.3
2.8
0.3
3.1
1H20
1.6
4.7
1.5
4.5
2H20
0.3
1.6
2.5
4.6
1H21
9.4
9.3
9.1
Continuing Continuing ex L/N
0.1
7.0
1.3
0.1
1.5
1H20
1.6
1.3
4.1
1.6
3.9
2H20
0.1
1.4
4.0
1H21
7.2
6.9
Continuing Continuing ex L/N Continuing Continuing ex L/N
0.2
1H20
0.1
0.1
1.2
0.3
0.8
0.1
1.1
1.1
2H20
0.1
1.1
0.6
1H21
2.2
2.5
2.0
NZAustralia R&COtherInstitutional
157
160
163
2
3
4
4
Asset & funding mixLiquidityRates net
of repricing
2H20Wholesale funding
& deposit pricing
Asset pricing1H21
underlying NIM
Markets
Balance sheet
Large /
notable items
1H21
-3
-3
-1
NET INTEREST MARGIN
GROUP NIM
bps
33
1.Cash continuing excluding Large / Notable items
Structural headwinds -6bpsPricing & Portfolio Management +9bpsMarkets
balancesheet
Large / Notable
items
Rates net of
repricing
LiquidityAsset pricingAsset & funding
mix
Deposit pricing &
wholesale funding
Includes:
Replicated deposits
Earningson capital
Includes:
Liquidassets
CLF
Includes:
Competition
Repricing
Includes:
Business mix
HL mix
HL switching
Funding mix
Deposit mix
Includes:
Deposit pricing
across divisions
Wholesale funding
costs
Includes:
FX movements
GROUP
AUSTRALIAR&C
1
INSTITUTIONAL
(EX MARKETS)
1
NEW ZEALAND
1
1.69
1.57
1.63
1H202H201H21
2.65
2.58
2.60
2H201H201H21
1.81
1.75
1.85
1H212H201H20
2.27
2.15
2.32
1H202H201H21
%
LENDING ASSETS
AVERAGE INTEREST EARNING ASSETS
NET LOANS AND ADVANCES (EOP)
$b
34
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
853
866
857
1
13
5
3
Australia R&C
0
Australia R&C1H202H20New ZealandInstitutional
ex Markets
Markets,
Treasury, Other
New ZealandInstitutional
ex Markets
Markets,
Treasury, Other
1H21
-2
-1
-15
653
617
614
9
5
4
-5
Institutional
ex Markets
Sep-20New Zealand
-25
Mar-20Australia R&CAustralia R&C
-6
Markets,
Treasury, Other
New ZealandInstitutional
ex Markets
Markets,
Treasury, Other
Mar-21
-15
-6
$b
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT
1
RISK WEIGHTED ASSETSNET LOANS & ADVANCESCUSTOMER DEPOSITS
$b$b (EOP)$b (EOP)$b (EOP)
35
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis,net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
2%
408
Mar-21
42%
16%
40%
562
1%
17%
43%
40%
Mar-21Mar-21
43%
6%
13%
38%
1,045
OtherNew ZealandAustralia R&CInstitutional
Mar-21
20%
0%
614
24%
56%
EXPENSE MANAGEMENT
36
TOTAL EXPENSES BY DIVISION
TOTAL EXPENSES BY CATEGORYFULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF
$b
$b
000s
2.0
1.3
1.3
1H20
0.6
0.6
0.7
2.1
1.3
0.7
0.7
2H20
0.6
2.0
1H21
4.6
4.8
4.5
0.4
0.8
0.1
0.8
0.9
1H20
2.5
0.1
1.0
0.4
2.4
2H20
0.8
0.1
4.6
0.8
0.4
2.4
1H21
4.8
4.5
Australia R&CNZInstitutionalOther
7.0
10.3
37.5
5.4
6.7
1.1
1.1
14.1
Mar-20Mar-21
10.3
6.7
1.1
5.3
14.1
Sep-20
37.8
10.7
5.2
14.1
37.8
Australia R&C
Institutional
NZ
TSO & Group Centre
Pacific
1.9
0.7
0.5
0.6
1.3
0.6
1H20
1.2
1.9
2H20
0.5
0.6
1.2
1.9
1H21
4.4
4.3
4.2
Continuing Continuing ex L/N
0.8
0.8
0.0
0.4
2.4
1H20
0.8
4.4
0.0
4.3
0.8
0.4
2.3
2H20
0.7
0.4
0.8
0.0
2.4
1H21
4.2
Continuing Continuing ex L/N Continuing (EOP)
Personnel
Premises
Technology
Restructuring
Other
550
548
80
4
549
PersonnelPremises
3,6673,738
Other1H21Technology2H20 FX adj.
3,692
FX
-27
4,240
2H20
4,288
-48
14,216
Investment
-82
EXPENSES & INVESTMENT
INVESTMENT SPEND
2
$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
37
1.Excluding Large / Notable items
2.Prior periods restated to reflect current management classification
$m
-1%
-2%
BAU costs down -$25m
(after absorbing inflation of $25m)
BAU (run the bank)Investment Expensed (change the bank)
EXPENSE DRIVERS
1
165
211
217
269
253
66
93
78
86
83
35
78
94
132
98
110
162
140
135
116
77
119
75
95
87
33
62
85
115
132
486
2H191H191H211H202H20
725
689
769
832
Australia R&C
Institutional
New ZealandTechnology Infrastructure
Enablement, Property & Ops.Digital & Data
TRACK RECORD OF ABSOLUTE COST REDUCTION
EXPENSES (EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS)FULL TIME EQUIVALENT STAFF
$b
38
Sep 15Sep 15
Pro-Forma
FTE (#000)
Sep 20
50.2
43.0
37.5
Divestments
-13%
826
758
580
Sep 15Sep 15
Pro-Forma
Sep 20
Executive
Management
roles
Divestments
-23%
Our continuous transformation to grow & simplify the business has created a more efficient and resilient bank
109bps
0.3
0.6
1.01.0
0.4
0.7
0.4
0.3
8.2
Divestments
1
FY15
Pro-Forma
3
Expected
inflation
"Run the
bank"
productivity
Increased
investment
FY15
7.6
FY20Further
productivity
required
7.09.0
8.6
FY23
(Exit Rate)
ambition
-1.3
Underlying
inflation
Accounting
policy
impacts
2
8.8
9.3
-0.9
-0.9
8.0
Run the bank
Change the bank
Reduced ‘Run
the bank’ costs
by ~15%
Increased
investment
~55%
1.Direct impact of divestments occurring post FY15 –primarily Asia Retail; OnePathLife; OnePathP&I; the Cambodia JV; PNG Retail, Commercial & SME businesses; NZ OPL & UDC
2.Reflects financial impact to FY15 cost base from the adoption of new accounting standards and retrospective application of the Group’s software capitalisation policy
3.Pro-Forma view adjusts the original metric reported in FY15 to reflect comparable accounting policies and continuing organisational structure as the FY20 relative results
EXPENSES / AVGASSETS
82bps
Expecting
higher
investment in
FY21 & FY22
2.1
1.2
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
ACCELERATED STRATEGY PROGRAM -BUILDING A SIMPLER, BETTER BANK
39
FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION
$b
0.7
1.9
1.1
1.4
1.1
0.8
$7.6B
~$7.0B
FY20
Value Chain
CUSTOMER
ACQUISITIONAND
DISTRIBUTION
Branch sales
Relationship teams
Mobile bankers
Digital channels
Marketing
CUSTOMER
SERVICINGAND
TRANSACTION
PROCESSING
Branch services
Operations
Contact centres
Customer advocates
Specialist support
PRODUCT
MANAGEMENTAND
INNOVATION
Product management
Platform specialists
Client Research &
Insights
Innovation incubator
TECHNOLOGY
Infrastructure & Cloud Services Banking Platforms
Network & Data Storage Security & Cyber Defence Divisional Platforms
PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT
Corporate Property Finance Talent & Culture Legal
Strategy & Execution Corporate Affairs Business Management Functions
RISKMANAGEMENT
Credit Risk Market Risk Op. Risk Internal Audit Lending Services
Compliance AML/CTF/KYC Treasury and Markets Trading
Customer Acquisition and DistributionCustomer Servicing and Transaction ProcessingProperty and EnablementProduct Management and InnovationTechnologyRisk Management
$b
RUN THE BANK EXPENSES
Better customer
experience
Better employee
experience
Lower
operational risk
Lower absolute
costs
Our goal is to drive:
SUBSTANTIAL ACCELERATED STRATEGY INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
40
RUN THE BANK PRODUCTIVITY AMBITION
~$0.3b
Initiatives
in-flight
~$0.6b
~$0.9b
Initiatives to
be developed
INITIATIVES IN-FLIGHT
EVOLVINGCUSTOMER
ACQUISITIONAND
DISTRIBUTIONMODELS
OPTIMISEDCUSTOMER
SERVICINGAND
TRANSACTIONPROCESSING
MODERNISEDPRODUCT
MANAGEMENT
TECHNOLOGY
MODERNISATION
PROPERTYANDENABLEMENT
SIMPLIFICATION
FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION
(CHANGE FROM FY20)
~$0.3b ~15%
~$0.1b ~12%
~$0.2b ~12%
~$0.2b ~12%
~$0.1b ~10%
~$0.9b
•Delivering digital and remote sales options
•Refining customer coverage models
•Optimisinginvestment in physical network
•Enabling more requests to be conducted digitally
•Approval, opening and onboarding process automation
•Establishing WorldlineJV, transition of offsite ATMs
•Further automation of key operational processes
•Automating self service internal reporting
•Scaled agile work practices
•Standardisationof like activities across businesses
•Further product decommissioning
•Optimisingsoftware, telco and managed services contracts to better align
with business needs
•Building data governance, data management and analytical tools
•Streamlining internal and external interfaces and ‘wiring’ through APIs
•Cloud enabled simplification and SaaS-based approach
•Vendor contract optimisation
•Right-sizing Enablement models
•Optimisingcorporate property space
•Automationopportunities across many areas
Continuous improvement and disciplined execution has become part of our DNA
DRIVEN BY A WELL ESTABLISHED AND DISCIPLINED DELIVERY APPROACH
1.Executive Committee
41
Our focused approach ensures a systematic cadence that adds velocity to benefit realisation
~150
initiatives
~$0.6b
productivity
CHECKPOINT, VALUE
ASSURANCE AND
RESTRUCTURING PROCESSES
A SUITE OF PLANNING
AND PROJECT
DELIVERY TOOLS
DEDICATED CHANGE
MANAGEMENT AND
DELIVERY RESOURCES
DETAILED PROGRAM -
ACCOUNTABILITY
ACROSS EXCO
1
~35%
~30%
~30%
~5%
20%
43%
12%
25%
Investment Priorities
CHANGE THE BANK INVESTMENTS REORIENT BACK TOWARDS GROWTH
42
FY20
FY23 (EXIT RATE) AMBITION
$1.4B
~70% EXPENSED
~$1.4B
2
~70% EXPENSED
Completion of major regulatory programs (e.g. BS11), along with our Cloud migration, create greater Growth and Productivity capacity
Asset Lifecycle Management
•Application upgrades
•Capacity and storage
•Release management
Productivity & Simplification
•Digital customer experience
•Banker experience
•Customer authentication
•Product rationalisation
•Automation
Growth
•Digital ecosystems
•Adjacent revenue
propositions
•ANZi
GrowthProductivity & SimplificationRegulatory, Compliance & RiskAsset Lifecycle Management
Total Spend
1
1. Continuing operations excluding Large / Notable items
2. Current hypothesis only –limited committed spend
Total Spend
1
Regulatory, Compliance &
Risk
•BS11 (RBNZ Outsourcing)
•Benchmark Transition
(‘IBOR’)
•Home & business lending
processes
•Open Banking
CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CUSTOMER REMEDIATIONCUMULATIVE CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
CONTINUING & DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
43
1.Includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation projectcosts and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes
35
156
36
337
71
138
92
110
42
29
36
32
18
19
86
22
119
22
84
56
2H20
485
2H19
13
1H201H182H181H191H21
67
352
100
129
254
166
Net interest incomeOther operating incomeExpenses
51
153
220
572
672
1,157
1,286
1,540
1,706
256
422
546
548
549
1H192H172H191H181H17
181
1H202H182H201H21
753
928
1,579
1,832
2,088
2,255
Discontinued (Wealth businesses)Continuing operations
40
112
157
407
477
882
973
1,161
1,269
334
428
430
431
180
2H191H17
127
1H182H172H181H191H202H201H21
534
657
1,216
1,401
1,591
1,700
Balance Sheet
1
$1,003m provisions on Balance Sheet at Mar-21 ($1,109m at Sep-20)
PRE TAX $mPRE TAX $m
POST TAX $m
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
SHARE OF ASSOCIATES’ PROFIT
CARRYING VALUE OF ASSOCIATES
1
$m
$b
44
P.T. BANK PAN INDONESIA (PT PANIN) AND AMMBHOLDINGS BERHAD(AMBANK)
1.Investment in banking associates is treated as a deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital as noted in Table 2 of ANZ’s capital management disclosures
2.Information on the impairment of AmBank and PT Paninis contained within ANZ’s Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D –Note 1
1.1
0.6
Sep-09
0.5
1.0
1.1
Sep-12
1.1
Sep-10
0.7
1.1
Sep-11
0.7
1.1
0.9
0.7
1.4
1.3
Sep-13Sep-16
0.8
1.5
Sep-14
1.4
Sep-15
1.0
Mar-21
1.2
1.0
1.2
Sep-17
1.1
Sep-18
1.4
1.6
Sep-19
1.1
Sep-20
0.7
AmBankPT Panin
-400
-300
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
FY16FY11
259
FY091H21FY20FY10FY12FY13FY14FY15
-242
205
FY17
135
FY18FY192H201H20
145
193
183
217
241
216
158
197
179
157
22
PT PaninAmBank
AmBank: FY16 $260m
impairment recognised
Impairments recognised
in 1H20
2
:
•PT Panin: $220m
•AmBank: $595m
AmBank equity accounted
losses:
•Goodwill impairment
$135m
•1MDB settlement $212m
$347m recognised
as Large / Notable
in 1H21
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE
GROSS NEW HOME LOAN ACCOUNTS -AUS
1
#000
REGISTERED ANZ APP CUSTOMERS
#m
DIGITAL SALES –AUS
% of total retail sales
Sep 20Sep 19
3.5
Mar 21
2.9
3.3
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS –RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
46
AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND
1.Includes increases to existing accounts and split loans (fixed and variable components of the same loan)
GROSS NEW HOME LOAN ACCOUNTS -NZ
1
#000
KIWISAVER SUPERANNUATION
FUM NZDb
DIGITAL SALES –NZ
% of total retail sales
30%
40%
42%
FY19FY201H21
14.8
16.4
17.9
Sep 19Sep 20Mar 21
26%
36%36%
FY19FY201H21
6464
92
55
106
1H21FY19FY20
119
170
92
37
38
42
37
30
68
FY20FY191H21
74
42
1H2H
2H1H
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS -INSTITUTIONAL
47
DIGITAL PLATFORMS DELIVERING VALUE TO STAKEHOLDERS
1.Indexed to FY19 (at 100)
DIGITAL SELF SERVICETRADE STPAPI CALLSINCIDENTS PER MILLION PAYMENTS
•Digitised85% of all customer requests
with over 35,000 minutes of customer
effort saved in the first week of
International Payments Tracking
•Over 99% of Trade payments processed
without the need for human intervention
•Modern integration, delivering real-time
event-driven analytics for improved
decision-making, and fast payments for
improved cash flow efficiency
•0 incidents per million payments for 1H21,
delivering quality and resilient payment
platforms for customers
PAYMENTS
1
Indexed data
RECEIVABLES DATA
1
Indexed data
NPP AGENCY PAYMENTS
1
Indexed data
PLATFORM CASH MGT ACCOUNTS
1
Indexed data
•Payments made by customers to their
suppliers and employees through our
digital channels
•Covers payments initiated viaWeb &
Mobile, direct integration with ANZ or via
agency agreements whereby ANZ clears
payments on behalf of other banks
•Used by customers to automatically
reconcile incoming payments, allowing
them to receive funds and have them
ready to use as quickly as possible
•Improves customer cash flow efficiency,
Liquidity and Treasury management
•A service whereby ANZ clears and settles
real-time payments for customers of
Appointer banks on their behalf
•Powering other banks’ customers with
real-time payments
•Deposit management for entities holding
funds on behalf of others or with complex
business structures
•Supporting CX in provision of client money
accounts to activate services/ transactions
100
105
110
FY19FY201H21
(annualised)
+5%
+5%
100
467
812
FY19FY201H21
(annualised)
+367%
+74%
100
220
686
1H21
(annualised)
FY19FY20
+120%
+213%
100
124
130
FY19FY201H21
(annualised)
+24%
+4%
PLATFORM INITIATIVES ARE ENABLING ADDITIONAL REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES WITHIN ANZ PAYMENTS & CASH MANAGEMENT
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
48
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
($b) & NIMNII/OOI
2
contribution ($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provision Charge ($m)Cash Profit ($m)
Customer Deposits ($b)Business contribution ($m)FTERisk Weighted Assets EOP ($b)Return
4,058
3,941
4,031
625
582
596
1H202H201H21
4,683
4,627
4,523
1,904
1,892
1,869
1H202H201H21
525
526
318
278
-515
1H211H202H20
134
-381
843
804
IPCP
1,355
1,279
2,196
1H201H212H20
14,061
14,078
14,118
2H201H201H21
330
339
344
2.65%
2.58%
2.60%
1H201H212H20
NLAsNIM%OOINII
3,181
3,125
3,253
1,502
1,398
1,374
4,683
1H20
4,523
2H201H21
4,627
RetailCommercial
213
235
241
1H202H201H21
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income
3.Cash profit divided by average Risk Weighted Assets
162
167
163
Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
5.78%
5.54%
5.60%
1.67%
1.57%
2.66%
1H201H212H20
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
3
1,069
1,597
68
47
13
10
621
Volume2H20 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
Other operating
income
ProvisionsMargins1H21 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
ExpensesTax
-231
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
RETAIL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
49
1.Includes Home Loans offset accounts
NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
$287.5b
TOTAL RETAIL1H21 v 2H20
Income+4%Net int. income +4%Other op. income +4%
Expenses-1%
Profit before provisions+7%
Net Profit after tax+49%
Net Loans and Advances+2%Home Loans +2%CC & PL 0%
Customer Deposits+1%Term Deposits -17%Transact/Savings
1
+5%
Total Customers+38kTotal retail customers 6.0m (Mar-21)
17%
Commercial
Home Loans
2%
Credit Cards &
Personal Loans
81%
Other Retail
0%
CASH PROFIT DRIVERS –RETAIL
$m
Net interest income: +115
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
LENDING COMPOSITIONDEPOSIT COMPOSITION
MARKET SHARE
1
MONTHLY DEPOSIT TREND
$b
$b
%
$b
RETAIL: LOANS & DEPOSITS
1.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-taking Institution Statistics (MADIS)
50
31
45
Mar-21Mar-19
15
29
49
57
Sep-19
36
16
28
26
27
Mar-20
19
33
Sep-20
134
21
20
27
58
14
24
123
117
121
135
53
+1%
SavingsTerm DepositOffsetTransact
Jul-20Sep-19
136
Nov-20Nov-19Jan-21May-20Jan-20Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
118
120
122
124
126
128
130
132
134
8
9
265
264
Mar-20
281
288
275
10
Sep-19
282
279
274
Mar-21Sep-20
272
269
7
Mar-19
7
+2%
14.6
15.1
13.8
18.1
12.5
14.0
14.5
13.3
18.1
12.6
14.4
14.9
13.6
18.1
12.5
Household
Deposits
Housing LendingHousing Lending
-Owner Occupier
Housing Lending
-Investor
Credit Cards
Mar-19Mar-20Mar-21
Home LoansCards, Personal Loans & Other
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
HOME LOANS FLOWSHOME LOANS GROWTH
2
CREDIT CARDSGROWTH
2
GROSS LOANS & ADVANCES
1
($b)
% 3-MONTH ANNUALISED
% 3-MONTH ANNUALISED
RETAIL: HOME LOANS AND CREDIT CARDS TRENDS
1.Including non performing loans
2.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-taking Institution Statistics (MADIS)
51
-5
0
5
10
15
Jun-
19
Mar-
21
Sep-
19
Dec-
19
Mar-
20
Sep-
20
Jun-
20
Dec-
20
APRA SystemANZ
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
Jun-
19
Jun-
20
Sep-
20
Dec-
19
Sep-
19
Mar-
20
Dec-
20
Mar-
21
ANZAPRA System
28
28
24
26
26
24
21
16
13
17
19
23
3
2
8
2
2
8
8
8
13
6
7
8
-27
7
8
8
-27
-25
-24
7
7
7
-26
-26
-26
-27
-27
-26
-28
-30
1
2H161H162H15
-1
1H17
13
2H17
2
1H18
0
9
2H18
-1
6
1H19
-1
2H191H202H201H21
12
4
11
9
7
1
-3
-4
-1
New SalesRedraw & interestNet OFI refinanceRepay / Other
210
599
121
13
564
2H20 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
VolumeOther operating
income
MarginsExpenses
-164
ProvisionsTax1H21 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
-146
1
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
52
NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
$56.8b
TOTAL COMMERCIAL1H21 v 2H20
Income-2%Net int. income -2% Other op. income +1%
Expenses-2%
Profit before provisions-1%
Net Profit after tax+185%
Net Loans and Advances-2%PB&A+1% BB -2% SBB 0%
Customer Deposits+6%Term deposits -4%Transact/Savings +9%
Return on averageRWA+146bps2.24% (1H21) vs0.78% (2H20)
IndividualProvision loss rate-21bps0.20%(1H21) vs 0.41% (2H20)
CASH PROFIT DRIVERS –COMMERCIAL
$m
12%
4%
Business
Banking (BB)
Private Bank &
Advice (PB&A)
83%Retail
1%
Small
Business
Banking
(SBB)
Net interest income: -25
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
LENDING COMPOSITIONDEPOSIT COMPOSITION
BUSINESS BANKINGSMALL BUSINESS BANKING
$b
$b
$b
$b
COMMERCIAL: LOANS & DEPOSITS
53
Sep-20
14
87
28
30
42
Mar-19
25
15
44
Sep-19
17
26
46
Mar-20
22
26
107
25
53
90
57
Mar-21
86
101
+6%
SavingsTerm DepositTransact
41
41
42
42
41
14
14
13
12
12
Mar-20Sep-19
3
3
Mar-19
3
3
Sep-20
3
Mar-21
5858
5858
57
-2%
Business BankSmall Business BankPrivate Bank & Advice
41
41
42
42
41
20
20
21
24
24
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
Net Loans & AdvancesCustomer Deposits
14
14
13
12
12
41
42
44
50
55
Mar-19Mar-20Sep-19Sep-20Mar-21
Net Loans & AdvancesCustomer Deposits
AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL & PRIVATE BANK
DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO –GEOGRAPHICAL VIEWSECURITY PROFILE
DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO –INDUSTRY VIEWRISK WEIGHT INTENSITY
% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)
1
% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)
2
% OF EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD)
$b
BOOK COMPOSITION & RISK WEIGHT INTENSITY
1.States based on primary postcode. ‘Other’ refers to exposures not reported against a specific state. Some postcodes occur across two states
2.Fully Secured on a market value basis. Other includes loans secured by cash or via sovereign backing
54
74%
75%
14%
14%
Mar-21
7%
6%
5%
Mar-20
5%
Fully SecuredPartially SecuredOthersUnsecured
65.2%
64.2%
64.3%
63.3%
61.1%
1H201H192H192H20
72
72
71
52
1H21
54
72
54
55
71
52
Total CRWA/EADEADRWA
27%
26%14%
10%
8%
15%
VIC/TAS
NSW/ACT
QLD
WA
SA/NT
Other
25%
19%
9%
8%
6%
5%
28%
Comm. Property & Construction
Other Property & Bus. Services
Agri., Forestry & Fishing
Retail Trade
Accom. Cafes & Restaurants
Health & Community Services
Other Industries
INSTITUTIONAL
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
55
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.TB: Transaction Banking; CF: Corporate Finance
3.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income
4.Cash profit divided by average risk weighted assets
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
($b) & NIMProduct Composition
2
($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provision Charge ($m)Cash Profit ($m)
Customer Deposits ($b)NII/OOI
3
contribution ($m)FTERisk Weighted Assets ($b)Return
618
1,305
982
1H211H202H20
5,350
5,291
5,215
Mar-21Mar-20Sep-20
1,278
1,207
1,188
1H202H201H21
786
829828
811
707
648
1,164
1,508
1,012
3,057
1H20
2,507
13
29
2H20
18
1H21
2,790
1,164
1,498
989
1,626
1,559
1,518
2,507
3,057
1H201H212H20
2,790
199
158
147
1H20
1.85%
1.81%
1.75%
2H201H21
NLANIM ex Markets
92
90
90
147
112
114
21
Mar-20
19
Sep-20
20
Mar-21
223
259
224
Aus & PNG
NZ
International
369
4
272
-110
53
1H202H20
49
641
1H21
-55
55
NIIOOI
CFTBMarketsOther
3.02%
3.11%
2.81%
0.67%
1.33%
1.10%
2H201H201H21
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
4
IPCP
207
187
170
185
197
179
Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
RWA AVGRWA EOP
INCOME (1H21) $2,507m
40%
26%
33%
1%
RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS (Mar-21) $170b
MarketsTransaction BankingCorporate FinanceOther
29%
15%
55%
1%
MARKETS INCOME
Franchise
•Providefinancial markets products and structured solutions that enable
ANZ customers to manage their risks across Foreign Exchange, Rates,
Credit and Capital Markets, and Commodities
Balance Sheet & Derivative Valuation Adjustments
•Undertakeliquidity and balance sheet risk management activities on behalf
of ANZ; includes managing a portfolio of high quality liquid assets to meet
ANZ’s liquidity needs,and managing the net interest rate risk position
generated by customer transactions across the ANZ balance sheet
INSTITUTIONAL
TOTAL INSTITUTIONAL
BUSINESS UNIT OVERVIEW
56
42%
58%
1H21
$1,012m
TRANSACTION BANKING INCOME
Trade and Supply Chain
•Provide cross-border trade finance, bank guarantees and supply chain finance
solutions that help our customers manage risk and deliver a cost-effective
method of funding cash flows and working capital
Payments and Cash Management
•Help customers manage their working capital needs by offering a
comprehensive suite of services including payments and collections,
information management, account and clearing services and liquidity
management
29%
71%
1H21
$648m
CORPORATEFINANCEINCOME
17%
79%
4%
1H21
$828m
Help our customers grow their business and diversify their funding base via
provision of a full-service Institutional lending business that supports customers
with financing decisions, origination, structuring and execution.
LoanProductStandard lending solutions
Specialised Finance
•Bespoke lending products, where cash flows from specific assets are structured
to support customers’ capital requirements
Corporate Advisory and Syndication
•Specialisationin structuring, underwriting & distributing syndicated loans to
global investors to support customers seeking to raise capital. Also support
customers with financing decisions via provision of corporate advisory services
INSTITUTIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL INCOME COMPOSITION
1
NET LOANS & ADVANCES
$m
$b
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT
1
$b
INCOME & ASSET COMPOSITION: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
57
1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management; CF: Corporate Finance
815
810
786
829828
644
652
580
498
460
236
234
231
209
189
940
826
1,164
1,508
1,012
2,507
1H212H20
23
2H191H19
13
29
19
1H20
18
2,657
2,541
2,790
3,057
TradeCFPCMMarketsOther
108
111
129
111
105
18
19
22
26
34
49
32
28
14
1H201H21
14
1H192H20
165
2H19
151
199
158
147
CFTransaction BankingMarkets
169
176
200
186
175
44
48
207
220
274
226
228
41
7
6
1H191H20
6
449
2H19
423
36
6
2H20
39
7
1H21
447
529
455
MarketsCFPCMTrade
INSTITUTIONAL
NIM EX MARKETS (NII/AIEA)RISK ADJUSTED NIM EX MARKETS
3
bps
bps
NIM
bps
RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS & RISK ADJUSTED RETURNS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
58
1.Lending NIM represents Corporate Finance and Trade
2.Deposit NIM represents Payments & Cash Management (PCM)
3.Institutional ex-Markets Net Interest Income divided by average Credit Risk Weighted Assets
2
4
13
Earnings on
capital + Sub
debt & FX
1H21Asset Margin2H20Funding &
Asset Mix
185
Funding
Costs
Deposit
Margins
175
-6
-3
+10bps
84
79
67
46
41
1H192H191H202H201H21
Deposit NIM
2
134
129
123
127
140
2H191H191H202H201H21
Lending NIM
1
268
262
247
225
222
1H192H191H202H201H21
Aus & PNG
256
252
239
224
232
1H211H192H191H202H20
NZ
181
168
151
136
149
1H201H192H192H201H21
International
233
224
207
190
197
2H191H191H202H201H21
Institutional
INSTITUTIONAL
CREDIT RWA (AVG)
1
CREDIT RWA MOVEMENT –1H21 (EOP)
CREDIT RWA INTENSITY (EOP)CREDIT RWA MOVEMENT -FROM SEPTEMBER 2019 (EOP)
$b
$b
$b
$b
CREDIT RWA: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; CF: Corporate Finance
59
82
85
89
91
96
104
95
19
18
18
18
19
17
15
32
33
33
35
41
42
35
4
2
1H192H19
2
1H182H18
2
4
1H20
4
2H20
4
1H21
135
138
142
147
159
167
148
CFTradeMarketsOther
FXSep-20Mar-21VolumeRisk migrationDerivatives
157
-4
-5
-1
-5
142
139
138
143
156
178
157
142
50.8%
Mar-19
53.8%
Mar-18Sep-18
51.3%
51.5%
Mar-20Mar-19
51.2%
51.3%
Sep-19
52.0%
Mar-20
Credit RWA/EAD (ex Markets)CRWA
9
FXSep-19
-6
VolumeRisk MigrationDerivativesMar-21
156
-7
-10
142
COVID risk migration
INSTITUTIONAL
MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION –SALES / TRADING VIEW MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION –BUSINESS VIEW
CHANGES IN PRESENTING MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION
MARKETS AVG VALUE AT RISK (99% VAR)
$m
$m
$m
MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
60
$m
Franchise Sales
Franchise Trading
Balance Sheet
Valuation Adjustments
Total franchise income
Foreign Exchange
Rates
Credit and Capital MarketsBalance Sheet
CommoditiesValuation Adjustments
25
24
26
31
67
88
9
8
8
8
19
21
40
80
20
60
40
10
100
20
30
2H201H202H192H181H191H21
Traded (RHS)Non-traded (LHS)
•Markets customer franchise income is now presented across four business lines:
FX, Rates, Credit & Capital Markets, and Commodities
•There are no changes to the presentation of Balance Sheet, Derivative Valuation
Adjustments or VaR
•This revised presentation better reflects the underlying nature of ANZ’s Markets
business as a customer franchise, particularly as sales and risk management
activities have become more integrated
•Both new and the previously disclosed format of Markets’ disclosure has also
been included
448
459
465
513
471
419
235
124
389
438
170
274
256
190
238
468
402
131
52
940
111
2H18
-10
24
1H19
48
1H202H192H20
21
1H21
884
826
1,164
1,508
1,012
362
326
285
437
274
279
127
241
181
289
336
128
248
139
274
256
190
238
468
402
131
72
87
58
2H18
12
52
51
1H19
-10
88
40
1H21
35
48
1,508
2H19
103
24
1H202H20
43
21
884
940
826
1,164
1,012
Ave ~175m
CONSISTENCY OF MARKETS INCOME
MARKETS HISTORICAL MONTHLY INCOMECHARACTERISTICS OF MONTHLY INCOME DISTRIBUTION
•Over the last 6 years, monthly Markets income has followed close to a
normal distribution, but with positive skew:
oAverage monthly income ~$175m with a standard deviation of
~$50m.Stability is driven by a set of “core” customers who deal
with ANZ Markets on a regular basis and across multiple
geographies & products
oUnder the risk and governance framework implemented bythe
current management team (since March 2016), approx. 3 in 4
months have delivered income >$150m and every month has
been >$100m
•Franchise income tends to be higher during a “risk-off
1
” environment in
financial markets and/or when “bid-offer spreads” widen. This income is
generated mainly on the back of increased customer activity and from
providing continued liquidity support to customers during market
dislocations
•The historical tendency for Markets to outperform in these environments
has provided important diversification benefits to group revenues
$m
MARKETS INCOME HAS HISTORICALLY FOLLOWED CLOSE TO A NORMAL DISTRIBUTION, WITH A POSITIVE SKEW
61
-1 SD
+ 1 SD
15%
75%
10%
1.A risk off environment is broadly defined as one in which one in which credit spreads widen, risk free bond yields fall, equities sell off, volatility increases and USD strengthens
Historical monthly
income distribution
(FY15-FY20)
NEW ZEALAND DIVISION
62
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
(NZDb) & NIMNII/OOI
2
contribution (NZDm)Expenses (NZDm)Total Provision Charge (NZDm)Cash Profit (NZDm)
Customer Deposits (NZDb)Business contribution (NZDm)FTE
Risk Weighted Assets EOP
(NZDb)
Return
1,414
1,355
1,490
266
242
241
1,731
1,597
2H201H201H21
1,680
685
665
657
1H212H201H20
134
116
-6
59
-57
2H20
33
-63
1H20
167
1H21
175
IPCP
595
545
819
1H202H201H21
69
71
71
Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21
6,801
6,679
6,691
Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21
4.92%
4.56%
4.88%
1.75%
1.56%
2.31%
2H201H201H21
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
3
125
126
131
2.27%
2.15%
2.32%
1H202H201H21
NLAsNIM%NIIOOI
1,188
1,127
1,220
484
469
508
8
3
1H20
1
2H20
1,680
1H21
1,597
1,731
RetailCommercialOther
18
19
21
44
41
36
32
38
45
102
Mar-20
94
Sep-20
98
Mar-21
TransactSavings
Term Deposit
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income
3.Cash profit divided by average Risk Weighted Assets
NEW ZEALAND RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
RETAIL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
63
69%
29%
Commercial
Home Loans
2%
Other Retail
NZ DIVISION NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
NZD 131.3b
TOTAL RETAIL1H21 v 2H20
Income+8%
Net interest income+11%Lending volume +$5.8b
Other operating income+0%
Net Loans and Advances+7%Home Loans +7%
Customer Deposits+2%Term deposits -14%Transact/Savings+14%
Total Customers (as at Mar-21)2.25m
375
513
41
53
6
93
ExpensesOther operating
income
Volume1H21 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
2H20 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
MarginProvisionsTax
-1
-54
Net interest income: +$94m
NEW ZEALAND RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL OVERVIEW: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
64
69%
29%
Home Loans
2%
Commercial
Other Retail
NZ DIVISION NET LOANS AND ADVANCES
NZD131.3b
TOTAL COMMERCIAL1H21 v 2H20
Income+8%
Net interest income+8%Lending volume -$0.5b
Other operating income+0%
Net Loans and Advances-1%
Customer Deposits+9%Term deposits -2%Transact/Savings+16%
Return on average RWAs+94 bpsNPAT +$137mRWA -$0.9b
Individual Provision loss rate-27 bpsDue to write-backs and asset realisation
167
304
50
7
145
2H20 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
-11
ExpensesVolumeMarginOther operating
income
ProvisionsTax1H21 Cash
Profit (ex L/N)
0
-54
Net interest income: +$39m
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
TREASURY
REGULATORY CAPITAL
CAPITAL UPDATE
APRA LEVEL 2 COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 RATIO (CET1)
Level 2 CET1 ratio of 12.4% (~12.5% pro forma) and 18.1% on an
Internationally Comparable basis
1
), which is well in excess of ‘Unquestionably
Strong’ benchmark
2
Benefits from credit impairment charge of +14bps, following $678m of CP
release, partly offset by $187m of IP charge
CRWA migration benefit of $7.2b (+21bps) mainly from Australia mortgages
portfolio –associated with lower RWA intensity in part due to changes in
household saving and spending patterns through the COVID period
Lower underlying RWA of $11.2b (+32bps) predominantly in the Institutional
business
APRA Level 1 CET1 ratio of 12.2%. Level 1 primarily comprises ANZ BGL (the
Parent including offshore branches) but excludes offshore banking subsidiaries
3
Leverage ratio of 5.5% (or 6.2% on an Internationally Comparable basis)
Dividend
Interim Dividend of 70 cents fully franked, representing 52% DPOR on a 1H21
cash ex. LNI basis
The effect of the DRP to be neutralised by acquiring these shares on market
Regulatory Update
Industry (via ABA) feedback to APRA on their capital reform proposals provided.
Final impacts still to be determined. Further calibration of the proposals is
expected
The RBNZ has eased dividend restrictions
%
66
1. Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the Basel I
capital floor 2. Based on APRA information paper “Strengthening banking system resilience –establishing unquestionably strong capital ratios” released in July 2017. 3. Refer to ANZ Basel III APS330 Pillar 3 disclosures 4. Excludes
Large / Notable items & one-off items 5. Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall 6. Other impacts include movements in non-cash
earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable items (non-capital deduction related)
11.34
12.44
0.80
0.08
0.06
0.21
0.32
Cash
Profit
(ex
CIC)
4
Sep-20Risk
migration
CIC
(net of
tax)
Net DTA
on CIC
Underlying
Business
RWA
Movement
-0.20
Capital
Deduc-
tions
5
Final
dividend
(net of
DRP)
Net RWA
imposts
Other
6
Mar-21
-0.07
-0.06
-0.04
Total impact of +35bps
Pro forma CET1 ratio of
~12.5% with conversion of
NZ$500m Capital Notes
REGULATORY CAPITAL
67
APRA LEVEL 1 CET1 RATIO
%
APRA LEVEL 2 VS LEVEL 1 CET1RATIOSBps
Level2 HoHmvmt110
Level1 HoHmvmt103
Level2 vs Level 1 mvmt7
Explainedby
Cash Profit
1
8
Other-1
Level 2 includes Cash Profit and RWA movement from ANZ
subsidiaries (e.g. ANZ Bank New Zealand) that are outside of
Level 1.
Level 2 CET1 ratio HoHincrease is +7bps higher than Level 1,
largely due to the retention of earnings in ANZ NZ due to RBNZ
restrictions on dividends. This is partly offset by dividend
repatriations from other Group subsidiaries outside of the Level 1
entity.
11.20
12.23
0.72
0.08
0.05
0.18
0.28
0.03
Net DTA
on CIC
Cash
Profit
(ex.
CIC)
1
Sep-20CIC
(net of
tax)
Net RWA
imposts
Risk
Migration
Underlying
Business
RWA
Movement
Capital
Deduc-
tions
2
Final
Dividend
(net of
DRP)
Other
3
Mar-21
-0.22
-0.03
-0.06
Total impact of +31bps
Level 2:
11.34
Level 2:
12.44
1.Excludes Large / Notable items & one-off items
2.Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and expected losses in excess of eligible provision shortfall
3.Other impacts include movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and impacts from Large / Notable adjustments (non-capital deduction related)
INTERNATIONALLY COMPARABLE
1
REGULATORY CAPITAL POSITION
68
1.Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not include an estimate of the
Basel I capital floor
APRA Level 2CET1 Ratio –31March 202112.4%
Corporate
undrawn EAD
and unsecured
LGD adjustments
Australian ADI unsecured corporate lending LGDs and undrawn
CCFs exceed those applied in many jurisdictions
1.7%
Equity
Investments &
DTA
APRA requires 100% deduction from CET1 vs. Basel framework
which allows concessional threshold prior to deduction
0.9%
Mortgages
APRA requires use of 20% mortgage LGD floor vs. 10% under
Basel framework. Additionally, APRA also requires a higher
correlation factor vs 15% under Basel framework
1.5%
Specialised
Lending
APRA requires supervisory slotting approach which results in
more conservative risk weights than under Basel framework
0.8%
IRRBB RWA
APRA includes in Pillar 1 RWA. This is not required under the
Basel framework
0.3%
Other
Includes impact of deductions from CET1 for capitalised
expenses and deferred fee income required by APRA, currency
conversion threshold and other retail standardised exposures
0.5%
Basel III Internationally Comparable CET1 Ratio18.1%
Basel III Internationally Comparable Tier 1 Ratio20.5%
Basel III Internationally Comparable Total Capital Ratio25.7%
Level 2 CET1 Ratio
%
10.8
11.3
12.4
15.5
16.7
18.1
Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
APRA Level 2Internationally Comparable
1
CET1 AND LEVERAGE IN A GLOBAL CONTEXT
CET1 RATIOS
1,2
69
1. CET1 and leverage ratios are based on ANZ estimated adjustment for accrued expected future dividends, COVID transitional arrangements for expected credit loss and leverage exposure concessional adjustments where details have been externally disclosed.
ANZ ratios are on an Internationally Comparable basis. All data sourced from company reports and ANZ estimates based on last reported half/full year results assuming Basel III capital reforms fully implemented 2. Based on Group 1 banks as identified by the BIS
(internationally active banks with Tier 1 capital of more than €3 billion) 3. Includes adjustments for transitional AT1 where applicable. Exclude US banks as leverage ratio exposures are based on US GAAPaccounting and therefore incomparable with other
jurisdictions which are based on IFRS
Leverage
ANZ compares well on
leverage, however
international comparisons
are more difficult to make
given the favourable
treatment of derivatives
under US GAAP
0%5%10%15%20%25%
SEB
UBS
Svenska Handelsbanken
Morgan Stanley
ANZ
BBVA
JP Morgan
Standard Chartered
Swedbank
Bank of America
BNP Paribas
Danske Bank
TD
Nordea
Barclays
Credit Agricole Group
ABN Amro
Raiffeisen Bank International (RBI)
Natwest
Rabobank
ING Group
HSBC
Commerzbank
Groupe BPCE
UniCredit
Wells Fargo
OCBC
Scotia
UOB
Credit Suisse
Erste Bank
Intesa Sanpaolo
DBS
Deutsche Bank
Societe Generale
Goldman Sachs
State Street
RBC
BMO
Santander
Citibank
0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%
Standard Chartered
Erste Bank
Commerzbank
Natwest
Svenska Handelsbanken
OCBC
UOB
Deutsche Bank
DBS
Santander
Intesa Sanpaolo
BNP Paribas
Rabobank
Raiffeisen Bank International (RBI)
RBC
Nordea
BBVA
ANZ
Credit Agricole Group
UniCredit
Swedbank
UBS
Credit Suisse
Barclays
HSBC
ABN Amro
SEB
ING Group
Groupe BPCE
Societe Generale
Danske Bank
BMO
Scotia
TD
CET1
Regulators globally have
provided specific COVID
related transitional
arrangements, ANZ has
utilised public CET1 levels
and adjusted for Capital
treatment of ECL
provisioning where available
No adjustments have been
made for RWA concessions
related to COVID(i.e.
mortgage deferrals)
LEVERAGE RATIOS
1,2,3
BALANCE SHEET STRUCTURE
1
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
70
Liquid and Other Assets
34% (+1% HoH)
Assets
FI Lending
4% (flatHoH)
Non-FI Lending
21% (-2% HoH)
Corporate, PSE & Operational
Deposits
23% (flatHoH)
Mortgages
41% (+1%HoH)
Short Term Wholesale Debt &
Other Funding
2
24% (+1% HoH)
Retail & SME Deposits
33% (flat HoH)
Long Term Wholesale Debt
3
11% (-1%HoH)
Capital Incl. Hybrids & T2
9%(flat HoH)
Funding
NSFR COMPOSITION
Mar-21
$b
Liquids
and Other Assets
5
Available
Stable Funding
Capital
Wholesale Funding
3
& Other
4
Retail/SME
Non-Financial Corporates
Residential
Mortgages
7,8
<35%
Other
Loans
6
Required
Stable Funding
548
454
1. NSFR Required Stable Funding (RSF) and Available Stable Funding (ASF) categories and all figures shown are on a Level 2 basisper APRA prudential standard APS210 2. Includes FI/Bank deposits, Repo funding and other short
dated liabilities 3.Includes drawn TFF of $12b4. ‘Other’ includes Sovereign, and non-operational FI Deposits5. ‘Other Assets’ include Off Balance Sheet, Derivatives, Fixed Assets and Other Assets 6. All lending >35% Risk weight
7. Includes NSFR impact of self-securitised assets backing the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) 8. <35% Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Standard 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk 9. Net of
other ASF and other RSF 10. Remaining TFF includes $8b of Supplementary as at 1 April 2021 11. CLF is 10.7b as at 31 March 2021
NSFR MOVEMENT
123.8
120.6
1.0
0.3
0.2
1.2
-3.7
Capital &
Hybrids
Sep-20FI/Bank
& Repo
LoansRetail/
Corp/
Operational
Deposits
LT Debt
3
LiquidsOther
9
Mar-21
-2.2
0.0
Pro forma NSFR is
~121%
10,11
inclusive of
remaining available TFF
and CLF reduced to zero
Mar-21
%
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (LCR) SUMMARY
1
LCR COMPOSITION (AVERAGE)MOVEMENT IN AVERAGE LCR SURPLUS
3
1H21
$b
71
1. All figures shown on a Level 2 basis as per APRA Prudential Standard APS210 2. Comprised of assets qualifying as collateralfor the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), excluding internal RMBS, up to approved facility limit; and
any assets contained in the RBNZ’s liquidity Policy –Annex: Liquidity Assets –Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A 3. LCR surplus excludes surplus liquids considered non-transferrable across the Group. At 31 Mar
2021, this included $12bn of surplus liquids held in NZ. 4. RBA CLF decreased by $25.0b from 1 January 2021 to $10.7b (2H20: $35.7b) 5. ‘Other’ includes off-balance sheet and cash inflows
Customer deposits
& other
3
Net Cash Outflow
Wholesale funding
162
223
Other ALA
2
Internal RMBS
HQLA2
HQLA1
Liquid Assets
2H20
Avg. LCR 139%
1H21
Avg. LCR 138%
LCR SurplusLCR Surplus
61
61
17
1
Corp/FI/
PSE
Other
5
Wholesale
Funding
2H20CLF
4
Liquid
Assets
1H21Retail/SME
-2
-12
-2
-2
$b
TERM WHOLESALE FUNDING PORTFOLIO
1
ISSUANCEMATURITIES
PORTFOLIO
PORTFOLIO BY CURRENCY
$b
72
1.All figures based on historical FX and exclude AT1. Includes transactions with an original call or maturity date greater than 12 months as at the respective reporting date. Tier 2 maturity profile is based on the next callable date
2.As at 1 April 2021
FY27+2H21FY15FY20FY16FY17FY19FY18
22
1H21FY22FY23FY24
25
FY25FY26
22
19
32
24
4
16
21
30
18
8
8
9
46%
29%
22%
3%
Asia (JPY, HKD, SGD, CNY)
Domestic (AUD, NZD)UK & Europe (£, €, CHF, NOK)
North America (USD, CAD)
Senior UnsecuredCovered BondsTFFRMBSTier 2
•ANZ’s term funding requirements depend
on market conditions, balance sheet
needs and exchange rates, amongst
other factors
•Remaining available, undrawn RBA Term
Funding Facility (TFF) of $8b
2
•Subject to balance sheet dynamics, ANZ
may have modest senior debt term
funding requirements in 2H21
Domestic portfolio
has increased from
33% in FY18
60%
13%
15%
11%
1%
Senior UnsecuredTier 2TFF
Covered BondsRMBS
Unsecured issuance
has decreased from
66% in FY20
ANZ’S TIER 2 CAPITAL PROFILE
1
ANZ’STIER 2 CAPITAL REQUIREMENT TO PROGRESSIVELY
INCREASE TO MEET TLAC REQUIREMENT
TIER 2 CAPITAL
FUNDING PROFILECAPITAL AMORTISATION PROFILE
3
Notional amount
Notional amount, $m
$m
73
1.Profile is AUD equivalent based on historical FX, excluding Perpetual Floating rate notes issued 30 October 1986 (which losesBasel III transitional relief in 2021). Comprises Tier 2 capital in the form of Capital Securities only
(i.e. does not include other Tier 2 capital such as eligible General reserve for impairment of financial assets)
2.Current RWAs $408b as at 31 March 2021
3.Amortisation profile is modelled based on scheduled first call date for callable structures and in line with APRA’s amortisationrequirements for bullet structures
By Format
By Currency
27%
73%
Callable
Bullet
45%
23%
18%
8%
3%
3%
JPY
USD
AUD Domestic
EUR
AUD Offshore
SGD
831
674
131
2,937
3,437
4,722
225
2,849
FY28+2H21FY23FY22FY26FY24FY25FY27
Scheduled Bullet and Call Date Profile
831
FY22FY23FY28+
2,896
2H21FY24FY25FY26FY27
1,368
824
2,444
3,893
225
2,849
Bullet AmortisationCallable
•Issued AUD $10.5b since July 2019 across AUD, EUR, and USD
•FY21 T2issuance expected to be ~$4-5b, ~$4b issued YTD.
•Remaining required Tier 2 capital net increase of ~$5bn to ~$20bn by
January 2024 (Based on 5% of current RWAs
2
)
•Planned issuance in multiple currencies in both callable and bullet format
•Increased T2 issuance expected to be offset by reduction in other senior
unsecured funding
•Well managed amortisation profile provides flexibility regarding issuance tenor
FY19 Ave: 2.08%
1H19 Ave: 2.21%2H19 Ave: 1.95%
FY20 Ave: 1.40%
1H20 Ave: 1.64%2H20 Ave: 1.20%
FY21 YTD Ave: 0.92%
1H21 Ave: 0.92%N/A
CAPITAL
2
& REPLICATING DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO
%
74
1.Proxy for hedged investment rate
2.Includes other Non-Interest Bearing Assets & Liabilities
AUSTNZAPEA
Volume ($A)~87b~32b~9b
Volume Change(HoH)
~9bn
increase
~4bn
increase
~1bn
decrease
Target DurationRolling 3 to 5 yearsVarious
Proportion Hedged~55%~83%Various
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
Mar
19
May
20
May
19
Sep
19
Jul
19
Mar
21
Nov
19
Jan
20
Mar
20
Jul
20
Nov
20
Sep
20
Jan
21
Portfolio Earnings Rate5 Year AUD Swap Rate
1
3mth BBSW (Monthly Avg)
5 Year AUD Swap
Rate has increased
~50bps since Oct-20
PORTFOLIO EARNINGS RATE (HISTORICAL)CAPITAL & REPLICATING DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO
(AUSTRALIA)
IMPACTS OF RATE MOVEMENTS
Portfolio Earnings Rate is a
combination of term swap
rates (hedged component)
and 3mth BBSW (unhedged)
•Strong replicating deposit growth over last 12 months was
largely left unhedged (i.e. not invested to term yields)
•The 5 Year AUD Swap Rate has increased 50bps since Oct-20,
providing more attractive hedging (i.e. investment)
opportunities
CAPITAL FRAMEWORK
CURRENT REGULATORY PROPOSALS AND RECENT REVISED IMPLEMENTATION DATES
1
75
1.Timeline is largely based on APRA’s 2021 Policy and Supervision Priorities (published February 2021)
2.Only in relation to the 3% of RWA increase in Total Capital requirements announced in July 2019
FY201H212H21FY22
Implementation
Date
RBNZ Capital Framework2028
Leverage RatioConsultationFinalise2023
Standardised Approach to
Credit Risk
ConsultationFinalise2023
Internal Ratings-based
Approach to Credit Risk
ConsultationFinalise2023
Operational RiskConsultationFinalise2023
FundamentalReview of the
Trading Book
ConsultationTBD
Interest Rate Risk in the
Banking Book
Finalise2023
LossAbsorbing Capacity
(LAC)
2
2024
Capital Treatment for
Investments in Subsidiaries
(Level 1)
ConsultationFinalise2022
Associations with Related
Entities
Finalise2022
Transition
Transition
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT
TOTAL CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGE
ANZ HISTORICAL LOSS RATES
1
(basis points)LONG RUN LOSS RATE (INTERNAL EXPECTED LOSS)(%)
$m
LONG RUN PROVISIONS & LOSS RATES
1.IP as a % of average Gross Loans and Advances (GLA)
77
-900
-600
-300
0
300
600
900
1,200
1,500
1,800
1H081H152H101H091H122H082H091H102H191H112H112H142H121H132H131H142H151H162H161H172H171H182H181H191H202H201H21
Institutional IPCommercial IPConsumer IPCP Charge / (Release)
0
50
100
150
200
250
Sep-
08
Sep-
90
Sep-
05
Sep-
02
Sep-
93
Sep-
96
Sep-
99
Sep-
11
Sep-
14
Sep-
17
Sep-
20
IP Loss RateMedian Annual IP Loss Rate (excl. current period)
DivisionMar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18Sep-18Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
Aus. R&C
0.350.330.330.33
0.310.290.290.290.28
0.27
0.24
New
Zealand
0.250.260.260.22
0.210.190.190.180.19
0.16
0.15
Institutional
0.370.360.350.30
0.320.270.270.250.25
0.30
0.25
Pacific 1.471.791.601.691.951.781.601.401.30
1.46
1.74
Subtotal
0.340.330.330.30
0.300.270.270.260.26
0.26
0.23
Asia Retail
1.501.511.512.750000000
Total
0.370.350.350.320.300.270.270.260.260.260.23
HoHimprovement is a result of portfolio risk reductions, improved book mix & lower volumes in
Institutional whilst in Australia Retail & Commercial (Aus. R&C) the fiscal support provided to business
and the improving trading conditions across a number of sectors has reduced the assessed risk of
customers with improved risk ratings & delinquency positions
Mar-
21
RISK MANAGEMENT
INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGEINDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE BY DIVISION
$m
$m
INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE
78
1.Annualised loss rate as a % of Gross Loans and Advances (GLA)
229
495
153
136
116
122
93
158
93
175
79
922
826
969
812
612
594
532
592
807
500
376
-259
-274
-335
-394
-298
-373
-245
-352
-274
-280
-268
1H182H182H19
787
1H162H161H191H201H172H17
554
2H201H21
892
1,047
430
343
380
398
626
395
187
NewIncreasedWritebacks & Recoveries
429
469
430
453
337
375
350
355
318
278
134
61
61
55
62
55
339
435
210
79
272
49
81
82
86
31
-52
3
-33
3
43
1H171H162H16
1,047
2H17
35
1H18
554
15
5
2H18
-12
7
1H19
28
2H20
380
-5
0
1H212H19
430
892
35
1
1H20
6
34
787
343
626
395
187
40
398
New ZealandAustralia R&CInstitutionalPacific / Other
Ratios1H162H161H172H171H182H181H192H191H202H201H21
IP loss rate (bps)
1
313627191512121320126
Total loss rate (bps)
1
3236251614913135333-16
IP balance / Gross Impaired Assets43%41%43%48%50%43%42%40%42%36%33%
RISK MANAGEMENT
COLLECTIVE PROVISION CHARGEMOVEMENT IN COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE –BY
DIVISION
MOVEMENT IN COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE
$m
$m
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE & CHARGE
1. Reduction driven by the improving economic outlook is offset by changes to scenario weightings and an allowance for model uncertainty due to the continuing pandemic and recent wind-back of government support programs
79
$m1H192H191H202H201H21
CP charge
1341,048669-678
Volume/Mix-28-51046-199
Change in Risk-40191744-112
Economicforecast scenario weights
1
99311,124-106-417
Additional overlays-185-9368550
4,501
5,008
4,285
46
44
685
50
Volume /
Mix
Change in RiskEconomic
forecast and
scenario
weights
1
Additional
overlays
Mar-21Volume /
Mix
-199
Mar-20Additional
overlays
FXEconomic
forecast and
scenario
weights
Change in RiskSep-20FX
-162
-106
-45
-112
-417
Collective Provision Charge
$669m
5,008
4,285
-110
InstitutionalSep-20Australia
Retail &
Commercial
New Zealand
-45
FXOtherMar-21
0
-515
-53
Collective Provision Charge
-$678m
Collective Provision Charge
-$678m
3,378
3,272
4,490
4,312
3,539
696
746
0.98%
0.94%
1.17%
1.39%
1.25%
0
Mar-21Mar-19
104
Sep-19Mar-20
11
Sep-20
3,378
3,376
4,501
5,008
4,285
RISK MANAGEMENT
CP BALANCE BY CATEGORYCP BALANCE BY DIVISION
PROVISION BALANCE BY STAGE
$b
CP BALANCE BY PORTFOLIO
$m
COLLECTIVE PROVISION (CP) BALANCE
1.CP as a % of Credit Risk Weighted Assets (CRWA)
80
30 Sep-2031 Mar-21
Modelled ECLAdditional overlaysCP Coverage
1
0.0
2.0
2.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
3.0
1.38
Stage 1Stage 2
2.70
Stage 3Stage 3
(IP/CP)
1.82
1.38
$bMar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
Australia Retail &
Commercial
1.831.802.322.852.33
Institutional
1.131.171.591.511.36
New Zealand
0.370.370.540.570.51
Pacific
0.040.040.050.080.08
$bMar-19Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
Corporate
1.591.622.222.302.13
Specialised
0.180.190.290.320.28
ResidentialMortgage
0.490.520.811.060.78
Retail (ex Mortgages)
1.050.971.101.251.04
Sovereign / Banks
0.070.080.080.080.06
InstitutionalPacific / OtherNew ZealandAustralia R&CIPCP
3.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
2.0
1.5
2.5
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3Stage 3
(IP/CP)
1.56
2.29
1.241.24
%of Total31%46%23%%of Total31%45%24%
RISK MANAGEMENT
Gross loans & advancesCredit RWA
Exposure at default
(Ex. Sovereign & Bank)
81
PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION AND COVERAGE RATIOS
1.Individual Provision balance and Collective Provision balance
Coverage ratios%%%%
CP coverage0.691.250.410.55
Totalcoverage
1
0.821.490.490.65
59%
2%
2%
2%
31%
4%
Mar-21
$618.6b
32%
2%
3%
3%
$341.9b
52%
7%
Mar-21
31%
22%
$1,045.2b
3%
39%
4%
Mar-21
1%
Mar-21
41%
52%
7%
$781.9b
PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
Coverage rates by asset classes are available in the ANZ risk template available at https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/results-announcement/
Expected credit loss
(Collective Provision balance)
1%
1%
$4.3b
55%
18%
24%
1%
Mar-21
Exposure at default
SovereignBankRetail (ex Mortgages)CorporateResi. MortgageOther
EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS
82
ECONOMIC SCENARIOS –MODELLED OUTCOMES (COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE SCENARIOS)
1
1.Illustration of the impact on ANZ’s modelled ECL. The Upside, Downside and Severe Scenarios are fixed economic scenarios which do not move with changes to the Base Case forecast
2.Subset of a range of economic indicators shown. Economic forecasts also undertaken for international markets
3.CY2020, CY2021 & CY2022: 12 months to December Year on Year change
4.Annual average: 12 months to December
5.As a fixed scenario, the Downside Scenario (like the Upside and Severe Scenarios) is specified in terms of an index of economic stress. The economic variables shown represent a characterisationof the scenario to facilitate a
comparison to the base case
1,815
2,487
4,412
5,508
100% upside100% downside100% base case100% severe
3,539
746
Additional
overlays
CP balance (ECL)
Modelled
ECL
4,285
Weightings to scenarios to determine CP balance
5.5%41.4%46.7%6.4%
ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE
2
Downside scenario
characterisations
5
31 March 2021CY2020ACY2021CY2022CY2021CY2022
AUSTRALIA
GDP change
3
-2.4%4.8%3.3%-1.3%-0.1%
Unemployment rate
4
6.5%6.2%5.3%9.0%9.2%
Resi. property pricechange
3
1.9%17.4%6.5%-5.9%1.0%
NEW ZEALAND
GDP change
3
-3.0%3.6%3.7%-5.3%0.2%
Unemployment rate
4
4.6%5.4%4.6%10.4%10.8%
Resi. property pricechange
3
15.6%17.4%4.1%-8.8%0.0%
MARCH 2021
$m
PORTFOLIO RISK MIGRATION –RWAIMPACT ON CET1
Base caseActual impact to datePotential impacts
CET1 ratio (bps)1H202H201H212H21
CET1 impact / (benefit)710(21)~15
Institutional816(1)
Aus. Retail & Commercial(1)(7)(16)
New Zealand01(4)
•ANZ’s base case economic forecasts have improved significantly since
Sep-20
•Recovery trajectory however remains uncertain –immunisation
timetable & effectiveness, emergence of new variants, impact of
government assistance & wind-back of repayment deferral packages
•CP Balance increased by $1.7b in FY20 in response to COVID-19 and
CP/CRWA ratio increased from 0.94% (Sep-19) to 1.39% (Sep-20)
•Mar-21 coverage ratio 1.25% with a third of the coverage built-up
over FY20 released
EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS
83
ECONOMIC SCENARIOS –MODELLED OUTCOMES (COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE SCENARIOS)
1
1.Illustration of the impact on ANZ’s modelled ECL. The Upside, Downside and Severe Scenarios are fixed economic scenarios which do not move with changes to the Base Case forecast
2.Subset of a range of economic indicators shown. Economic forecasts also undertaken for international markets
3.CY2020, CY2021 & CY2022: 12 months to December Year on Year change (Jun-20 Qtris quarter on quarter change)
4.Annual average: 12 months to December
MARCH 2020
1,969
4,319
5,293
6,472
100%
downside
100%
upside
100%
base case
100%
severe
4,490
11
Additional
overlays
4,501
CP balance
(ECL)
Modelled
ECL
Weightings to scenarios to determine CP
balance
12.7%50.0%27.3%10.0%
1,898
4,011
5,144
6,315
100%
severe
100%
upside
100%
base case
100%
downside
Weightings to scenarios to determine CP
balance
10.4%50.0%33.3%6.3%
4,312
696
Additional
overlays
Modelled
ECL
CP balance
(ECL)
5,008
1,815
2,487
4,412
5,508
100%
base case
100%
upside
100%
severe
100%
downside
3,539
746
CP balance
(ECL)
4,285
Modelled
ECL
Additional
overlays
Weightings to scenarios to determine CP
balance
5.5%41.4%46.7%6.4%
ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE
2
30 September 2020 (%)CY2020CY2021CY2022
AUSTRALIA
GDP change
3
-4.31.64.0
Unemployment rate
4
7.38.87.7
Resi. property pricechange
3
-2.2-4.82.0
NEW ZEALAND
GDP change
3
-5.62.05.6
Unemployment rate
4
5.79.16.5
Resi. property pricechange
3
-0.30.94.1
ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE
2
31 March 2020 (%)Jun-20 QtrCY2020CY2021
AUSTRALIA
GDP change
3
-13.0-4.74.1
Unemployment rate
4
13.09.07.3
Resi. property pricechange
3
-1.1-4.1-6.3
NEW ZEALAND
GDP change
3
-17-6.74.2
Unemployment rate
4
8.67.47.7
Resi. property pricechange
3
-2.0-1.96.0
ECONOMIC SCENARIOSBASE CASE
2
31 March 2021 (%)CY2020ACY2021CY2022
AUSTRALIA
GDP change
3
-2.44.83.3
Unemployment rate
4
6.56.25.3
Resi. property pricechange
3
1.917.46.5
NEW ZEALAND
GDP change
3
-3.03.63.7
Unemployment rate
4
4.65.44.6
Resi. property pricechange
3
15.617.44.1
SEPTEMBER 2020MARCH 2021
RISK MANAGEMENT
CONTROL LISTNEW IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISION
GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISIONGROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY EXPOSURE SIZE
Index Mar-16 = 100
$m
$m
$m
IMPAIRED ASSETS
84
0
50
100
150
Mar-
19
Mar-
16
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
20
Mar-
21
Control List by LimitsControl List by No. of Groups
0.51%
0.55%
0.51%
0.41%
0.34%
0.35%0.35%
0.33%
0.39%
0.40%0.40%
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
2H181H171H21
2,029
1H161H182H162H172H191H191H202H20
2,883
3,173
2,940
2,384
2,034
2,139
2,128
2,599
2,459
2,473
InstitutionalAustralia R&C
New Zealand
% of GLA
Pacific / Other
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
Sep-18
3,173
Mar-19
2,883
Sep-17Mar-21Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Mar-18Sep-19Mar-20Sep-20
2,940
2,384
2,034
2,139
2,128
2,029
2,599
2,459
2,473
< 10m> 100m10m to 100m
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
1H16
1,219
1,844
2H162H181H172H171H181H192H191H202H201H21
1,7841,787
1,425
963
1,145
890
1,117
1,570
1,121
Australia R&CInstitutionalNew ZealandPacific / Other
360.0
341.9
3.5
RiskModel /
Method.
Sep-20FXVolume
/ Mix
CVA (incl.
Hedges)
Mar-21
-4.1
-6.9
-7.2
-3.4
RISK MANAGEMENT
TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETSCREDIT RWA DRIVERS
EADBY DIVISION
1
$b
$b
$b
RISK WEIGHTED ASSET AND EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT –DIVISIONAL VIEW
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
85
387
380
380
392
399
423
447
529
455
449
141
137
148
137
140
27
16
Mar-19Mar-20
13
18
Sep-19Sep-20
58
Mar-21
968
977
1,075
1,010
1,045
Australia R&CInstitutionalNew ZealandPacific / Other
141
138
138
139
136
53
57
62
56
57
144
156
178
157
142
13
12
15
22
19
38
47
48
48
47
449
Mar-20
8
8
Mar-19
7
Sep-19
8
Sep-20
7
Mar-21
396
417
408
429
Mkt. & IRRBB RWAAus. R&C CRWA
NZ CRWAInstit. CRWA
Other CRWA
Op-RWA
RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS & EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT
EAD COMPOSITIONEAD & CRWA MOVEMENT
CREDIT RWA / EAD BY PORTFOLIO
$b
$b (Mar-31 movement vs Sep-20) FX adjusted
%
EAD COMPOSITION
1
1.EAD excludes Securitisationand Other assets, whereas CRWA is inclusive of these asset classes, as per APS 330. EAD data provided is on a Post CRM basis,net of credit risk mitigation such as
guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
86
28%
5%
39%
Mar-19
21%
23%
28%
1%
4%
6%
Mar-21
21%
30%
977
30%
4%
1%
24%
5%
38%
Sep-19
4%
4%
35%
5%
Mar-20
39%
5%
5%
1%
Sep-20
1%
39%
25%
27%
968
1,075
1,010
1,045
1%
Residential Mortgage
Sovereign & BankSpecialised Lending
CorporateRetail (ex Mortgages)
Other
2.3
-1.7
1.7
-9.2
6.2
-2.1
4.4
31.3
4.6
InstitutionalNZAus. R&C HLAus. R&C Non HLOther
0.0
CRWA Volume / MixEAD growth
36
37
36
36
33
56
56
55
57
56
60
60
59
27
2828
28
27
1111
10
9
7
Sep-19Mar-19
54
Mar-20Mar-21
56
Sep-20
Total Group
Corporate & Specialised
Retail (ex Mortgages)
Residential Mortgage
Sovereigns & Banks
Increased exposure to the RBA
via higher ESA (exchange
settlement account) balance
Category% of Group EAD
% of Impaired Assets to
EAD
ImpairedAssets
Balance
3
Mar-20
2
Sep-20
2
Mar-21Mar-20
2
Sep-20
2
Mar-21Mar-21
Consumer Lending
38.0%41.3%41.1%0.2%0.2%0.1%
$536m
Finance, Investment & Insurance
23.6%20.2%23.1%0.0%0.0%0.0%
$57m
Property Services
6.4%6.6%6.2%0.2%0.2%0.2%
$117m
Manufacturing
5.1%4.6%3.9%0.1%0.2%0.2%
$96m
Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing
3.3%3.3%3.2%1.4%1.7%1.0%
$344m
Government & Official Institutions
7.0%8.2%8.2%0.0%0.0%0.0%
$0m
Wholesale trade
2.8%2.3%2.1%1.1%0.3%1.5%
$320m
Retail Trade
1.7%1.7%1.5%1.6%1.8%1.7%
$264m
Transport & Storage
2.2%2.1%1.9%0.5%0.5%1.8%
$360m
Business Services
1.3%1.3%1.2%0.6%0.8%0.8%
$102m
Resources (Mining)
1.8%1.7%1.3%0.2%0.1%0.2%
$22m
Electricity, Gas & Water Supply
1.4%1.4%1.4%0.1%0.1%0.1%
$9m
Construction
0.9%0.9%0.9%0.9%1.0%0.9%
$84m
Other
4.5%4.4%4.1%0.4%0.4%0.4%
$162m
Total100%100%100%$2,473m
Total Group EAD
1
$1,075b
$1,010b$1,045b
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) DISTRIBUTION
TOTAL PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
87
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
2.The industry split has been revised for September 2020 and March 2020 comparatives to align to APS330 Pillar 3 disclosure
3.Excludes unsecured retail products which are 90+ days past due and treated as Impaired for APS330 reporting
41.1%
23.1%
6.2%
3.9%
3.2%
8.2%
4.1%
2.1%
1.5%
1.3%
1.9%
1.2%
1.4%
0.9%
TOTAL GROUP EAD (Mar-21)
= $1,045b
1
RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT
COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY REGIONCOMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY SECTOR
COMMERCIAL PROPERTY OUTSTANDINGS BY SECTOR
$b
%
SEGMENTS OF INTEREST
1.APEA = Asia Pacific, Europe & America
88
28.9
29.6
32.7
34.1
32.7
10.7
10.5
11.4
10.9
10.4
2.8
2.8
2.4
2.1
2.1
6.9%
Sep-20
6.9%
Sep-19Mar-19
7.0%
Mar-20
7.6%
7.3%
Mar-21
42.4
42.9
46.5
47.1
45.2
% of Group GLA (RHS)New ZealandAustraliaAPEA
1
Mar-19
6%
27%
4%
27%
28%
14%
15%
21%
3%
29%
18%
21%
26%
6%
Sep-19
16%
26%
27%
20%
2%
9%
Mar-20
27%
17%
2%
2%
8%
27%
18%
28%
18%
7%
Mar-21Sep-20
RetailResidentialIndustrialOfficesTourismOther
•Commercial lending activity was relatively subdued during 2020. Liquidity support was
provided to a number of strongly rated REITs and Funds, which have been repaid leading to a
reduction in outstandingsacross Australian clients
•Decline in NZ volumes was primarily driven by exchange rate movements
•The APEA portfolio remained stable in 1H FY21 with exposure predominantly to large, well
rated names in Singapore and Hong Kong
•Composition of the Commercial Property book remained unchanged with a slight uptick in the
Office (driven by exposure to Premium / A-grade assets with strong lease covenants) and
Industrial (with e-commerce driving strong demand) sectors
•An absence of large scale CBD residential development has meant that residential
development exposure has gradually declined
RISK MANAGEMENT
89
EXPOSURE TO SOMEINDUSTRIES MORE IMPACTED BY DOWNGRADES DURING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC
1,2,3
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
2.Exposure represents a subset of sectors within the respective ANZSIC industry group
3.The industry split has been revised for September 2020 and March 2020 comparatives to align to APS330 Pillar 3 disclosure
RETAIL TRADE
ACCOMMODATION, CAFES & RESTAURANTS
TRANSPORT & STORAGE
EDUCATION, CULTURAL & RECREATION
371,008
TOTAL GROUP EAD
$1,045(Mar-21)
High risk industries
Balance of total ANZ portfolio
Mar-20
53%
50%
Sep-20
50%
53%
47%
47%
Mar-21
10.2
9.0
8.1
Motor Vehicle Retailing & Services
Personal & Household Goods Retailing
All exposures on an EAD basis in $b
31%
Mar-21Mar-20
4%
12.7
49%
12.5
Sep-20
12.7
49%
29%
17%
15%
16%
5%
47%
32%
5%
Clubs (Hospitality)
Cafes & RestaurantsAccommodation
Pubs, Taverns & Bars
35%
18%
40%
11.3
Mar-21
6%
32%
Mar-20
33%
29%
6%
Sep-20
29%
13.0
32%
32%
7%
10.1
Other Services to Transport
Air and Space TransportWater transport & Services
Services to Air Transport
7.4
37%
41%
19%
44%
Mar-20
19%
22%
36%
Sep-20
37%
44%
Mar-21
6.6
6.6
OtherEducationSport & Recreation
RISK MANAGEMENT
INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO SIZE & TENOR BY MARKET
OF INCORPORATION (EAD
1
)
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL INDUSTRY COMPOSITION
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PRODUCT COMPOSITION
$b
EAD (Mar-21): A$448.9b
1
EAD (Mar-21): A$448.9b
1
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and financial collateral
2.APEA: Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
90
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
78%
52%
APEA
2
48%
Total Institutional
75%
64%
36%
China
25%
Asia
22%
28%
19%
10%
10%
8%
4%
15%
4%
3%
29%
22%
19%
13%
10%
5%
0%
Net Loans, Advances & Acceptances
Trading Securities
Contingents liabilities, commitments, and
other off-balance sheet exposures
Investment Securities
Cash
Derivatives
Other
Tenor < 1 YrTenor 1 Yr+
Finance
Property & Business Services
Manufacturing
Government Administration & Defence
Services To Finance & Insurance
Wholesale Trade
Transport & Storage
Electricity Gas & Water Supply
Other
RISK MANAGEMENT
MARKET OF INCORPORATIONANZ ASIA INDUSTRY COMPOSITION
EAD (Mar-21): A$99b
1
EAD (Mar-21): A$99b
1
ANZ ASIA PRODUCT COMPOSITION
EAD (Mar-21): A$99b
1
ANZ ASIAN INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO (MARKET OF INCORPORATION)
91
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes, as per APS330. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives,
netting and financial collateral
19%
29%
20%
10%
6%
6%
4%
3%
4%
China
Hong Kong (SAR)
Japan
Singapore
Taiwan
South Korea
India
Indonesia
Other
60%
10%
6%
5%
7%
4%
3%
3%
3%
34%
24%
17%
13%
11%
1%
Net Loans, Advances & Acceptances
Contingents liabilities, commitments, and
other off-balance sheet exposures
Cash
Investment Securities
Derivatives
Other assets
ANZ CHINA COMPOSITION
EAD (Mar-21): A$19b
1
69%
10%
10%
8%
3%
Transport & Storage
Manufacturing
Finance & Insurance
Other
Wholesale Trade
Finance
Services To Finance & Insurance
Manufacturing
Wholesale Trade
Property & Business Services
Transport & Storage
Communication Services
Government Administration & Defence
Other
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
LOAN REPAYMENT DEFERRALS & DELINQUENCIES
LOAN REPAYMENT DEFERRALS
93
TREND AND OUTCOME ANALYSIS (31 MARCH)
1
AUSTRALIA HOUSINGAUSTRALIA BUSINESS
2
NEW ZEALAND HOUSING
END OF PERIOD #000
END OF PERIOD #000
DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY
Mar-20 to Mar-21
DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY
Mar-20 to Mar-21
3
83
74
23
Dec-20
0
Sep-20Mar-20Jun-20Mar-21
20
16
2
0
Mar-21Mar-20Jun-20Sep-20Dec-20
0
Completed and returned to repayment arrangementsRestructuredTransferred to hardship
86%
12%
2%
~97kloans
provided with loan
repayment
deferrals between
March 2020 and
March 2021
~24k loans
provided with loan
repayment
deferrals between
March 2020 and
March 2021
~24k loans
provided with loan
repayment
deferrals between
March 2020 and
March 2021
90%
6%
4%
96%
2%
2%
1.ANZ loan deferrals receiving capital concessions were completed at the latest by 31 March 2021. ANZ have been reporting deferral expiry based on the first instalment date after completion of the loan deferral as opposed to the last
date on which a scheduled payment is deferred. ~3k Australia home and business loans’ first instalment after completion of deferral was due in April 2021
2.Excludes Commercial overdraft facilities where COVID-19 impacted customers received assistance of temporary limit increases of 10% and Asset Finance
DEFERRAL ROLL OFF SUMMARY
Mar-20 to Mar-21
END OF PERIOD #000
2
22
20
3
Mar-20
0
Jun-20Mar-21Dec-20Sep-20
DELINQUENCIES
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO
1,2,3
COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO
4,5
% of Total Portfolio Balances
% of Total Portfolio Balances
90+ DAYS PAST DUE (DPD)
94
1.Includes Non Performing Loans
2.ANZ delinquencies are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortising and Interest Only loans
3.Australia Home Loans 30+ and 90+ excludes eligible Home Loans accounts that had requested COVID-19 assistance but due to delays in processing had not had the loan repayment deferral applied to the account
4.Australia Commercial includes Business Banking and Small Business Banking
5.NZ Commercial is inclusive of Agri(previously shown as a separate series)
3.5
2.5
0.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
Mar-
19
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
20
Mar-
21
1.5
3.0
0.0
3.5
0.5
2.0
1.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
Mar-
20
Mar-
21
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
19
Australia Home Loans
NZ Home LoansAustralia Consumer Cards
Australia Personal LoansNZ CommercialAustralia Commercial
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
HOUSING PORTFOLIO
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED METRICS ARE BASED ON BALANCES)
96
Portfolio
1
Flow
2
1H191H201H211H201H21
Number of Home Loan
accounts
1
1,000k971k1,019k64k
3
92k
3
Total FUM
1
$269b$264b$281b$23b$34b
Average Loan Size
4
$269k$272k$275k$382k$364k
% Owner Occupied
5
66%68%68%69%68%
% Investor
5
31%30%30%30%31%
% Equity Line of Credit3%2%2%1%1%
% Paying Variable Rate Loan
6
82%85%73%87%59%
% Paying Fixed Rate Loan
6
18%15%27%13%41%
%Paying Interest Only18%12%10%13%14%
% Broker originated52%52%54%49%58%
Portfolio
1
1H191H201H21
Average LVRat Origination
7,8,9
67%68%71%
Average DynamicLVR (excl. offset)
8,9,10
56%56%55%
Average DynamicLVR (incl. offset)
8,9,10
51%51%49%
Market share (MADIS publication)
11
14.6%14.0%14.4%
% Ahead of Repayments
12
71%76%72%
Offset Balances
13
$27b$28b$36b
% FirstHome Buyer7%8%8%
%Low Doc
14
4%3%2%
Loss Rate
15
0.04%0.03%0.05%
% of Australia Geography Lending
16,17
63%59%64%
% of Group Lending
16
44%40%45%
1.HomeLoansportfolio(includesNonPerformingLoans,excludesOffsetbalances)2.YTDunlessnoted3.Newaccountsincludesincreasestoexistingaccountsandsplitloans(fixedandvariablecomponentsofthesameloan)4.
AverageloansizeforFlowexcludesincreasestoexistingaccounts5.ThecurrentclassificationofInvestorvsOwnerOccupiedisbasedonANZ’sproductcategory,determinedatoriginationasadvisedbythecustomerandtheongoing
precisionreliesprimarilyonthecustomer’sobligationtoadviseANZofanychangeincircumstances.6.ExcludesEquityManagerAccounts7.Originatedintherespectiveyear8.Unweightedbasedon#accounts9.Includes
capitalisedLMIpremiums10.ValuationsupdatedtoFeb-21whereavailable.IncludesNonPerformingLoansandexcludesaccountswithasecurityguaranteeandunknownDLVR11.Source:APRAMonthlyAuthorisedDeposit-Taking
InstitutionsStatistics(MADIS)toMar-2112.%ofOwnerOccupiedandInvestorLoansthathaveanyamountaheadofrepaymentsbasedonavailableRedrawandOffset13.BalancesofOffsetaccountsconnectedtoexisting
InstalmentLoans14.LowDociscomprisedoflessthanorequalto60%LVRmortgagesprimarilyforself-employedwithoutscheduledPAYGincome.However,italsohas<0.1%oflessthanorequalto80%LVRmortgages,primarily
bookedpre-200815.Annualisedwrite-offnetofrecoveries16.BasedonGrossLoansandAdvances17.AustraliaGeographyincludesAustraliaRetail&CommercialandInstitutionalAustralia
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOAN FUM COMPOSITION
1,2
LOAN BALANCE & LENDING FLOWS
1
$b
$b
MARKET SHARE
3
%
PORTFOLIO GROWTH
97
1.Based on Gross Loans and Advances. Includes Non Performing Loans
2.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to
advise ANZ of any change in circumstances
3.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions Statistics (MADIS) to Mar-21
264
281
42
19
14
New Sales
excl. Refi-In
Mar-20Net OFI RefiMar-21Redraw &
Interest
Repay / Other
-58
15.1%
13.8%
14.6%
14.5%
13.3%
14.0%
14.9%
13.6%
14.4%
Owner OccupiedInvestorTotal
Mar-19Mar-20Mar-21
121
146
161
168
186
33
44
52
57
62
38
29
17
10
54
43
31
22
22
10
9
8
264
Mar-18
5
Mar-17Mar-19Mar-21
269
7
Mar-20
6
256
281
271
Inv I/OOO I/OOO P&IInv P&IEquity Manager
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
BY PURPOSEBY ORIGINATION LVR
4,5,6
BY LOCATIONBY CHANNEL
PORTFOLIO
1,2
& FLOW
3,5
COMPOSITION (% of TOTAL BALANCES)
1.Includes Non Performing Loans
2.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise
ANZ of any change in circumstances
3.YTD unless noted
4.Includes capitalised LMI premiums.
5.Basedon drawn month
6.Historical 1H19 and 1H20 figures have been restated based on drawn month (previously reported based on application month)
98
Portfolio
Flow
Flow
66%
68%68%68%
31%
30%30%
31%
1H21
1%
2%
3%
Mar-21Mar-19Mar-20
2%
Owner OccupiedInvestorEquity Manager
67%
61%
57%
16%
20%
21%
17%
19%
22%
1H191H201H21
>80% LVR<80% LVR80% LVR
FlowPortfolio
PortfolioFlow
33%33%
34%
36%
32%
33%
33%
36%
16%
15%
15%
14%
13%13%
12%
Mar-20
8%
6%
Mar-19Mar-21
6%6%6%
1H21
VIC/TASNSW/ACTQLDSA/NTWA
54%
46%
52%
48%
52%
Mar-19
48%
Mar-20Mar-21
$269b
$264b
$281b
BrokerProprietary
49%
57%
$21b
43%
1H19
51%
58%
1H20
42%
1H21
$23b
$34b
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOANS REPAYMENT PROFILE
1,2
HOME LOANS ON TIME & <1 MONTH AHEAD PROFILE
2
SWITCHING INTEREST ONLY TO P&I AND SCHEDULED INTEREST ONLY TERM EXPIRY
4,5
72% of accounts ahead of repayments
% composition of accounts (Mar-21)
$b
PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS
1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Excess repayments based on available Redraw and Offset. Excludes Equity Manager Accounts 3. The
current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied, is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of
any change in circumstances 4. Total portfolio including new flows 5. As at Mar-21
99
2%
26%
13%
9%
6%6%6%
32%
1-2 years
ahead
<1 month
ahead
OverdueOn Time>2 years
ahead
1-3 months
ahead
3-6 months
ahead
6-12 months
ahead
Mar-19Mar-20Sep-19Sep-20Mar-21
6
7
7
9
8
6
7
6
5
4
5
4
3
3
9
2
8
4
4
3
3
2
2
2H172H212H181H171H181H191H202H192H20
1
1H211H222H221H232H231H24+
Early conversionsContractual (still to convert)Contractual conversions
37
23
28
21
15
15
25
19
29
16
30
28
13
0
1
Mar-20Sep-20Mar-21
Residual: Less than 1 month repayment buffer
Active COVID-19 deferrals
New Accounts: Less than 6 months old
Structural: Loans that restrict payments in advance e.g. fixed rate loans
Investment: Interest payments may receive negative gearing/tax benefits
3
50
10
30
0
40
20
60
0-60%61-75%76-80%81-90%91-95%96-100%100%+
30
0
50
10
60
20
40
76-80%0-60%61-75%81-90%91-95%96-100%100%+
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON TOTAL PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTS
1,2,3,4,5
DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON PORTFOLIO BALANCES
1,2,3,4
% of total Portfolio Accounts
% of total Portfolio Balances
PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS
1. Includes capitalised LMI premiums 2. Valuations updated to Feb-21 where available 3. Includes Non Performing Loans and excludes accounts with a security guarantee and unknown DLVR 4. DLVR doesnot incorporate offset
balances 5. Aligning with calculations that produce a portfolio average DLVR unweighted based on # accounts of 55% 6. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Excess repayments
based on available Redraw and Offset. Excludes Equity Manager Accounts. Includes Non Performing Loans
100
Mar-19Mar-21Mar-20
Mar-20Mar-19Mar-21
NEGATIVE EQUITY
Net of offset balances
•1.9% of portfolio
•
57% ahead of repayments
6
•
47% with LMI
>90%
Net of offset balances
•5.2% of portfolio
•
54% ahead of repayments
6
•
49% with LMI
NEGATIVE EQUITY
Net of offset balances
•2.4% of portfolio
•
53% ahead of repayments
6
•
42% with LMI
>90%
Net of offset balances
•7.0% of portfolio
•
50% ahead of repayments
6
•
43% with LMI
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOANS 90+ DPD BY STATE
1,2
HOME LOAN DELINQUENCIES
1,2,3,4
HOME LOANS -90+ DPD (BY VINTAGE)
5,6
% of Portfolio Segment Balances
% of Portfolio Segment Balances
%
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE
1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. ANZ delinquencies are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortising and Interest Onlyloans 3. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied, is based on ANZ’s product
category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in circumstances 4. 30+ and 90+ between Mar-20 and Jun-20
excludes eligible Home Loans accounts that had requested COVID-19 assistance but due to delays in processing had not had the loan repayment deferral applied to the account. 5. Home loans 90+ DPD vintages represent % ratio of
over 90+ delinquent (measured by # accounts), contains at least 6 application months of that fiscal year contributing to eachdata point. 6. Historical vintages have been restated as a result of enhancements to methodology
101
2.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Mar-
20
Mar-
15
Mar-
16
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
19
Mar-
21
30+ DPD %90+ Owner Occupied90+ Investor
681012141618202224262830323436
2.5
1.0
0.0
1.5
0.5
2.0
Month on book
1.5
0.0
1.0
0.5
2.0
2.5
NSW & ACTVIC & TASQLDWASA & NTPortfolio
Sep-16
Mar-15Mar-16
Sep-15
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18Mar-19
Sep-18Sep-19
Mar-20
Sep-20
Mar-21
FY15FY19FY16FY18FY17FY20
NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW
1
102
1.New Zealand Geography
2.Flow excludes revolving credit facilities
3.Source: RBNZ, 1H21 share of all banks as at March 2021
4.Low documentation (Low Doc) lending allowed customers who met certain criteria to apply for a mortgage with reduced income confirmation requirements. New Low Doc lending ceased in 2007
PortfolioFlow
1H191H201H211H201H21
Number of Home Loan Accounts527k531k533k
38k
42k
Total FUM NZD83bNZD88bNZD95b
NZD10b
NZD15b
Average Loan SizeNZD157kNZD165kNZD179k
NZD271k
NZD358k
% Owner Occupied75%75%74%
75%
69%
% Investor25%25%26%
25%
31%
% Paying Variable Rate Loan
2
16%14%11%
13%
13%
% Paying Fixed Rate Loan
2
84%86%89%
87%
87%
%Paying Interest Only20%19%18%
19%
19%
%Paying Principal & Interest80%81%82%
81%
81%
% Broker Originated37%39%42%
43%
45%
Portfolio
1H191H201H21
Average LVRat Origination57%57%58%
Average DynamicLVR42%40%37%
Market Share
3
30.9%30.7%30.6%
%Low Doc
4
0.35%0.32%0.28%
Home Loan Loss Rates0.00%0.01%0.00%
% of NZGeography Lending63%64%69%
NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
ANZ HOME LOAN LVR PROFILE
2
HOUSING PORTFOLIO
HOUSING PORTFOLIO BY REGION
3
MARKET SHARE
4
HOME LENDING & ARREARS TRENDS
1
1.New Zealand Geography
2.Dynamic basis
3.Priorperiods have been restated to reflect loans previously included in “Other” have now been allocated across regions
4.Source: RBNZ, 1H21 growth rates and market share as at March 2021
103
59%
57%
55%
41%
43%
45%
1H201H191H21
ProprietaryBroker
84%
86%
89%
16%
14%
Mar-21Mar-20Mar-19
11%
FixedVariable
30.9%
30.7%
30.6%
3.0%3.0%
6.4%
1H19
3.7%
3.5%
1H20
6.8%
1H21
ANZ market share
ANZ growth
System growth
46%46%46%
11%11%11%
7%
11%
12%
11%
24%24%
25%
1%
Mar-19Mar-20
6%
1%1%
6%
Mar-21
Auckland
Other Sth Is.
Other Nth Is.
Wellington
Christchurch
Other
61%
64%
76%
18%
19%
15%
14%
12%
7%
5%
3%
2%2%
Mar-19Mar-20
1%
1%
Mar-21
90%+81-90%0-60%61-70%71-80%
HOUSING FLOWS
HALF YEAR RESULTS
2021
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
CORPORATE OVERVIEW AND
ENVIRONMENT, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE (ESG)
CORPORATE PROFILE
CORPORATE PROFILEOUR LARGEST BUSINESS
HALF YEAR 2021 CASH PROFIT ($m)
2
105
1.As at 31 March 2021
2.Cash Profit (Continuing Operations) basis
•Founded in 1835and headquartered in Melbourne
•Top 7listed corporate in Australia and the largest
bank in New Zealand by bank market share
•Consumer andcorporate offerings in our core
markets, and regional trade and capital flows
across the region
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
Providing products, services and solutions to Retail and Commercial
customers through our Retail and Business & Private Banking businesses
Retail:Consumer and private banking customers
Commercial: Privately owned small, medium enterprises and agricultural
business
NEW ZEALAND DIVISION
Providing products, services and solutions to Retail and Commercial
customers through our Retail and Commercial businesses
Retail:Consumer, wealth, private banking and small business customers
Commercial: Privately owned medium and large enterprises and
agricultural business
INSTITUTIONAL
Providing products, services and solutions to global Institutional and
Corporate customers across geographies
Products: Payments & Cash Mgt., Corporate Finance, Trade, Markets
Geographies: In 33markets across Australia, New Zealand, Asia,
Europe, America, PNG and the Middle East
1,782
771
950
•~38k
2
staffserving over 8.7m customers
across Retail, Commercial and Institutional
•$2.0b in 1H21 dividendsto ~540k
shareholders
•Market capitalisation of AU$80.2b
1
•Total Assets of AU$1,017.1b
1
•Credit rating
S&PMoody’sFitch
AA-/ NegativeAa3 / StableA+ / Negative
STRATEGY
To improve the financial wellbeing & sustainability of customers
By providing relevant, efficient and connected services; tools and insights that engage &
retain customers better and in doing so increase the lifetime value for shareholders
OUR PURPOSE & STRATEGY
106
HELPPEOPLESAVEFOR,
BUY& OWNALIVEABLEHOUSE
HELPPEOPLESTARTORBUYAND
GROWTHEIRBUSINESS& ADOPT
SUSTAINABLEBUSINESSPRACTICES
HELPCOMPANIESMOVEGOODS&
CAPITALAROUNDTHEREGION& ADOPT
SUSTAINABLEBUSINESSPRACTICES
SIMPLER, MORERESILIENTCORE
BUSINESSFOROURTARGETCUSTOMERS
RANGEOFBANKING
INFRASTRUCTUREPLATFORMS
INTEGRATEDDATA-ENABLED
ECOSYSTEMS
PURPOSE-LEDEMPATHETIC&
ADAPTABLEWORKFORCE
Platforms & people
DIVIDENDS
DIVIDEND PER SHAREDIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIO
cents
CASH PROFIT
%
107
80808080
25
70
80808080
35
FY18FY16FY20FY17FY19
160
1H21
160160160
60
InterimFinal
84
69
80
65
54
67
75
67
78
86
43
79
68
79
74
47
201620172018201920212020
Full yearFirst halfSecond half
67
65
69
65
29
52
68
68
65
69
35
67
66
67
67
32
201620172018202020192021
First halfSecond halfFull year
CASH PROFIT CONTINUING OPERATIONS EX LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
%
108
Note: This information has not been independently assured. KPMG will provide assurance over ANZ’s full year performance against targets in its annual ESG reporting to be released in November 2021. Results as at 31 March 2021
1.Off a FY21 baseline
OUR ESG TARGETS SUPPORT 10 OF THE 17 UNITED NATIONS SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
ESG targetProgressRelevant SDGs
ENVIRONMENTALSUSTAINABILITY
Fund and facilitate at least $50 billion by 2025 towards sustainable solutions for
our customers
Funded and facilitated AU$13.95 billion in sustainable finance
transactions since October2019.
Encourage and support 100 of our largest emitting customers to establish, and
where appropriate, strengthen existing low carbon transition plans, by end 2021
Engaged with 98 of our largest emitting business customers.
FINANCIALWELLBEING
Support 250,000 customers to build a savings habit, by end 2021. (Australia/New
Zealand)
Supported approximately 85,000customers to build a savings habit
since October 2020.
Establish seven new partnerships to expand the reach and improve impact of
MoneyMindedfor vulnerable people, by end 2023
Established two new partnerships -with Fruition Horticulture Bay of
Plenty (New Zealand) and the Reserve Bank of Fiji (via a
Memorandum of Understanding).
HOUSING
Fund and facilitate AU$10 billion of investment by 2030 to deliver more affordable,
accessible and sustainable homes to buy and rent. (Australia /New Zealand)
Funded and facilitated AU$302.6 million ofinvestment since October
2020.
Support more customers into healthier homes with our Healthy Home Loan
Package and Interest-free Insulation Loans –through a 2%* increase of funds
under management and a 4%
1
increase in customer numbers by 2025. (New
Zealand)
Supported463 households into healthier homes since October 2020.
FAIR ANDRESPONSIBLE BANKING
Develop and commence implementation of a new Vulnerable Customer Framework
to improve the support we provide to customers experiencing vulnerability, by end
2021. (Australia)
Commenced implementation of our new Customer Vulnerability
Framework.
Design and commence implementation of a human rights grievance mechanism,
using the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, by end 2021
Designed the bank’s first human rights grievance mechanism,
informed by internal and external stakeholders. User testing will be
undertaken before finalisingthe mechanism.
SNAPSHOT OF HALF YEAR ESGTARGET PERFORMANCE
109
OUR APPROACH TO CLIMATE CHANGE
WE ARE COMMITTED TO PLAYING OUR PART AND SUPPORTING OUR CUSTOMERS IN THE TRANSITION TO NET-ZERO
EMISSIONS BY 2050
Engage
constructively and
transparently with
stakeholders
•Disclosing how we identify, assess and manage climate-related financial risks and
opportunities using the Financial Stability Board Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations
•Disclosing better metrics so the emissions impact of our financing can be tracked annually,
starting with commercial property and power generation
•Engaging with stakeholders on climate change and increasing transparency on our approach
Help our customers
and support
transitioning
industries
•Funding and facilitating at least $50 billion by 2025 to help our customers improve
environmental sustainability, increase access to affordable housing and promote financial
wellbeing
•Working with and supporting our largest emitting customers to build climate change
mitigation and adaptation risk into their strategies
•Identifying opportunities and financing our customers’ transition activities via products
such as ‘Green’ and Sustainability Linked Loans
110
SUSTAINABLE FINANCE -$50B TARGET
SINCE OCTOBER 2019 WE HAVE FUNDED & FACILITATED $13.95 BILLION TOWARDS SUSTAINABLE FINANCE TO HELP
OUR CUSTOMERS IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY, INCREASE ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING AND
PROMOTE FINANCIAL WELLBEING
FUNDED$7.94b
FACILITATED$6.01b
$0.68b
$1.33b
$2.61b
$1.99b
$0.10b
$0.22b
$0.72b
$0.28b
Energy
Green BuildingsWater
Waste
Sustainable Development
Transport
Sustainability Linked Facilities
Affordable Housing
SUSTAINABILITY
-LINKED
25%
ENVIRONMENTAL
62%
SOCIAL
13%
Renewables Advisory
18%
($1.08b)
74%
($4.46b)
Green Buildings /
Renewables Loan Distribution
8%
($0.48b)
ESG-Format Bonds
DEFINITIONS
Funded:loans and other credit lines provided to borrowers by ANZ
Facilitated:loans, bonds and other credit lines arranged by ANZ and provided by other lenders eg. fund managers, super funds, other banks
Affordable housing:construction of, or investment in, housing supply that supports positive market change
Sustainable development:credit lines to global development banks and agencies providing support to emerging economies
Energy: wind / solar / battery / transmission infrastructure / energy transition
Transport:low carbon transportation projects such as light rail, electric vehicle manufacturing
Sustainability-linked facilities:corporate loans to borrowers across multiple industry sectors where terms are linked to improved performance against agreed sustainability targets that reflect the borrower’s material
sustainability risks eg. emissions reduction, increased renewable energy consumption, workforce diversity
Renewables Advisory:providing advisory services in relation to the purchase, sale and raising of capital for renewable energy projects
Green Buildings / Renewables Loan Distribution:loans initially underwritten by ANZ and subsequently sold on to other lenders
ESG-format Bonds:Green, Social, Sustainable, Sustainability-Linked and Transition Bonds and other ESG-format bonds within the sustainable finance market
‘Green’ and Sustainability Linked Loans:Lending to deploy capital into ‘green’ and sustainability initiatives, where
borrowers are required to invest in qualifying ‘green’ assets or where loan terms are linked to improved performance against
agreed sustainability targets.
FY21 to date closed: 8 loans, $28bn volume
HIGHLIGHT: In December 2020, we arranged an AU$1,400m syndicated Sustainability-Linked Loan for Downer Group Finance
Pty Limited. Pricing of the loan is linked to performance against environmental and social targets.
‘Green’ and Sustainable Infrastructure Project Finance:Greenfields project financing to support the development of long
term sustainable infrastructure, e.g. renewable energy, light rail
FY21 to date closed: 5 deals, $2.2bn volume
HIGHLIGHT: In December 2020, we provided AU$47.6m in financing for Canberra Metro Finance Pty Ltd’selectrified light rail
network which is fully powered by the ACT’s 100% renewable energy grid.
ESG format bonds: Distribution of capital into ‘green’ and sustainability initiatives, e.g. ‘green’ buildings, renewable energy or
where bond terms are linked to improved performance against agreed sustainability targets
FY21 to date closed: 12 bonds, $6.1bn volume
HIGHLIGHT: In February 2021, we jointly arranged SurbanaJurongPrivate Limited’s SG$250m ten-year Sustainability-Linked
Bond. ANZ was the Sole Sustainability Coordinator. The bond is linked to climate targets. SurbanaJurongwill pay a premium to
investors if it does not meet these targets by 2030.
Corporate Finance Advisory Services for Renewables:Providing advisory services in relation to the purchase, sale and
raising of capital for renewable energy projects
HIGHLIGHT: In 2020, we completed an equity and debt raising for the YandinWind Farm, a 214 MW wind farm in mid-west
Western Australia.
ANZ/Clean Energy Finance Corporation Energy Efficiency Asset Finance program: Financing that incentivises corporate
and retail customers to invest in energy efficient and renewable energy technologies that will help reduce their energy costsand
carbon emissions.
To date, this program has helped finance more than $205 million of investment in over 1374 clean energy technology
deals for our corporate and agribusiness customers. Energy Efficiency remains the major asset category, with customers seeing
rapid paybacks associated with upgrades to new and more efficient plant and machinery.
111
CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT –FINANCING SUSTAINABILITY
WE ARE FOCUSED ON IDENTIFYING OPPORTUNITIES TO SUPPORT OUR CUSTOMERS’ TRANSITION ACTIVITIES ACROSS
THE FOLLOWING PRODUCT AREAS:
RESOURCES PORTFOLIO
THERMAL COAL EXPOSURE
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) $b
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) $b
112
HOW OUR LENDING IS SUPPORTING THE PARISGOALS
EXPANDING OUR LENDING SUPPORT TO THE RENEWABLE ENERGY SECTOR WHILE REDUCING EXPOSURE TO THERMAL
COAL MINING BY ~70% SINCE 2015
8.6
7.8
7.0
7.4
8.2
8.2
6.7
4.9
4.0
3.5
4.4
5.2
5.4
4.1
2.9
1.7
1.4
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.0
0.9
1.0
0.9
1.2
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.6
1.7
1.2
0.8
0.7
0.8
Sep-18
0.6
0.4
Sep-15Sep-16
0.3
Sep-17Sep-19
0.5
Sep-20
0.5
Mar-21
20.0
16.2
17.0
14.0
15.3
17.3
14.2
Other MiningThermal Coal Mining
Metallurgical Coal MiningServices to mining
Metal Ore Mining
Oil & Gas Extraction
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Mar-19Sep-15Sep-17Sep-16Sep-18Sep-19Sep-20Mar-20Mar-21
•Since 2015 our exposure to thermal coal
mining has reduced by ~70%
•Several diversified mining customers have
divested thermal coal interests in recent
years, or signalled intention not to invest in
expansionary capex
•ANZ’s exposure to thermal coal mining is a
small portion of our overall lending (now
comprising <0.05% of our Group exposure at
default)
FURTHER INFORMATION
113
EquityInvestors
Jill Campbell
GroupGeneral Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8654 7749
+61 412 047 448
jill.campbell@anz.com
Cameron Davis
Executive Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8654 7716
+61 421613 819
cameron.davis@anz.com
Harsh Vardhan
Senior Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8655 0878
+61 466 848 027
harsh.vardhan@anz.com
Retail InvestorsDebt Investors
Michelle Weerakoon
Manager Shareholder
Services & Events
+61 3 8654 7682
+61 411 143 090
michelle.weerakoon@anz.com
Scott Gifford
Head of Debt Investor
Relations
+61 3 8655 5683
+61 434 076 876
scott.gifford@anz.com
Our Shareholderinformationanz.com/shareholder/centre/
DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE: The material in this presentation is general background
information about the Bank’s activities current at the date of the presentation. It is information
given in summary form and does not purport to be complete. It is not intended to be relied upon
as advice to investors or potential investors and does not take into account the investment
objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor. These should be considered, with
or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate.
This presentation may contain forward-looking statements including statements regarding our
intent, belief or current
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- AIR — Air New Zealand: Air New Zealand 2021 Interim Results2021-02-24
“PRELIMINARY HALF YEAR REPORT ANNOUNCEMENT AIR NEW ZEALAND LIMITED Half Year Ended 31 December 2020 (referred to in this report as the "current half year") 1 Information prescribed by NZX (a) A Statement of Financial Performance Refer to the Interim Financial Statements. (b) A St…”